PUNE METROPOLITAN REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT

AUTHORITY

DRAFT

DEVELOPMENT CONTROL AND

PROMOTION REGULATIONS FOR
PUNE METROPOLITAN REGION
DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY
(PMRDA)
(DCPR-2018)

March 2018

Metropolitan Commissioner,
PMRDA
 DEVELOPMENT CONTROL AND PROMOTION REGULATIONS -2018
FOR PUNE METROPOLITAN REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

INDEX
Regulation Contents Page No.
no.
PART - I
ADMINISTRATION
1.0 Short Title, Extent and Commencement 1
2.0 Definitions 2
3.0 Applicability of Regulations 12
4.0 Interpretation 12
5.0 Development Permission & Commencement Certificate 13
6.0 Procedure for Obtaining Development Permission / Building Permission / 14
Commencement Certificate
7.0 Procedure During Construction 23
8.0 Inspection 24
9.0 Unsafe Buildings 24
10.0 Offences and Penalties 24
11.0 Amendment to Appendices 25
12.0 Provision with respect to NBC 25
PART – II
GENERAL LAND DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS
13.0 Sites not Eligible for construction of Building 26
14.0 Means of Access 28
15.0 Regulations for Land Sub -Division and Layout 30
16.0 Land Use Classification and Permissible Uses 36
17.0 Open Space, Area and Height Limitations 37
17.11 Parking, Loading and Unloading Spaces 40
18.0 Requirements of Parts of Buildings 46
Part – III
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND PERMISSIBLE USES
19.1 Residential Zone – R1 64
19.2 Residential Zone – R2 65
19.3 Slum Improvement Zone - Deleted 68
19.4 Commercial Zone 68
19.5 Central Business District Zone - Deleted 68
19.6 Industrial Zone 68
19.7 Agriculture Zone / No Development Zone 71
19.8 Green Belt 75
19.9 Hill Top & Hill Slope Zone in PMR 76
19.10 Public / Semi-Public Zone 76
19.11 Traffic And Transportation Zone - Deleted 77
19.12 Defence Zone 77
19.13 Forest Zone 77
19.14 Restrictive Zone 77
19.15 Afforestation Zone 77
PART – IV
GENERAL BUILDING REQURIEMENTS – SETBACK, MARGINAL DISTANCE, HEIGHT AND
PERMISSIBLE FSI
20.0 General 79
20.1 Regulations for Congested area 79
20.2 Regulations for Outside Congested Area 80
20.2.1 Marginal distances for residential building height 15 m. and below 80
20.2.2 Marginal distances for other buildings 83
20.3 Permissible FSI 85
20.4 Industrial Building 86
20.5 FSI of Green Belt 86
 PART – V
HIGHER FSI FOR CERTAIN USERS
21.0 General 87
21.1 Permissible Marginal Spaces, Permissible Basic FSI, Additional FSI for 88
Buildings in Non-Congested Area
21.2 Entitlement of FSI for road widening or construction of new roads / surrender 96
of Reserved land
21.3 Development/ re-development for construction of staff quarters of the State 96
Government or its statutory bodies or PMRDA on private lands
21.4 Development / re-development of Housing Schemes by MHADA 97
21.5 Redevelopment of Existing Buildings belonging to EWS /LIG group 101
21.6 Redevelopment of Old /Dilapidated and Dangerous Building 101
21.7 Redevelopment of Existing Buildings 103
21.8 Transit Oriented Development (TOD) 103
21.9 Development of Housing for EWS/LIG/PMAY 107
21.10 Regulation for development of IT establishment 108
21.11 Regulation for Development of Bio-Technology Park 110
21.12 Development of Public Toilet 111
PART VI
FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
22.1 General 112
22.2 Construction Materials 112
22.3 Lifts 112
22.4 Basement 113
22.5 Service Ducts/Shafts 115
22.6 Refuse Chutes 115
22.7 Refuge Area 115
22.8 Electrical Services 115
22.9 Gas Supply 116
22.10 Illumination of Means of Exit 116
22.11 Stand-by Electric Generator 116
22.12 Transformer 116
22.13 Air Conditioning 117
22.14 Provision of Boiler and Boiler Room 118
22.15 Provision of First Aid and Fire Fighting Appliance 118
22.16 Fire Alarm System 118
22.17 Lightening Protection of Buildings 118
22.18 Fire Control Room 119
22.19 Housekeeping 119
22.20 Fire Drills and Fire Orders 119
22.21 Compartmentation 119
22.22 Material for Interior Decoration and Furnishing 119
22.23 Fire Escape Chutes / Controlled Lowering Device for Evacuation 119
22.24 Fire Check Floor 120
22.25 Fire Infrastructure Charges 120
22.26 Fire Officer for hotels, business and mercantile buildings with height more than 120
30m
PART – VII
STRUCTURAL SAFETY, WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE & SANITARY REQUIREMENTS,
OUTDOOR DISPLAY STRUCTURES
23.0 Structural Design 121
24.0 Quality of Materials and Workmanship 121
25.0 Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests 121
26.0 Building Services 122
27.0 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitary Requirements 122
28.0 Drainage and Sanitary Requirements 124
29.0 Signage and Outdoor Display Structures 125
PART – VIII
 SPECIAL PROVISIONS IN CERTAIN BUILDINGS
30.0 Provisions of Facilities for Differentially Abled Persons 126
31.0 Installation of Solar assisted Water Heating (SWH) System/ Roof Top 126
Photovoltaic (RTPV) System
32.0 Rain Water Harvesting 126
33.0 Regulations for Waste Water Recycling 128
34.0 Solid Waste Management 130
35.0 Incentives for Green Buildings 130
PART – IX
SPECIAL SCHEMES/ ACTIVITIES
36.0 Integrated Township Projects 131
37.0 Regulation for Inclusive Housing 145
38.0 Tourism Development 146
39.0 Innovative Development Proposals 150
40.1 Research and Development Centers 150
40.2 Ropeway Projects 150
40.3 Planetorium / Astronomical / Astrophysical Facilities / Projects 150
40.4 Trekking Routes / Nature Trails / Nature Walks 150
40.5 Proposed Town Planning Scheme (TPS) Area 151
41.0 Special Regulations 151
41.1 Tourist Resorts / Holiday Homes / Township in Hill Station Type Areas 151
41.2 Development within 10 kms from Tamhini Ghat 151
42.0 Commercial use of Lands owned by Zilla Parishad, Panchayat Samiti & Gram 151
Panchayat
43.0 Conservation of Heritage Buildings / Precincts / Natural Features 151
44.0 Mining or Quarrying Operations 156
45.0 Erection of Mobile Towers 156
PART – X
ACQUISITION / DEVELOPMENT OF RESERVED SITES IN REGIONAL /
DEVELOPMENT PLAN
46.0 Transferable Development Rights (TDR) 157
47.0 Vesting of Land 161
PART XI
SUPPLEMENTARY AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
48.0 Clarification 162
49.0 Power to Delegate 162
50.0 Appeals - Deleted 162
 LIST OFAPPENDIX

Appendix No. APPENDICES Page No.

Appendix A-1 Application form for Construction of building or Layout of building 164
or group housing.
Appendix A-2 Application form for Sub-Division of land as plotted layout. 172

Appendix B Form for supervision. 176

Appendix C Qualification and duties, responsibilities etc. of Licensed Technical 177

Personnel or Architect for preparation of Schemes for Development
Permission and Supervision.

Appendix D-1 Form for Sanction of building permit / commencement certificate. 180

Appendix D-2 Form for Tentative Approval for demarcation of land / sub-division 181
of land.
Appendix D-3 Form for Final approval of building permit/sub-division of layout. 182

Appendix E-1 Form for Refusal of sanction to Building Permit / Commencement 183
Certificate.

Appendix E-2 Form for Refusal of sanction to the Land Sub-division / Layout. 184

Appendix-F Form for Intimation of Completion of Work upto Plinth Level 185

Appendix-G Form of approval / disapproval of development work upto Plinth 186

Level
Appendix-H Form for Completion Certificate. 187

Appendix-I Form for Occupancy Certificate. 188

Appendix-J Form for Refusal of Occupancy Certificate. 189

Appendix-K Form of Indemnity for Part Occupancy Certificate. 190

Appendix-L Service Industries 191

Appendix-M Sanitation Requirements 196

Appendix-N Provisions for Barrier Free Access 212

Appendix-O Regulations for Erection of Mobile Towers 216

Appendix-P Site Visit Report 224

Appendix-Q Site Visit Certificate 226

Appendix-R Regulations for Lonavala-Karla-Malavali Planning Area 228

Appendix-S Regulations for Kune-Pangaloli-Kurwande Planning Area 230

Appendix-T Regulations For Development Of Tourism And Hospitality 232

Services Under Community Nature Conservancy Around Wild
Life Sanctuaries And National Parks Of RP Of Pune Region.
Appendix-U Approvals of Building Permission on Fast Track based on Risk 234
Based categorization.
Annexure I Typical Road Cross-Sections 237
 PART-I
ADMINISTRATION

1.0 SHORT TITLE, EXTENT, AND COMMENCEMENT

1.1 These Regulations shall be called as ―Development Control and Promotion Regulations for Pune
Metropolitan Region (PMR), 2018, referred to herein after as these Regulations.

1.2 Extent- These Regulations shall apply to the building activities and development works on lands
within the PMR under the jurisdiction of Pune Metropolitan Regional Development Authority
(PMRDA).

1.3(a) These Regulations shall come into force from the date of notification.

1.3(b) Repeal: These shall replace existing building bye-laws applicable in PMR Area, standardized
development control and promotional regulations for regional plan areas in Pune, Maharashtra,
Special Regulation related to areas falling under 10 kms from Pune and Pimpri Chinchwad
Municipal Corporations, development control rules / regulations of A, B and C municipal councils
and the development control regulations of regional plan of Pune region with amendments made to
them from time to time, and any guidelines/directions issued by any authorities in the past.

1.4 Provisions in Regional Plan:

Land use zoning provisions in the sanctioned Regional Plan of Pune shall govern unless otherwise
specifically mentioned in these regulations. Special Provisions or Express Provisions made or
Special Regulations as mentioned in Sanctioned Regional Plan which are not covered under these
regulations shall prevail.

1.5 Conflicts in provisions: If there is any conflict between the provisions in sanctioned Regional Plan
along with the provisions in the sanctioned Development Control and Promotion Regulations for
Regional Plan area in Maharashtra and Development Control and Promotion Regulations for Pune
Metropolitan Region (PMR) in that case, the matter shall be referred to the Director of Town
Planning M.S., whose decision shall be final. Wherever, there is a discrepancy between the National
Building Code and these Regulations, then in such cases these Regulations shall prevail.

1.6 Savings: Not withstanding anything contained in these regulations, any development permission
granted or any development proposal for which any action is taken under the erstwhile Regulations
shall be valid and continue to be so valid, unless otherwise specified in these Regulations.
Provided that, permission granted earlier shall be eligible for renewal as per provisions of the Act.
Provided further that, the words ‗action taken‘ in this regulation shall also include the issuance of
Demand note for granting the development permission;
Provided also that, it shall be permissible for the owner to –
a) either continue to develop the project under the erstwhile regulations in toto and for that limited
purpose erstwhile regulation shall remain in force, or
b) apply for grant of revised permission under the new regulations, if the project is on-going and the
occupation certificate, has not been granted fully.
2.0 DEFINITIONS:
2.1 General
2.1.1 In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions given hereunder
shall have meaning indicated against each of them.
2.1.2 Words and expressions that are not defined in these regulations shall have the same meaning or sense
as in any of following Acts.
i) The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
ii) National Building Code (2005 or amended from time to time); however, these regulations
shall prevail in case of any overlaps/conflicts.
iii) Maharashtra Metropolitan Region Development Authority Act, 2017.

2.2 “Act”- Act in these Regulations shall mean the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning
Act, 1966;
2.3 “Annual Statements of Rates” means ASR published by Inspector General of Registration,
Maharashtra State, Pune;
2.4 “Authority” means Metropolitan Commissioner of PMRDA unless otherwise specified;
2.5 “Alteration” means any change in existing authorized building or change from one
occupancy to another, or a structural change, such as an addition to the area or height, or the
removal of part of a building, or any change to the structure, such as the construction of,
cutting into or removal of any wall, column, beam, joist, floor, roof or other support or a change
to or closing of any required means of ingress (entry) or egress (exit) as provided under
these regulations. However, modification in respect of gardening, white washing, painting,
plastering, pointing, paving and retailing shall not be deemed to be alteration;
2.6 “Advertising Sign” means any surface or structure with characters, letters or illustrations
applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoor for purposes of advertising
or to give information regarding or to attract the public to any place for public performance,
article or merchandise whatsoever, or is attached to, or forms a part of building, or is
connected with any building or is fixed to a tree or to the ground or to any pole, screen, fence
or hoarding or displayed in space, in or over any water body;

2.7 “Accessory Building” means a building separate from the main building on a plot and
containing one or more rooms for accessory use such as servant quarters, garage, store rooms
etc;
2.8 “Accessory / Ancillary Use” means any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use
and incidental to the principal use;
2.9 “Amenity”-Includes open spaces, parks, recreational facilities and grounds, sports complex,
library, hospital, cafeteria, convenience shopping, parking lots, primary and secondary schools,
clinics, dispensaries, health club, sub post office, police station, electrical sub stations, ATM‘s,
banks, electronic cyber library, open market, garbage bins, play grounds, yoga center, gardens,
water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage, public works and other utilities,
club house, services and conveniences, fire brigade, staff quarters of PMRDA and a public utility,
Student Hostels and working women‘s hostel, (in case of Student Hostels, working women‘s
hostel, the plot shall not be less than 2000 sq. mt. and a minimum of 50% of the plot area shall
be used for open users such as open space, parks, recreational facilities, parking lots etc.) and
such additional public utility users as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner of PMRDA.
2.10 “Access” means a clear approach to a plot or a building;

2.11 “Architect” means a person registered with Council of Architecture(COA) as per Architects
Act, 1972 as an Architect with a valid (COA) Registration Number;
2.12 “Architectural projection” means Chajja, Cornice, Ledge etc. which is a protrusion from the

2
 building facade or window line of the building used for non-habitable uses.;
2.13 “Atrium” means a sky lighted naturally/mechanically ventilated area in buildings, with no
intermediate floors, used as circulation space or entrance foyer;
2.14 “Balcony” means a horizontal cantilever projection, including parapet and handrail balustrade
to serve as a passage or sitting out place with at least one side fully open, except being
provided with railing or parapet wall for safety;

2.15 “Basement” means the lower storey of a building below or partly below the ground level with
one or more than one levels;
2.15.1 “Building” means any structure for whatsoever purpose and of whatsoever materials
constructed and every part thereof whether used as human habitation or not and includes
foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, wells, door steps, fencing, plumbing and
building services, fixed platforms, verandas, balcony; cornice or projection, part of a building or
anything affixed thereto or any wall fence enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space
and signs and outdoor display structures. However, tents, shamianas and the tarpaulin shelters
erected for temporary and ceremonial occasions with the permission of the Metropolitan
Commissioner shall not be considered as building;
2.16 “Built up Area” means the area covered by a building on all floors including cantilevered
portion, mezzanine floors if any but excepting the areas excluded specifically from FSI under
these Regulations;
2.17 “Building Line” means the line upto which the plinth of a building adjoining a street or an
extension of a street or on a future street may lawfully extend. It includes the lines prescribed,
if any, in any scheme and / or Regional/Development Plan, or under any other law in force;
2.18 “Building Height” means the vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs, from the
average level of the ground around and contiguous to the building to the terrace of last floor of
the building adjacent to the external walls; to the highest point of the building and in the case
of pitched roofs, up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall intersects the
finished surface of the sloping roof; and in the case of gable facing road, the mid-point
between the eaves level and the ridge. Architectural features serving no other function except
that of decoration shall be excluded for the purpose of measuring heights;
2.19 “Builder / Developer” means a person who is legally empowered to construct or to execute
work on a building unit, building or structure and/or land development or where no person is
empowered, the owner of the building unit, building or structure.
2.20 “Bio-Technology Unit” means an Unit or a Park which is certified as such by the
Development Commissioner (Industries);

3
2.21 "Carpet area" means the net usable floor area of an apartment, excluding the area covered
by the external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive balcony or veranda area and
exclusive open terrace area, but includes the area covered by the internal partition walls of the
apartment.
Explanation.— For the purpose of this clause, the expression "exclusive balcony or veranda
area" means the area of the balcony or veranda, as the case may be, which is appurtenant to
the net usable floor area of an apartment, meant for the exclusive use of the allottee; and
"exclusive open terrace area" means the area of open terrace which is appurtenant to the net
usable floor area of an apartment, meant for the exclusive use of the allottee;
2.22 “Chajja” means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over openings
on external walls to provide protection from sun and rain and for purpose of architectural
appearance;
2.23 “Chimney” means an upright shaft containing one or more flues provided for the conveyance to
the outer air of any product of combustion resulting from the operation of heat producing
appliance or equipment employing solid, liquid or gaseous fuel;
2.24 “Cluster” means any defined area with proper access;
2.25 “Control Line” means a line on either side of a highway or part of highway beyond the building
line fixed in respect of such highway by the Highway Authority from time to time;
2.26 “Courtyard or Chowk” means a space permanently open to sky enclosed on sides fully or
partially by buildings and may be at ground level or any other level within or adjacent to a
building;
2.27 “Canopy” means a projection over any entrance;
2.28 “Congested Area” means the area shown as congested on the Regional/Development Plan;

2.29 “Convenience Shopping” means shops for domestic needs each with carpet area not
exceeding 20 sq.m.;
2.30 “Corridor” means a common passage or circulation space including a common entrance hall;
2.31 “Detached Building” means a building whose walls and roofs are independent of any other
building with marginal distances on all sides as specified;
2.32 “Development” with its grammatical variations means the carrying out of buildings, engineering,
mining or other operations in, or over, or under land or the making of any material change,
in any building or land or in the use of any building or land or any material or structural change
in any Heritage building or its precinct and includes demolition of any existing building,
structure or erection of part of such building, structure of erection and reclamation,
redevelopment and layout or sub-division of any land and to develop shall be construed
accordingly;
2.33 “Regional/Development Plan” means i) Development Plan :-―Development Plan‖ means a
plan for the development of the area within the jurisdiction of a Planning Authority and
includes revision of a development plan and proposals of a Special Planning Authority for
development of land within its jurisdictions.
ii)Regional Plan:-―Regional Plan‖ means a plan for the development or redevelopment
of a region which is approved by the State Government and has come into operation
under Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966.

2.34 “Dwelling Unit /Tenement” means an independent housing unit with separate facilities for
living, cooking and sanitary requirements;
4
 2.35 “Enclosed Stair- case” means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and door (s) from
the rest of the building;
2.36 “Existing Building or Use” means a building, structure or its use existing authorisedly;
2.37 “Exit” means a passage, channel or means of egress from any building, storey or floor area to
a street or other open space of safety;
2.37.1 “Vertical Exit” means exit used for ascension or descension between two or more levels
including stairways, smoke proof towers, ramps, escalators and fire escapes;
2.37.2 “Horizontal Exit” means a protected opening through or around a firewall or a bridge
connecting two buildings;
2.37.3 “Outside Exit” means an exit from the building to a public way, to an open area leading to a
public way, to an enclosed fire resistive passage to a public way;
2.39 “External Wall” means an outer wall of a building, not being a party wall even though adjoining
to a wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open space of
any building;
2.40 “Escalator” means a power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering
passengers;
2.41 “Fire and/ or Emergency Alarm System” means an arrangement of call points or detectors,
sounders and other equipments for the transmission and indication of alarm signals, for testing
of circuits and, whenever required, for the operation of auxiliary services. This device may be
workable automatically or manually to alert the occupants in the event of fire or other
emergency;
2.42 “Fire lift” means a lift specially designed for use by fire service personnel in the event of fire;

2.43 “Fire Proof Door” means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and
erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a specified period;
2.44 “Fire Resisting Material” means a material which has certain degree of fire resistance;
2.45 “Fire Resistance” means the time during which a material fulfils its function of contributing
to the fire safety of a building when subjected to prescribed conditions of heat and load or
restraint. The fire resistance test of structures shall be done in accordance with "IS -3809 -
1966 Fire Resistance Test of Structures";
2.46 “Fire Separation” means the distance in meters measured from any other building on the
site, or from other site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space to the building;
2.47 “Fire Service Inlets” means a connection provided at the base of a building for pumping up
water through in-built fire-fighting arrangements by fire service pumps in accordance with the
recommendations of the Fire Services Authority;
2.48 “Fire Tower” means an enclosed staircase which can only be approached from the various
floors through landings or lobbies separated from both, the floor areas and the staircase by fire
resisting doors and open to the outer air;
2.49 “Floor” means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building. The
general term floor unless otherwise specifically mentioned shall not refer to a mezzanine
floor;
Note-The sequential numbering of floor shall be determined by its relation to the determining
entrance level. For floor at or above ground level, with direct entrance from / to road or street
shall be termed as ground floor. The other floors above ground floor shall be numbered in
sequence as Floor 1, Floor 2, etc., with the number increasing upwards. The stilt shall be
termed as stilt floor or Stilt floor 1, Stilt floor 2 etc. and floors above shall be numbered as
Floor 1, Floor 2, etc.,
5
2.50 “Floor space index (F. S. I)”means the quotient obtained by dividing the total built-up area
on all floors, excluding exempted areas as given in Regulation no.17.7 by the area of the plot;
Total built-up area on all floors
F.S.I. =
Plot area
2.51 “Premium FSI” means the FSI that may be available on payment of premium as may be
prescribed under these regulation;

2.52 “Fitness centre” means and includes the built up premises, including toilet facilities, provided
in the building including gymnasium for the benefit of its inmates and for the purpose of
fitness, physical exercises, yoga and such other activities as may be permitted by the
Commissioner from time to time.

2.53 “Footing” means a foundation unit constructed in brick work, masonry or concrete under the
base of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a large area;
2.54 “Foundation” means that part of the structure which is in direct contact with and transmitting
loads to the ground;
2.55 “Front Margin” means the distance between the boundary line of plot abutting the means of
access/ road/ street and the building. In case of plots facing two or more means of accesses /
roads / streets, the plot shall be deemed to front on all such means of access / road / streets;

2.56 “Gallery” means an intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium of
a hall providing extra floor area, additional seating accommodation etc. These shall also
include the structures provided for seating in stadia.
2.57 “Garage Private” means a building or portion thereof, designed and used for parking of
privately owned motor driven or other vehicles;
2.58 “Garage-Public” means a building or portion thereof designed as other than a private garage,
operated for gain, designed or used for repairing, servicing, hiring, selling or storing or
parking motor driven or other vehicles.;
2.59 “Group Housing Scheme” means a building or a group of buildings constructed or to be
constructed with one or more floors, consisting of more than one dwelling units and having
common service facilities. Common service facilities means facilities like stair case, balcony,
corridor, and veranda, lift, etc;
2.60 “Ground Level” means the average level of ground in a plot (Site);
2.61 “Guest house” means a premise for housing the staff of Government, semi –government,
public undertaking and private limited company for short duration.

2.62 “Habitable Room” means, a room constructed or intended for human habitation;
2.63 “Home Occupation” means occupation, other than an eating or a drinking place, offering
services to the general public, customarily carried out by a member of the family residing on the
premises without employing hired labour, and for which there is no display to indicate from
the exterior of the building that it is being utilized in whole or in part for any purpose other than
a residential or dwelling use, and in connection with which no article or service is sold or
exhibited for sale except that which is produced therein, which shall be non-hazardous and not
affecting the safety of the inhabitants of the building and the neighbourhood and provided that
no mechanical equipment is used except for what is customarily used for purely domestic or
household purposes and / or employing licensable goods;

6
 2.64 “Information Technology Establishment (ITE)”means an establishment which is in the
business of developing either software or hardware relating to computers or computer
technology as approved by Director of Industries;

2.65 “Ledge or Tand” means a shelf like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever, except
by vertical supports within a room itself but not having projection wider than 0.60 m.;
2.66 “Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor” means a qualified Engineer/
Structural Engineer / Supervisor licensed by the Metropolitan Commissioner;
2.67 “Lift” means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more levels
in a vertical or substantially, vertical direction, by means of a guided car platform;

2.67.1 “Lift Well” means an unobstructed space within an enclosure provided for the vertical movement
of the lift car(s) and any counter weights, including the lift pit and the space for top clearance;
2.68 “Loft” means, an intermediate floor between two floors, with a maximum height of 1.5 m.,
which is constructed and used for storage purpose, fully defined in regulation no. 18.5;
2.69 “Mall” means a large enclosed shopping area;
2.70 “Marginal distance / Set back” means a minimum distance required to be left open to sky
between the boundary of the building plot and the building excluding court yard/chowk, which
is an integral part of the plot;
2.71 “Mezzanine floor” means an intermediate floor between two floors of any story, forming an
integral part of floor below, overhanging or overlooking a floor beneath, not being a loft between
the floor and the ceiling of any storey;
2.72 “Means of Access” shall include the road/street/vehicular access way, pathway upto the plot
and to the building within a plot;
2.73 “Net plot area” means the area as per Regulation no.15.7;
2.74 “Newly merged area” means area included in the jurisdiction of PMRDA.

2.75 “Non-Combustible Material” means a material which does not burn nor add heat to a fire when
tested for combustibility in accordance with IS: 3808 – 1966 ‗Method of Test for Combustibility
of Building Materials‗;
2.76 “Non-conforming User” means any lawful use / building existed on the Site but which does
not conform to the zoning shown on the Regional/Development Plan;

2.77 “Occupancy or Use Group” means the principal occupancy or use for which a building or a
part of a building is used, or intended to be used, for the purposes of classification of a
building according to the occupancy. Occupancy shall be deemed to include subsidiary
occupancies which are contingent upon it. Buildings with mixed occupancies are those buildings
in which more than one occupancy are present in different portions of the building. The
occupancy classification shall have the meaning given from 2.77.1 to 2.77.13;

2.77.1 “Residential Buildings” means any building in which sleeping accommodation is provided for
normal residential purposes with or without cooking or dining or both facilities. It includes one
or two or multi-family dwellings, lodging or rooming houses, residential hotels, hostels,
dormitories, dharmshalas, apartment houses, flats, service apartment, studio apartment and
private garages incidental thereto;

7
2.77.2 “Educational Buildings” means a building exclusively used for a school or college recognized
by the appropriate Board or University, or any other competent authority involving assembly
for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use, and including a building
for such other users incidental thereto such as library, a research institution. It shall also include
quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises and a building used as a hostel
attached to an educational institution whether situated in its campus or not and, also includes
buildings used for day-care purposes more than 8 hours per week;

2.77.3 “Institutional Buildings” means a building constructed or used by Government, Semi-

Government organization or registered trusts or persons and used for medical or other treatment,
or an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an Hospice care of persons
suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, disease or infirmity, care of orphans,
abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons and for penal
or correctional detention with restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping
accommodation, and includes hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as
jails, prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correctional detention and reformatories;
2.77.4 “Assembly Buildings” means any building or part of building where groups of people congregate
or gather for amusement, recreation or social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and similar
purposes, e.g. theatres, motion picture house, drive-in-theatres, multiplexes, assembly halls, city
halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums, mangalkaryalaya, cultural centre, skating
rinks, places of worship, dance theatres, club & gymkhana, passenger stations and terminals of
air, surface and other public transportation services, recreation piers and stadia having built
up area more than 1000 sq.m.;
2.77.5 “Business Buildings” means any building or part of building, which is used for transaction of
business for the keeping of accounts and records for similar purposes; offices, banks,
professional establishments, I.T. establishments, call centre, offices for private entrepreneurs,
court houses, libraries shall be classified in this group in so far as principal function of these is
transaction of public business and the keeping of books and records;
2.77.6 “Office Building / Premises” means the premises whose sole or principal use is to be used as
an office or for office purpose; ―office purposes‖ shall include the purpose of administration,
clerical work, handling money, telephone/ telegraph/ computer operations and ―clerical work‖
shall include writing, book-keeping, sorting papers, typing, filing, duplicating, drawing of matter
for publication and the editorial preparation of matter for publication;

2.77.7 “Mercantile (Commercial) Buildings” means any building or part of a building, which is used
as shops, stores, market, malls for display and sale of merchandise either wholesale or retail
Office, storage and service facilities incidental to the sale of merchandise and located in the same
building shall be included under this group;

2.77.8 “Public-Semi-public Building” means a building constructed or used by Government, Semi

Government Organization, Government Undertaking, Local Authorities, for conducting public
semi-public use like municipal office, post office, telephone office, etc.;
2.77.9 “Wholesale Establishments” means an establishments wholly or partly engaged in wholesale
trade, manufactures, wholesale outlets including related storage facilities, A.P.M.C.
establishments, warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport including truck
transport booking agencies;

8
2.77.10 “Industrial Buildings” means any building or part of a building or structure, in which products
or materials of all kinds and properties are fabricated, assembled or processed like assembling
plants, laboratories, power plants, smoke houses, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies, factories
etc.;
2.77.11 “Storage Buildings” means any building or part of a building used primarily for the storage
or sheltering of goods, wares or merchandise, like ware houses, cold storage, freight depots,
transit sheds, godowns, store houses, public garages, hangars, truck terminals, grain elevators,
barns and stables;
2.77.12 “Hazardous Buildings” means any building or: part of a building which is used for the
storage, handling, manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or
products which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity and / or which may produce poisonous
gases or explosions during storage, handling, manufacturing or processing, which involve highly
corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flames,
fumes and explosive, mixtures of dust or which result in the division of matter into fine
particles subject to spontaneous ignition;
2.77.13 “Special Buildings” means
(i) multi-storied buildings for any user having height more than 15 meter in height measured
from ground; or,
(ii) buildings for the purposes of educational, assembly, mercantile, institutional, public and
semi-public, industrial, storage and for hazardous material, buildings having built-up area
more than 500 sq. m on each any floor, irrespective of the height of the building; or,
(iii) multi-storied buildings for any user having mixed occupancies, with any of the aforesaid
occupancies mentioned in (ii) above, having built-up area more than 500 sq. m on each
floor;
2.78 “Owner” means a person who has legal title for land or building;
2.79 “Parapet” means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof, terraces, balcony, veranda
etc.;
2.80 “Parking Space” means an enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open area sufficient in size to
park vehicles. Parking space shall be served by a driveway connecting them with a street or
alley and permitting ingress or egress of vehicles;

2.81 “Permit / Permission” means a permission or authorisation in writing by the Authority to

carry out the work regulated by these Regulations;
2.82 “Plinth” means a portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground and
surface of the floor immediately above the ground;
2.83 “Plot / Site” means a parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries;
2.84 “Porch” means a covered surface supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of
pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building;
2.85 “Podium” means a continuous projecting base or pedestal around a building, generally used
for parking and movement of vehicles, as specified in these regulations;
2.86 “Recreational Open Space / Layout open space” means a statutory common open space
kept in any layout or group housing scheme or campus planning, exclusive of margins and
approaches, on ground only;

9
 2.87 “Record Plan” means a Plan to be prepared and submitted to the authority on basis of which
a final occupancy certificate is issued.;

2.88 “Restaurant” means a premises used for serving food items on commercial basis including
cooking facilities and seating arrangements in residential building. And for commercial premises
restaurant may be allowed of any built up area situated on any floor with a separate parking and
garbage disposal facility.

2.89 “Road / Street” means any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway,
carriageway, footway, square place or bridge, whether a thoroughfare or not, over which the
public have a right of passage or access or have passed and had access uninterruptedly for a
specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme, and includes all bunds,
channels, ditches, storm-water drains, culverts, sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside trees and
hedges, retaining walls, fences, barriers and railings within the street lines;
2.90 “Road / Street Line” means the line defining the side limit of a road / street;
2.91 “Road/Street Level or Grade” means the officially established elevation or grade of the centre
line of the street upon which a plot fronts and if there is no officially established grade, the
existing grade of the street at its mid – points.
2.92 “Room Height” means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to the
finished ceiling/ slab surface. In case of pitched roofs, the room height shall be the average
height between bottom of the eaves and bottom of ridge;
2.93 “Row Housing” means a row of houses with front and rear marginal distances;
2.94 “Semi Detached Building” means a building detached on three sides with marginal distances
as specified;
2.95 “Service Apartment” means a premise in which rooms are let out on short/long term basis.;
2.96 “Service Floor” means a non-habitable floor generally provided in multi-storied buildings and
especially in starred hotels where from services like water supply, sewerage disposal system,
electricity etc. are co-ordinated/maintained. Height of such floor shall not be more than 1.8m.
from floor level to soffit of outer beam and shall not be counted in FSI.

2.97 “Site, corner” means a site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting streets;
2.98 “Site, Depth of” means the mean horizontal distance between the front and rear side
boundaries;
2.99 ―Site, Double Frontage” means a site, having a frontage on two streets other than a corner
plot;
2.100 “Site, Interior or Tandem” means a site, access to which is by a passage from a street
whether such passage forms part of the site or not;
2.101 ―Smoke Stop Door” means a door for preventing or checking the spread of smoke from one
area to another;
2.102 “Stair Cover” means a structure with a covering roof over a stair case and its landing built to
enclose only the stair for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not used for
human habitation;

10
2.103 “Stilts or Stilt Floors” means the portion of a building above ground level consisting of
structural column supporting the super structure with at least two sides open and without any
enclosures for the purpose of parking vehicles, scooters, cycles, etc.;
2.104 “Store Room” means a room used as storage space;
2.105 “Storey” means the portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the
surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space between any
floor and the ceiling next above it;
2.106 "Supported Double Height Terrace" means open terraces with railing having minimum
height equal to two floors within building line.
2.107 “Telecommunication Cell Site/Base Station (TCS/BS)” means tower of requisite height and
dimensions, delta, single pole antennae, microwave antenna, cabin of requisite dimensions for
housing equipment, telecom transceiver machinery, related civil work, requisite wires and
cables, power supply equipment, Diese1 Generator (DG) Set/ Alternate power supply
mechanism, cabin /cupboard for housing any or all of the aforesaid items as necessary;
2.108 “Tenement” means an independent dwelling unit with a kitchen or cooking alcove;
2.109 “Terrace” means a flat, open to sky roof of a building or a part of a building having parapet;

2.110 “To Erect” - To erect a building means

(a) to erect a new building on any site whether previously built upon or not;
(b) to re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been pulled down,
burnt or destroyed; and
(c) conversion from one occupancy to another;

2.111 ―Travel Distance” means the distance from the remotest point on a floor of a building to a
place of safety, be it a vertical exit, horizontal exit or an outside exit measured along the line
of travel;
2.112 “Tower like structure” means a structure in which the height of the tower like portion is at
least twice the width of the broader base;
2.113 “Unsafe Building” means those buildings which are structurally unsafe, unsanitary or not
provided with adequate means of ingress or egress which constitute a fire hazard or are
otherwise dangerous to human life or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to
safety or health or public welfare, by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or
abandonment;

2.114 “Veranda” means a covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the exception
of 1 m. high parapet on the ground floor to be provided on the open side;
2.115 “Water Closet (WC)” means a privy with arrangement for flushing the pan with water. It
does not include a bathroom;
2.116 “Water Course” means a natural channel or an artificial one formed by draining or diversion
of a natural channel meant for carrying storm water and waste water;
“Major Water Course” means a water course which carried strong water discharging from a
contributing area of not less than 160 Ha.;
“Minor Water Course” means a water course which is not major;

11
2.117 “Width of Road” means the whole extent of space within the boundaries of road when
applied to a new road, as laid down in the city surveys map or Regional/Development Plan or
prescribed road lines by any Act or Law and measured at right angles to the course or intended
course of direction of such road whichever is more;

2.118 “Window” means an opening to the outside other than the door which provides all or part of
the required natural light, ventilation or both, to the interior space;

3.0 APPLICABILITY OF REGULATIONS

3.1 These regulations shall apply to all development, redevelopment, erection and/or re-erection
of a building, change of user etc. as well as to the design, construction or reconstruction of,
and additions and alteration to a building. These regulations shall also apply to any revision of
the development permissions/building permissions granted earlier under any Development
Control Regulations. Further, these Regulations shall apply to development work defined in
Regulation No.3.2 to 3.5. However, features approved by earlier permission shall remain
intact unless it contradicts the provisions of FSI under these regulations.

3.2 Construction/ Part Construction - Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or
altered or reconstructed, removed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated, or part is
proposed to be newly constructed or revised, these Regulations apply only to the extent of the
work involved.
3.3 Change of Occupancy / User: -Where the occupancy or the user of a building is changed,
except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Regulations shall apply to all parts of the
building affected by the change.
3.4 Reconstruction - The reconstruction, in whole or part of a building which has ceased to exist
due to an accidental fire, natural collapse or demolition, having been declared unsafe, or
which is likely to be demolished by or under an order of the PMRDA and for which the necessary
certificate has been given by the PMRDA, shall be allowed subject to the provisions in these
Regulations.
3.5 Revised permission – Any development permission granted earlier may be revised. While
granting the revised permission, the approved plans and commencement certificate of the earlier
permission with the owner and office, shall be stamped as ‗CANCELLED‗ by the Authority.

3.6 Development of sites or land sub-division or amalgamation of land –Where land is to be

developed, sub-divided or two or more plot are to be amalgamated or a layout is to be prepared
, these Regulations shall apply to the entire area under development, sub-division, amalgamation
and layout.

Provided that, where a part of an existing layout is being altered, these regulations shall apply
only to that part which is being altered, without adversely affecting the requirement of layout
roads, recreational open space, etc of earlier sanctioned layout.

4.0 INTERPRETATION

Section of general clauses Act, 1897 shall be applicable in case of standard terms and phrases as
defined and interpreted therein.

4.1 In these Regulations, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the masculine gender includes
the feminine and the neutral, the singular number includes the plural and the plural includes the
singular. The word "person" includes a corporation/company, ―writing" includes "printing and
typing" and "signature'' includes thumb impression made by a person who cannot write if his name is
written near such thumb impression or digital signature in case of ‗e‘ submissions.

12
4.2 Whenever sizes and dimensions of rooms and spaces within buildings are specified, they shall mean
clear dimensions unless otherwise specified in these Regulations. However, sizes and dimensions may
not be disputed with reference to finished/unfinished surfaces unless it differs overall dimensions of
the building.

5.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION AND COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE

5.1 No person shall carry out any development, in contravention of the Development Plan
proposals.

5.2 No person shall carry out any development work including development of land by laying out into
suitable plots or amalgamation of plots or development of any land as group housing scheme or to
erect, re-erect or make alterations or demolish any building or cause the same to be done without
first obtaining a separate building permit / commencement certificate for each such development
work / building from the Metropolitan Commissioner.

5.3 No temporary construction shall be carried out without obtaining prior approval of the
Metropolitan Commissioner, which may be granted subject to such conditions as may be deemed
necessary by him. However, temporary site office/watchman cabin/labour- material shed/toilet may
be constructed without permission after the development permission is granted. These temporary
constructions shall be removed after the completion of construction under development permission.

5.4 Development undertaken on behalf of Government -

As per the provisions of Section 58 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966, the office in-charge of the Government Department shall inform in writing to the
Metropolitan Commissioner of the intention to carry out its purpose along with details of such
development or construction as specified below :-

i) An official letter by the authorised officer of Government Department addressed to the

Metropolitan Commissioner, giving full particulars of the development work or any
operational construction.
ii) Ownership documents and measurement plan issued by the Competent Authority of Land
Records Department.

iii) Development / building plans conforming to the provisions of Regional/Development Plan

and these Regulations for the proposed development work to the scale specified in these
Regulations.
iv) The proposals of the Regional/Development Plan or Town Planning Scheme affecting the
land.
v) A Site Plan of the area proposed to be developed to the scale.
vi) Detailed plan showing the plan, sections and elevations of the proposed development work
to the scale, including existing building specified either to be retained or to be demolished.

5.4.1 The operational construction of the Government or Government undertaking, whether

temporary or permanent which is necessary for the operation, maintenance, development or
execution of any of the following services shall be exempted from the provisions of these
Regulations:-
i) Railways;
ii) National Highways;
iii) National Waterways;
iv) Airways and Aerodromes;
v) Posts and Telegraphs, telephones, wireless, broadcasting and other like forms of
communication, excluding mobile towers;
vi) Regional grid for electricity;
vii) Defence Authorities;

13
 viii) Any other essential public service as may be notified by the State Government.
All such constructions shall however, conform to the prescribed requirements for the provision
of essential services, water supply connection, drains, etc.
5.4.2 However the following constructions of the Government Departments do not come under the
purview of operational construction for the purpose of exemption under Regulation no.5.4.1.
i) New residential building (other than gate lodges, quarters for limited essential operational
staff and the like), roads and drains in railway colonies, hospitals, clubs, institutes and
schools in case of Railways and commercial development;
ii) New building, new construction or new installation or any extension thereof, in case of
any other services.
5.4.3 However, no permission shall be necessary for the following types of works:-
i) The carrying out of any works by the Central or State Government or any public sector
undertaking or any local authority-
(a) required for the maintenance or improvement of highway, road or public street, being
works carried out on land within the boundaries of such highway, road or public street; or
(b) required for the purpose of inspecting, repairing or renewing any drains, sewers mains,
pipes including gas pipes, telephone and electric cables, or other apparatus including the
breaking open of any street, or other land for the purpose.
Provided that the concerned authority shall inform the local authority, in writing at the
earliest and pay the necessary restoration charges to the PMRDA within a month. The
restoration charges shall not be more than the expenditure incurred by the PMRDA to
restore the road etc and supervision charges, if any.
ii) The carrying out of works in compliance with any order or direction made by any Authority
under any law for time being in force
iii) The carrying out of works by any Authority in exercise of its powers under any law for
time being in force.
iv) The excavation (including excavation of wells) made in the ordinary course of
agricultural operation.
v) The construction of a road intended to give access to land solely for agricultural purpose.
vi) Normal use of land which has been used temporarily for other purposes like marriage
pandals or for festive occasions; and
vii) In case of land normally used for one purpose and occasionally used for any other purpose,
such occasional use of land for that other purpose.

6.0 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION /BUILDING

PERMISSION (COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE)
6.1 Notice/ Application - Every person who intends to carry out development and erect, re-erect
or make alterations in any place in a building or demolish any building, shall give notice/
application in writing through registered Architect or Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer
/ Supervisor, to the Authority of his said intention in the prescribed form (See Appendix A1 or
A2)It will be mandatory to submit complete information in the form accompanied with
Appendix A-1 and A-2.Such notice shall be accompanied by the payment receipt of required
scrutiny fee and any other fee/ charges prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner from
time to time and the plans and statements in sufficient copies (See Regulation no. 6.1.1), and as
per the requirement under Regulation no.6.2 and 6.3. One set of plans shall be retained in
the office of the Metropolitan Commissioner for record after the issue of permission or refusal.
The plans may be submitted in electronic form as may be specified by the Metropolitan
Commissioner from time to time.
Provided that, the applicant owner/developer shall have an option of choosing the process of
approvals of Building Permission on Fast Track based on Risk Based categorization as mentioned
in Appendix-U.
14
 6.1.1 Copies of Plans and Statements - Four copies of plans and statements shall be made
available along with the notice. Where clearance is required from other agencies, number of
copies of plans required shall be as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
6.2 Information Accompanying Notice/Application - The Notice/Application shall be
accompanied with the key (location plan), site plan, sub-division layout plan/ building plan,
services plans, specifications and certificate of supervision and ownership title etc., as prescribed
in Regulation no.6.2.1 to 6.2.13.
6.2.1 Size of drawing sheets and colouring of plans.
6.2.1.1 The size of drawing sheets shall be of A0 to A4. If necessary, submission of plans on sheets
bigger than A0 size shall also be permissible. Prints of plans shall be on one side of paper
only. All dimensions shall be indicated in metric units.

6.2.1.2 Colouring Notations for Plans: - The Plans shall be coloured as specified in following Table:
Table No.1
COLOURING OF PLANS
Sr. No. Item Site Plan Building Plan

White Plan Ammonia White Ammonia

Plan Print
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Plot lines Thic Thic

Thick Black k k Thick Black
Blac Blac
k k
2. Existing Street Black Blue .. ..
3. Future street if any Black dotted Blue dotted .. ..
4. Permissible Building Thick dotted Thick dotted .. ..
lines black blue

5. Existing work Black (outline) Blue Black Blue

6. Work proposed to be Yellow hatched Yellow Yellow Yellow
demolished hatched hatched hatched

7. Proposed work Red filled in Red Red Red

8. Drainage & sewerage Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted
work

9. Water supply work Black dotted Black dotted Black dotted Black dotted
thin thin thin thin

10. Deviations from the Red hatched Red hatched Red hatched Red hatched
sanctioned plan

Note:- For land development/sub-division/layout/building plan, suitable colouring notations

shall be used which shall be indexed.

6.2.2 Ownership title and area - Every application for development permission and
commencement certificate shall be accompanied by the following documents for verifying the
ownership and area etc. of the land:-
a) Latest Property card(s) or 7/12 extract(s) of a date not more than one month prior to the
date of submission, power of attorney, wherever applicable.

15
 b) Measurement Plan of the property issued by Land Record Department.
c) Statement of area of the holding by triangulation method /CAD (computer added
designs and drafting based software) from the qualified licensed technical personnel or
architect with an affidavit from the owner with regard to the area in the form prescribed
by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
d) Any other document prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
e) Wherever third party interest is created by way of agreement to sale or mortgage etc. the
registered consent of such interested persons shall be submitted with the application.

f) A certified copy of approved sub-division / amalgamation / layout of land from the

concerned authority.
g) In the case of land leased by the Government or local authorities, no objection certificate
of Government or such authorities shall be obtained if there is deviation from lease
conditions and shall be attached to the application for development permission in respect
of such land.

6.2.3 Key Plan or Location Plan - A key plan drawn to a scale of not less than 1:10,000 shall be
submitted as a part of building plan / development proposal along with the application for a
building permit and commencement certificate; showing the boundary and location of the site
with respect to neighbourhood landmarks or with respect to the area within the radius of 200
m. from the site, whichever is more.

6.2.4 Site Plan - The site plan shall be submitted with an application for building permission drawn
to a scale of 1:500 or more as may be decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner. This plan
shall be based on the measurement plan duly authenticated by the appropriate officer of the
Department of Land Records. This plan shall have the following details:-
a) The boundaries of the site and of any contiguous land belonging to the neighbouring
owners;
b) The position of the site in relation to neighbouring streets ;
c) The name of the street, if any, from which the building is proposed to derive access;

d) All existing buildings contained in the site with their names (where the buildings are
given names) and their property numbers;
e) The position of the building and of other buildings, if any, which the applicant intends to
erect, upon his contiguous land referred to in (a) above in relation to;
(i) The boundaries of the site and, in a case where the site has been partitioned, the
boundaries of the portions owned by others;
(ii) All adjacent streets, buildings (with number of storeys and height) and premises
within a distance of 12 m. of the work site and of the contiguous land (if any)
referred to in (a)
f) The means of access from the street to the building and to all other buildings (if any)
which the applicant intends to erect upon.
g) The space to be left around the building to secure free circulation of air, admission of
light and access;
h) The width of the street (if any) in front and the street (if any) at the side of or near the
building, including the proposed roads;
i) The direction of the north line relative to the plan of the building;

j) Any existing physical features, such as wells, tanks, drains, pipe lines, high tension line,

16
 railway line, trees, etc.;
k) The ground area of the whole property and the break-up of the built-up area on each
floor;
l) A plan indicating parking spaces as required and provided under these regulations;
m) Overhead electric supply lines, if any, including space for electrical transformer / sub-
station according to these regulations or as per the requirements of the electric
distribution company.
n) Any water course existing on Site or adjacent to site;
o) Existing alignments of water supply and drainage line;
p) Such other particulars as may be prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner.

6.2.5 (i) Sub-Division/ Layout Plan– In the case of development of land, the notice shall be
accompanied by the sub-division/ layout plan which shall be drawn to a scale of not less than
1:500, however, for layout having areas of 4.0 ha. and above, the plan shall be drawn to a
scale of not less than 1:1000, containing the following:
(a) Scale used and north point;
(b) The location of all proposed and existing roads with their existing /proposed widths within
the land;
(c) Dimension of plots;
(d) The location of drains, sewers, public facilities and services, electrical lines, natural
water courses, water bodies and streams etc.
(e) Table indicating size, area and use of all plots in the sub-division/ layout plan;
(f) The statement indicating the total area of the site, area utilized under roads, recreational
open spaces, amenity spaces, playground, recreation spaces and Regional/Development
Plan reservations/ roads, schools, shopping and other public places along with
their percentage with reference to the total area of the site proposed to be sub-divided /
laid out;
(g) In case of plots which are sub-divided in built-up areas, in addition to the above, the means
of access to the sub-division from existing streets;
(h) Contour plan of site, wherever necessary.
(ii) Amalgamation Plan:-Where two or more plots / holdings are to be amalgamated, plan
showing such amalgamation drawn to a scale not less than 1:500. Instead of submitting a
separate plan, such amalgamation may be allowed to be shown on building / layout-plan itself.
However, 7/12 extract or property card of amalgamated plot shall be submitted before
occupation certificate.

6.2.6 Building Plan - The plans of the buildings with elevations and sections accompanying the
notice shall be drawn to a scale of 1:100 or to a scale as may be directed by the Metropolitan
Commissioner and shall
a) include floor plans of all floors together with the built-up area, clearly indicating the
sizes of rooms and the position and width of staircases, ramps and other exit ways, lift-
wells, lift machine rooms and lift pit details. It shall also include ground floor plan as
well as basement plans and shall indicate the details of parking spaces, loading and
unloading spaces provided around and within building as also the access ways and the
appurtenant open spaces with projections in dotted lines, distance from any building
existing on the plot in figured dimensions along with accessory building;
b) show the statement of built-up area and Carpet area of every flat or shop or any unit
along with proportionate common built-up area attached to it and area of balcony and
17
 double height terraces, if any attached to the said unit;
c) show the use or occupancy of all parts of the building;
d) show exact location of essential services e.g. wc, sink, bath and the like;
e) include sectional drawings of the building showing all sectional details including
staircase;
f) show all street elevations;
g) give dimensions of the projected portions beyond the permissible building line;
h) include terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slopes of the roof;
i) give indications of the north point relative to the plans; and
j) give dimensions and details of doors, windows and ventilators.
k) give such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal.

6.2.6.1 Building Plans for Special Buildings :-

The following additional information shall be furnished/indicated in the Building Plans of
Special Building as mention in regulation no 2.77.13 in addition to the items (a) to (k) of
Regulation no. 6.2.6.:-
(a) access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of vehicular turning circle and clear
motorable access way around the building of minimum 6 m. width;
(b) size (width) of main and alternate staircases, wherever necessary, along with balcony
approach, corridor, ventilated lobby approach;
(c) location and details of lift enclosures;.
(d) location and size of fire lift;
(e) smoke stop lobby/door, where provided;
(f) refuse chutes, refuse chamber, service duct, etc.;
(g) vehicular parking spaces;
(h) refuge area, if any;
(i) details of Building Services :-Air-conditioning system with position of fire dampers,
mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers, gas pipes etc.,
(j) details of exits including provision of ramps, etc. for hospitals and buildings requiring
special fire protection measures,
(k) location of generator, transformer and switch gear room;
(l) smoke exhauster system, if any;
(m) details of fire alarm system network;
(n) location of centralized control, connecting all fire alarm systems, built in fire
protection arrangements and public address system etc.
(o) location and dimensions of static water storage tank and pump room along with fire
service inlets for mobile pump and water storage tank;
(p) location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as sprinklers, wet risers,
hose reels, drenchers, C02 installation etc.;
(q) location and details of first aid, fire fighting equipment‗s / installations.
(r) certificate of structural engineer about structural and earth-quake safety;
Provided that, the provision of fire escape stair case shall be made as per
Regulation No.18.28.4

6.2.7 Service Plan - Plans, elevations and sections of water supply, grey water supply, sewage
disposal system and details of building services, where required by the Metropolitan
Commissioner, shall be made available on a scale not less than 1:100 in general and 1:1000
for layouts.
6.2.8 Supervision - The notice shall be further accompanied by a certificate of supervision in the
prescribed form given in Appendix B, by a licensed Architect/ Engineer/ Structural Engineer,
18
 as the case may be. In the event of the said licensed technical personnel ceasing to be employed
for the development work, further development work shall stand suspended till a new licensed
technical person is appointed.

6.2.9 Building/ Layout Permission Fee- The notice shall be accompanied by receipt of Building/
Layout Permission Fee. The building permission fee or layout /subdivision of land fees shall
be as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner from time to time. Provided that, such
fees shall not be applicable for the development proposals implemented by Government /
Government departments or Public Authorities of State or Central Government.

6.2.10 Development Charges- Development charges as required under Section 124A of the Act shall
be deposited with the Planning Authority before issue of development permission/
commencement certificate. In case of revised permission where no development is carried out in
pursuance of the earlier permission, amount of difference of development charges, if any, shall
be levied and recovered. In case of revised permission, where development is commenced in
pursuance of earlier permission, development charges shall be levied on the land and built-up
area, over and above the area covered in the earlier permission.
6.2.11 Premium charges - Premium charges as may be required to be recovered under these
regulations shall be paid to the Planning Authority before issue of development permission/
commencement certificate. The amount of premium collected shall be kept in a separate
development fund called as PMRDA Infrastructure fund‟ and shall be utilized for the
purpose of developing new/ up-gradation of infrastructure as well as implementation
of Regional/Development Plan proposals and creation of civic amenities.
6.2.12 Tax clearance – Deleted

6.2.13 The notice/application shall be further accompanied by a certificate of supervision in the

prescribed form as given in Appendix B, by a licensed Architect or Licensed Engineer /
Structural Engineer / as the case may be. In the event of the said licensed technical personnel
ceasing to be employed for the development work, further development work shall stand
suspended till a new licensed technical person is appointed
6.3 Signing the Plan -
All the plans shall be duly signed by the owner, co-owner, if any, and the Architect or
Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor and shall indicate his name, address and
license number allotted by the Authority.
6.4 Qualification and Competence of the Architect / Licensed Engineer / Structural
Engineer/ Supervisor -
Architect/ Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Supervisor referred to in regulation no 6.3 shall be
registered / licensed by the Metropolitan Commissioner as competent to plan and carry
out various works as given in Appendix "C". The qualification and procedure for registration
and licensing of the Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor / Developer shall be as given
in Appendix- "C". Architects registered with council of Architecture shall not be required to
register with the Authority.

6.5 Discretionary Powers:-

6.5.1 Interpretation.
In conformity with the intent and spirit of these regulations, the Metropolitan Commissioner
may by order in writing -;,
(i) decide on matters where it is alleged that there is an error in any order, requirement
decision, and determination on interpretation made by him or officer authorised by him in

19
 the application of these regulations.
(ii) decide the extent of the proposal of regional/development plan with respect to survey
number, where boundaries of the survey number shown on development plan varies with
the boundaries as per revenue record/ measurement plan/ city survey sheets.
(iii) determine and establish the location of zonal boundaries in exceptional cases, or in cases
of doubt or controversy;
(iv) decide the alignment of regional/development plan road, where the street layout actually
on the ground varies from the street layout as shown on the Regional/Development Plan;
(v) decide the alignment of blue and red flood line on Regional/development plan where it
varies with the said lines given by the irrigation department or any other Government
institutions dealing with the subject, from time to time;
(vi) authorise erection of a building or use of premises for a public service undertaking for
public utility purposes only, where he finds such authorisation to be reasonably necessary
for the public convenience and welfare, even if it is not permitted in any Land Use
Classification,
(vii) modify the limit of a zone where the boundary line of the zone divides the plot. In such
cases, the zone over the larger portion of the plot having area more 50% shall be
considered.

6.5.2 Relaxation:
In specific cases, where a clearly demonstrable hardship is caused, the Metropolitan
Commissioner by order in writing and subject to payment of premium; if any, may permit any
of the dimensions / provision prescribed by these regulations to be modified provided the
relaxation sought does not violate the health safety, fire safety, structural safety and public safety
of the inhabitants of the buildings and the neighbourhood. However, no relaxation for the
setback required from the road boundary (front marginal distance), F.S.I. or minimum required
parking shall be granted under any circumstances, unless otherwise specified in these
regulations.
While granting such relaxation, conditions may be imposed on size, cost or duration of
the structure, abrogation of claim of compensation, payment of deposit and its forfeiture for
noncompliance.
6.5.3 Temporary Constructions- The Metropolitan Commissioner may grant permission for
temporary construction for a period not exceeding six months at a time and in the aggregate not
exceeding for a period of one year, such a permission may be given by him for the construction
of the following, viz.: -
(i) Structures for protection from the rain or covering of the terraces during the monsoon
only.
(ii) Pandals for fairs, ceremonies, religious function, etc.
(iii) Structures for godowns/storage of construction materials within the site.
(iv) Temporary site offices and watchman chowkies within the site only during the phase of
construction of the main building.
(v) Structures of exhibitions/ circuses etc.
(vi) Structures for storage of machinery, before installation for factories in industrial lands
within the site.
(vii) Structures for ancillary works for quarrying operations in conforming zones.
(viii) Government milk booths , telephone booths and ATM Centers.
(ix) Transit accommodation for persons to be rehabilitated in a new construction.
(x) Structures for educational and medical facilities within the site of the proposed building
20
 during the phase of planning and constructing the said permanent buildings.
(xi) Ready mix concrete plant.
Provided that, temporary constructions for structures etc. mentioned at (iii), (iv), (vi), (ix) (x)
and (xi) may be permitted to be continued temporarily by the Metropolitan Commissioner, but
in any case not beyond completion of construction of the main structure or building and that
structure in (vii) and (viii)may be continued on annual renewal basis by the Metropolitan
Commissioner beyond a period of one year.

6.5.4 Delegation of Powers- Except the discretionary powers, and where the Metropolitan
Commissioner‘s special permission is expressly stipulated, the powers or functions vested in
him/her by these Regulations may be delegated to any official under his/her control, subject to
his/her revision if necessary and to such conditions and limitations, if any, as he/she may
prescribe.

6.5.5 Drafting error –Draftsman errors which are required to be corrected as per actual situation on
site or as per the city survey record or sanctioned layout etc. may be corrected by the
Metropolitan Commissioner, after consultation with the Director of Town Planning,
Maharashtra State, Pune. The ‗draftsman‘s errors‘ shall include errors on Regional /
Development Plan in respect of typographical errors in S.No./G.No./C.T.S. No./F.P.No., errors
in boundaries of such land parcels, errors in showing alignment of existing Nalas, river, canal,
lake and like water bodies, etc. by taking into account a Revenue/Land Record or as the case
may be, the record of concerned Town Planning Scheme.

6.6 Grant or Refusal of permission

6.6.1 After receipt of the notice/ application as mentioned in Regulation No. 6.1 above, the Authority
may either sanction or refuse the plans or may sanction them with such modifications or
directions as it may deem necessary after having recovered the necessary charges and there
upon shall communicate its decision to the person giving the notice in the prescribed form
given in Appendix D1/D2/D3 and E1/E2 as the case may be. Such approval shall also be
deemed to have been granted under relevant provisions of the PMRDA.
6.6.2 (i) In case of special buildings, the building scheme shall also be subject to the norms of
Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Act, 2006 and shall also be subject to the
scrutiny of the Chief Fire Officer, of the PMRDA and the sanction / development
permission shall be issued by the Metropolitan Commissioner after the clearance from the
Chief Fire Officer of the PMRDA.

(ii) In case of land subdivision or plotted layout, tentative layout shall be recommended for
demarcation at first instance. After having demarcated the layout by the Land Records
Department, the owner shall submit the demarcated layout for final approval to the
Authority and the Authority shall examine the provision laid down in Regulation no.6.8 and
grant final approval if it is in accordance with the layout recommended for demarcation and
confirming to the regulations. This shall also be mandatory to Group Housing Scheme
where roads in the adjoining layouts/Regional Plan/ Development Plan roads are to be
coordinated and/or amenity space is to be earmarked.
6.6.3 If within sixty (60) days of receipt of the notice, the Authority fails to intimate in writing to the
person who has given the notice, of its refusal or sanction or sanction with such modifications or
directions, the notice with its plans and statements shall be deemed to have been sanctioned.
Provided, nothing shall be construed to authorise any person to do anything on the site of the
work in contravention or against the terms of lease or titles of the land.
Provided further that, the development proposal, for which the permission was applied for, is
strictly in conformity with the requirements of provisions of these regulations, or regulations
21
 framed in this behalf under any law for the time being in force and the same in no way violates
either provisions of any draft or final plan or proposals published by means of notice,
submitted for sanction under the Act.
Provided further that, any development carried out in pursuance of such deemed permission
which is in contravention of the provisions mentioned above, shall be deemed to be an
unauthorised development for purposes of Sections 52 to 57 of the Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966 and other relevant Acts.
Provided further that, upon receipt of intimation of any claim for deemed permission, the
Authority shall within fifteen days from the date of receipt of such claim, communicate its
remarks, if any, regarding deemed permission to the applicant, failing which, the proposal shall
be approved and commencement certificate and one set of duly approved plans for proposed
development shall be issued to the applicant within fifteen days thereafter.
Provided further that, necessary explanation shall be called from the concerned officer of the
Authority for not processing and disposing of the proposal within 60 days.

6.6.4 After the plan has been scrutinised and objections have been pointed out, the owner giving
notice shall modify the plan, comply with the objections raised and resubmit it. The prints of
plans submitted for final approval, shall not contain superimposed corrections. The authority
shall grant or refuse the commencement certificate / building permit within 60 days from the
date of resubmission. No new objections shall be raised when they are resubmitted after
compliance of earlier objections, except in circumstances to be quoted for additional
compliances.
6.7 Commencement of work
The commencement certificate/development permission shall remain valid for 4 years in the
aggregate but shall have to be renewed every year from the date of its issue. The application for
renewal shall be made before expiry of one year if the work is not already commenced. Such
renewal can be done for three consecutive terms of one year after which proposals shall have to
be submitted to obtain development permission afresh. If application for renewal is made after
expiry of the stipulated period during which commencement certificate is valid, then the
Authority may condone the delay for submission of application for renewal by charging
necessary fees; but in any case, commencement certificate shall not be renewed beyond 4 years
from the date of commencement certificate/ development permission.
Provided that, no such renewal shall be necessary if the work is commenced within the period
of valid permission and such permission shall remain valid till the work is completed.
For the purpose of this regulation, "Commencement" shall mean as under: -
(a) For layout, sub-division and amalgamation Final demarcation and provision of water
bound macadam roads complete.

(b) For a building work including additions and Construction of basement upto ground level
alterations. slab or construction of building at plinth
level whichever is minimum.

(c) For bridges and overhead tanks Foundation and work up to the base floor.
construction.
(d) For underground works Foundation and work upto floor of
underground floor.

6.8 In case of land subdivision / group housing schemes, it shall be the responsibility of the owner
/ developer to construct all infrastructure including roads with asphalting, storm water drains,
sewer lines, water supply lines, development of recreational open spaces etc. In case of land
subdivision, these works shall generally be completed within two years and phase wise
building permission shall be granted depending upon the percentage of infrastructure work
22
 completed. The layout plots should be released for construction in stages according to
infrastructure work completed. The condition to that effect shall be incorporated in the
commencement certificate. In case of group housing scheme, these works shall be completed
before completion of the project and occupancy certificate shall be granted phase wise as per
completion of infrastructure work.
After handing over roads and infrastructure to the PMRDA on completion of scheme, the
responsibility of maintenance of such road and infrastructure shall lie with the PMRDA.

7.0 PROCEDURE DURING CONSTRUCTION

7.1 Owner / Architect / Developer / Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor or any
licensed Technical persons‟ liability: - Neither the grant of permission nor approval of the
drawing nor inspection by the Authority during erection of the building, shall in any way relieve
the Owner / Architect / Developer / Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor or any licensed
Technical persons of such building / development, from full responsibility for carrying
out the work in accordance with these Regulations and safety norms as prescribed by the Bureau
of Indian Standards.
7.2 Documents at site –
(i) Development Permission: The person to whom a development permission is issued
shall during construction, keep -
(a) posted at a conspicuous place on the site for which permission has been issued, a
copy of a development permission; and
(b) a copy of the approved drawings on the site for which the permission was granted.
(ii) Display board: Display board mentioning name of the owner, name of architect, name
of structural engineer, except for small individual plot holders.

7.3.1 Plinth Checking- the owner shall give notice in prescribed form given in Appendix-F to the
Authority after the completion of work upto plinth level with a view to enable the Authority to
ensure that the work is carried out in accordance with the sanctioned plans. The Authority
shall carry out inspection jointly with Architect / liasoning technical person within 7 days
from the receipt of such notice and decide the application. If it is sanctioned then, the
Authority shall grant such certificate as prescribed in Appendix-G.
Provided that, if the Authority has not taken decision on such application within a period
as stipulated above, the permission shall be deemed to have been granted. In such circumstances,
the applicant shall get the plinth checked from the registered Technical Personnel along with
correctness certificate and submit it to the Authority for record. Thereafter no separate
permission shall be required from the Authority for continuing of work. Such certificate shall
clearly indicate the correctness of execution of plinth on site in consonance with the sanctioned
plan.

7.3.2 Deviation during constructions-If during construction of a building any departure of a

substantial nature from the sanctioned plans is intended by way of internal or external additions,
sanction of the Authority shall be necessary. A revised plan showing the deviation shall be
submitted and the procedure laid down for the original plans shall apply to all such amended
plans. Any work done in contravention of the sanctioned plans, except any changes made within
the internal layout of a residential or commercial unit which do not violate FSI or other
regulations, without prior approval of the Metropolitan Commissioner shall be deemed as un-
authorised. However, any changes made within the internal layout of a residential or commercial
unit, which do not violate FSI or other regulations, shall not be treated as unauthorised.
Such changes shall be incorporated in plan along with completion certificate.
7.4 Completion Certificate - The owner through his licensed surveyor / engineer / structural
engineer / supervisor or his architect, as the case may be, who has supervised the construction,

23
 shall furnish a building completion certificate to the Authority in the form in Appendix 'H'. This
certificate shall be accompanied by three sets of plans of the completed development, the
certificate about the operation of the lift from consultant and certificate of structural stability /
compliance issued by R.C.C. consultant, wherever necessary.
In case of special buildings, the completion certificate shall also be accompanied with
the NOC along with completion plans from Chief Fire Officer of PMRDA.

7.5 Occupancy certificate - The Metropolitan Commissioner after inspection of the work and
after satisfying himself that there is no deviation from the sanctioned plans, issue an occupancy
certificate in the form in Appendix- I or refuse to sanction the occupancy certificate in Appendix
–J within 8 days from the date of receipt of the said completion certificate, failing which the
work shall be deemed to have been approved for occupation, provided the construction conforms
to the sanctioned plans. One set of plans, certified by the Metropolitan Commissioner, shall be
returned to the owner along with the occupancy certificate. Where the occupancy certificate is
refused or rejected, the reasons for refusal or rejection shall be given in intimation of the
rejection or the refusal.
The applicant may request for deemed occupancy certificate if eligible as above.
Metropolitan Commissioner shall issue the deemed occupancy certificate within 8 days of the
application.

7.6 Part occupancy certificate:- When requested by the holder of the development permission,
the Authority may issue a part occupancy certificate for a building or part thereof, before
completion of the entire work, as per development permission, provided sufficient
precautionary measures are taken by the holder to ensure public safety and health. The
occupancy certificate shall be subject to the owners indemnifying the Authority in the form in
Appendix `K'.

8.0 INSPECTION
The Authority shall have the power to carry out inspection of the work under the provisions of
the Act, at various stages to ascertain whether the work is proceeding as per the provisions of
regulations and sanctioned plan.

9.0 UNSAFE BUILDINGS

All unsafe buildings shall be considered to constitute danger to public safety and hygiene and
sanitation and shall be restored by repairs or demolished or dealt with as otherwise directed by
the Metropolitan Commissioner. The redevelopment of such buildings shall be as per the
provisions stipulated in these regulations.

10.0 OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

10.1 Offences and penalties:-Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of these
regulations / any requirements or obligations imposed on him by virtue of these regulations
including the maintenance of fire protection services and appliances and lifts in working order
or who interferes with or obstructs any person in the discharge of his duties shall:
(a) be guilty of an offence and upon conviction shall be punished with a fine as fixed by the
Metropolitan Commissioner and as stipulated in Section 52 of The Maharashtra Regional
and Town Planning Act, 1966;
(b) be subject to further suitable actions including demolition of unauthorised works, as
stipulated under Section 53 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966;
(c) in case of Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor, subject to suitable
24
 action against him which may include cancellation of license and debarring him from
further practice/ business for a period as decided by the Authority;
(d) in case of registered architects, subject to action of the Council of Architecture as per the
provisions of Architects Act, 1972 on the report of the Metropolitan Commissioner.

10.2. Revocation of Permission:-

1) Without prejudice to the powers of revocation conferred by Section 51 of the Act the
Authority may, after giving the opportunity of being heard, revoke any development
permission issued under these regulations where it is noticed by it that there had been
any false statement or any misrepresentation of material fact in the application on the basis
of which the development permission was issued and thereupon the whole work carried
out in pursuance of such permission shall be treated as unauthorised.
2) In the case of revocation of the permission under sub- regulation (1), no compensation
shall be paid.
3) Further the concerned person/applicant is subject to proceedings under the Indian Penal
Code for making false statement before the public Authority. However, the decision to file
a case shall be done under the express permission of the Metropolitan Commissioner.

11.0 AMENDMENT TO APPENDICES

The Metropolitan Commissioner shall be authorised to amend the Appendices A to K
(except Appendix C) in these regulations, as and when necessary.

12.0 Provision with respect to NBC

Any aspect not covered in these regulations or in particular the planning, design and
construction of building and its appurtenant services shall be done to the satisfaction of
Metropolitan Commissioner for which, the NBC shall be reference document for conformity
regarding the various aspect. The latest version to the NBC shall be referred at the time of
enforcement of these regulations.

25
 PART II
GENERAL LAND DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS

13.0 REQUIREMENTS OF SITE

13.1 SITES NOT ELIGIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING:

No piece of land shall be used as a site for the construction of building

(a) If the Authority considers that the site is insanitary, incapable of being well drained or it is dangerous
to construct a building on it;
(b) If the entire site is within a distance of 9 m. from the edge of water mark of a minor water course
(first order stream) and 15 m. from the edge of water mark of a major water course shown on
Regional Plan or village/city survey map or otherwise;
Provided that where a minor water course passes through a low lying land without any well- defined
banks, the owner of the property may be permitted by the Authority to restrict and or to realign
the same within the same land according to cross section available with the PMRDA, modified from
time to time without changing the position of the inlet and outlet of the water course. In such case
marginal open spaces shall be as required under these regulations subject to minimum 4.50 m. from
the edge of the trained nala;
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, the Authority shall be entitled to take cognizance
of the existence of all water courses whether shown on the Regional Plan or not, while sanctioning
layouts and no person shall take any action without the permission of the Authority which results in
reducing the water way or closing or filling up of any existing water course. If any watercourse,
whether shown in the Regional Plan/Revenue Record or not, but existing on the site/land, owned by
private person, the area under such water course shall not be deducted for computation of FSI.
(d) If the owner of the plot has not shown to the satisfaction of the Authority all the measures required to
safeguard the construction from constantly getting damped;
(e) If the building is proposed on any area filled up with carcasses, excreta, filth and offensive matter till
the production of certificate from the Competent Authority to the effect that it is safe from the health
and sanitary point of view, to be built upon;
(f) If the use of the site is for the purpose, which will be a source of annoyance to the health and comfort
of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood;
(g) If the plot has not been approved as a building site by the Metropolitan Commissioner;
(h) If the proposed use of land or occupancy of the building on the site does not conform to the land use
proposals in the Regional/Development Plans or Zoning Regulations;
(i) If the level of the site is less than prescribed datum level depending on topography and drainage
aspects;
(j) If it doesn‘t derive access from an authorised street/means of access described in these Regulations;
(k) If the land is within a prohibited distance from the Defence Establishments as decided by The
Ministry of Defence, Government of India;
(l) If it is within the river / lake boundary and blue flood line of the river (prohibitive zone);
(m) If the site is hilly and having gradient more than 1:5whether shown on the Regional Plan or not;
(n) If the site is not developable / buildable by virtue of restrictions imposed under any law or guidelines
of any Government department.

13.2 Distance of site from Electric Lines: No structure including verandah or balcony shall be allowed to
be erected or re-erected or any additions or alterations made to a building on a site within the distance
quoted in Table No. 2 below in accordance with the prevailing Indian Electricity Rules and its
amendments from time to time between the building and any overhead electric supply line. Amenity
space shall not be shown under the overhead electric supply lines.

26
 Table No. 2
Electric Lines Vertic Horizontally
ally
(m.) (m.)
- -2- -3-
1
-
(a) Low and medium voltage Lines 2.5 1.2
and
Service Lines.
(b) High voltage lines up to 3.7 2
including 33,000 V.
(c) Extra High voltage beyond 3.7 2
33,000
V.
(Plus 0.3 m. for every additional (Plus 0.3 m. for every additional
33,000 V. or part thereof) 33,000 V. or part thereof)
Note: The minimum clearance specified above shall be measured from maximum sag for vertical clearance
and
from maximum deflection due to wind pressure for horizontal clearance.

13.3 CONSTRUCTION WITHIN FLOOD LINE:

i) Area between the river bank and blue flood line (Flood line towards the river bank) shall be
prohibited zone for any construction except parking, open vegetable market, garden, lawns, open
space, cremation and burial ground, or like uses without any form of construction or any form of
earthwork with external dumping, provided the land is feasible for such utilization.

ii) Area between blue flood line and red flood line shall be restrictive zone for the purposes of
construction. The construction in the area may be permitted at a height of 0.45 m. above the red flood
line.

iii) If the area between the river bank and blue flood line or red flood line forms the part of the entire
plot in developable zone i.e. residential, commercial, public-semi-public, industrial, then, FSI of this
part of land may be allowed to be utilised on remaining land.

iv) The blue and red flood line shall be as marked by the Irrigation Department or any other Government
institutions dealing with the subject.

13.4 DEVELOPMENT WITHIN 30 M. FROM RAILWAY BOUNDARY:

Any construction within 30 m. from railway boundary shall be subject to restrictions as may be
specified by the Railway Authority from time to time.

13.5 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE:

Environment compliance/implementation of Green norms shall be carried out as per the provisions of
Government Notifications issued from time to time.

13.6 RESTRICTIONS IN THE VICINITY OF AIRPORT:

Height restriction in the vicinity as well as the funnel of the Airport, as may be specified by the
concerned authority from time to time, shall be observed.

27
 13.7 RESTRICTIONS IN THE VICINITY OF ANCIENT MONUMENTS:

1) The Restrictions for Development in the vicinity of the declared monuments as prescribed under
the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 and amendments made to
it from time to time shall be observed.

2) The Restrictions for Development in the vicinity of the ancient monuments as prescribed under
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1960 and amendments made to it
from time to time shall be observed.

13.8 DEVELOPMENT ALONG HIGHWAYS / CLASSIFIED ROADS:

The development along the highways shall be subject to the provisions of National Highways
Act,1956 and State Highways Act, 1955 and orders issued by Ministry of Surface Transport, GoI and
Public Works Department of the State Government, in these regards, from time to time.

A service road of 12 m. wide shall be provided along National and State Highways on both sides.
These service roads may not be provided in piecemeal where authorized development / construction
have already been taken place without the provisions of service road.

13.9 DISTANCE FROM LAND FILL SITES:

For any residential/commercial development, segregating distance from the land fill site (as
determined by the Competent Authority) shall be observed as specified under Solid Waste
Management Rules in force from time to time or as specified by Competent Authority.

13.10 AUTHORITIES TO SUPPLY COMPLETE INFORMATION TO THE PMRDA:

The PMRDA shall obtain information on restrictions to be imposed on developments from the concerned
Government agencies as per their respective legislations/regulations/rules as mentioned above. This
information shall be published by the PMRDA on its portal/website as and when it is updated by the
concerned department. However, it is the duty of the applicant to ensure that restrictions informed by
the authorities are followed scrupulously. The Metropolitan Commissioner shall ensure compliance
of the restriction informed by the concerned authorities while sanctioning the development permission.

14.0 MEANS OF ACCESS

14.1 Every plot / building whether existing or proposed, shall have means of access as required in these
Regulations.

14.2 Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit to erect or re-
erect any building which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the area set apart as means of
access.

14.3 Width of Means of Access:-

A) For Residential Development -The plots shall abut on a public means of access like street / road.
Minimum width of access / layout road / internal road in any development proposal / subdivision / group
housing shall be as given in Table No.3.

28
 Table No-3
S.No. Length of Means of Width of Means of access
access in mt in mt
i upto150 9.00
ii above 150 and to 12.00
upto300
iii more than 300 15.00

B) For Other than Residential Development –The minimum width of access / layout road /
internal road in any development proposal other than residential (for commercial/industrial use)
shall be as given in Table No.3(a).
Table 3(a)
Sr. Length of Mean of Width of Means of Access
no. Access in m. in m.
i Upto 75 12
ii 75 to 150 15
iii Above 150 18 or more

NOTE -1 The means of access shall be clear of required marginal open spaces from the existing
building line. In no case, development on plots shall be permitted unless it is accessible by the
authorized public street existing prior to coming in to force of these Regulations or road from the layout
sanctioned prior to these Regulations.

14.3.1 Pathways: -A pedestrian approach to the buildings from road / street / internal means of access
wherever necessary, shall be through paved pathway of width not less than 2.0 m., 3.0 & 4.5 m.
provided its length measured from exit way of the building is not more than 20 m. 40 m and 60m.
respectively from the main / internal means of access. If the length is more than 60 m., then
regular street as provided in Table No.3 shall be necessary. This provision shall also apply to
group housing scheme or layout of building for other uses except development under regulation
no.21.4.

14.3.2 The length of means of access shall be determined by the distance from the farthest plot (building)
to the public street. The length of the subsidiary access way shall be measured from the point of its
origin to the next wider road on which it meets.

14.3.3 In the interest of general development of an area, the Metropolitan Commissioner may require the
means of access to be of larger width than that required under regulation No. 14.3.

14.3.4 In case where a private passage is unrestrictedly used by public for more than 10 years as a means
of access of width not less than 9 m. to a number of plots, the Metropolitan Commissioner may
take steps including improvement under, the provision of relevant Act to declare it as a public street

14.3.5 In congested areas in the case of plots facing street / means of access less than 4.5 m. in width the
plot boundary shall be shifted to be away by 2.25 m. from the central line of the street/ means of
access way to give rise to a new street / means of access way of width of 4.5 m. clear from the
structural projections.

14.4. Means of access shall be levelled, metalled, flagged, paved, sewered, drained, channelled, lighted,
laid with water supply line and provided with trees for shade (wherever necessary) to the
satisfaction of the Authority, free of encroachment and shall be maintained in a condition to the
satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner.

14.4.1. If any private street or any other means of access to a building is not constructed & maintained as
specified above, the authority may by written notice require the owner or owners of the several
premises fronting or adjoining the said street or other means of access or abutting thereon or to
which access is obtained through such street or other means of access or which shall benefit by
works executed to carry out any or more of the aforesaid requirements in such manner and within
such time as the authority shall direct. If the owner or owners fail to comply with this direction,
29
 the authority may arrange for its execution and recover the expenses incurred from the owner/
owners.

14.5. Access from the Highways/classified roads: Generally the plot / building along Highway and
classified roads shall derive access from service road. However, highway amenities like petrol
pump; hotel etc. may have an access direct from Highways and such other roads having a width of
30 m. or more. The above will be subject to the provisions of State Highways Act, 1965 and
National Highway Act 1956. Provided that in suitable cases, the planning authority may suspend
the operation of this rule till service roads are provided.

14.6. For building identified in Regulation No. 6.2.6.1, the following additional provisions of means of
access shall be ensured;

(a) The width of the main street on which the building abuts shall not be less than 12 m. and one end
of this street shall join another street of width not less than 12 m. in width subject to
Regulation No.14.3.
(b) The approach to the building and open spaces on its all sides (see Regulation No. 17.1, 17.2 and
17.3) shall be minimum 6 m. and the layout for the same shall be approved in consultation with the
Fire Officer, Fire Brigade Authority and the same shall be of hard surface capable of taking the
weight of fire engine, weighing up to 45 tones. The said open space shall be kept free of
obstructions and shall be motorable.
(c) Main entrances to the plot shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the fire engine and
in no case it shall measure less than 4.5 m. The entrance gate shall fold back against the compound
wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way within the plot free for movement of fire
engine / fire service vehicles. If main entrance at boundary wall is built over, the minimum
clearance shall be 4.5 m.

15.0 REGULATIONS FOR LAND SUB -DIVISION AND LAYOUT

15.1 Layout or Sub-division proposal shall be submitted for the following:
(i) When more than one building excepting for accessory buildings in the case of residential building is
proposed on any land, the owner of the land shall submit proposal for proper layout of building
or sub-division of his entire contiguous holding.
(ii) When development and redevelopment of any tract of land which includes division and sub- division
or amalgamation of plots for various land uses within a colony.
(iii) When group housing scheme or campus /cluster planning of any use is proposed.

15.2 Roads / streets in Land Sub-division or Layout.

15.2.1 The width of roads/ streets/ public and internal access way including pathway shall conform to
provisions of Regulation No. 14.3 to 14.6.
15.2.2 In addition to the provisions of Regulation No. 14.3 Cul-de-sacs giving access to plots and
extending upto 150 m. normally and 275 m. maximum with an additional turning space at 150 m. shall
be allowed only in residential area, provided that Cul-de-sacs would be permissible only on straight
roads and further provided that cul-de-sacs ends shall be higher in level than the level of starting point.
The turning space, in any case shall be not less than 81 sq. m. in area with no dimension being less
than 9 m.
15.2.3 Intersection of Roads:- At junctions of roads meeting at right angles, the rounding off at the
intersection shall be done, unless otherwise directed by the Metropolitan Commissioner, with the
tangent length from the point of intersection to the curve being 1/2 the road width across the direction
of tangent as given below: The building shall also set back at required marginal distance from this
rounding off.

Fig. 1- Rounding off intersections at junctions

30
 Fig.2. - Rounding off intersection at junctions.

15.2.3.1 For junctions of road meetings at less than 60 degrees, the rounding off or cut or similar treatment shall
have tangent length of U and V from the intersections point as shown in diagram 2. The tangent length
at obtuse angle junction shall be equal to half the width of the road from which the vehicle enters as
shown in diagram 2. Provided however, that the radius for the junction rounding shall not be less than 6
m.

15.2.3.2 While granting the development permission for land sub-division or group housing/campus planning, it
shall be necessary to coordinate the roads in the adjoining lands. Also, proper hierarchy of roads shall
be maintained while deciding width of road in addition to the regulations no. 14.0 and 15.2. The design
of roads in PMRDA area shall be as per Annexure I.

15.2.3.3 Whenever called upon by the Metropolitan Commissioner to do so, areas under roads shall be handed
over to the Metropolitan Commissioner by way of deed after development of the same for which
nominal amount of Re 1/- shall be paid by the Authority.

15.3 Recreational open spaces:

15.3.1.1 In any layout or subdivision or any development of land for any use/zone admeasuring 0.20 Ha. or
more, after deducting D.P / R.P. road and reservation area, if any, 10% of the net plot area shall be
reserved as recreational open space, which shall as far as possible be provided in one place. In case of
land admeasuring more than 0.8 ha. recreational open space may be allowed to be reserved at different
locations in the same layout provided that the size and other dimensions conform to the provisions
herein below.
i) The above-mentioned area of 0.2 Ha. shall be measured with reference to original holding as
on 11thJanuary 1967 and not with reference to sub-divided holding in revenue / city survey
record thereafter without the permission under the Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act,
1966. However, this provision shall not be applicable to plots compulsorily got subdivided
below 0.4 hec due to the DP reservations / RP/DP Roads/ Road widening/deemed reservations
or any other proposal of the PMRDA.
For the land which are sub-divided after 11th January 1967 without taking prior permission from
the Planning Authority and having plot area below 0.20 hectare, prior to the coming in to force
of these regulations, the applicant may adopt any option of -
a) providing 10% open space subject to minimum 200 sq. m., or
b) availing the reduced FSI on such land to 75% of the basic FSI as otherwise permissible. In
such cases premium FSI or loading of TDR shall be permissible on such plot proportionately.

ii) For the plots having area upto 0.20 Ha., regularised under the Maharashtra Gunthewari
Development (Regularisation, Upgradation and Control) Act, 2001, no such open space shall
be required for the development permission on such plot having area upto 0.20 Ha.
iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in the definition of ―Open Space in this regulation, such
recreational open space may be permitted on podium in congested / non congested area subject
to Regulation no.18.12
Provided that, in case of lands declared surplus or retainable under Urban Land (C & R) Act, 1976,
if the entire retainable holding or entire surplus holding independently admeasures 0.2Ha., or more,
31
 then 10% recreational open space shall be necessary in respective holding.
Provided further that such recreational open space shall also be necessary for group housing
scheme or campus/ cluster planning for any use / zone.
Provided further that, no such open space shall be necessary in case of layout or subdivision of
plots from already sanctioned layout by the Authority where the requisite recreational open space
has already been left in the sanctioned layout.
Provided further that no such open space shall be necessary for development of the reservations in
the Regional/Development Plans designated for the purpose other than residential.
In case of development of land for educational purpose, in lieu of 10% recreational open space,
atleast 40% of the gross area, excluding the area under Regional/Development Plan road and
reservations in Regional/Development Plan, (or as decided by the Government from time to time)
shall be earmarked for playground. Notwithstanding anything contained in this regulation, the
shape and location of such open space shall be such that it can be properly used as playground.
Provided that, the area of such playground shall not be deducted for computation of FSI.
15.3.2 The owner shall give an undertaking that the recreational open space shall be for the common
use of all the residents or occupants of the layout / building unit.
a) On sanction of the development permission, the recreational open space shall deemed to have
vested in the society / association of the residents / occupants except otherwise specified. In
case such society or association is yet to be formed, the owner shall give undertaking to the
Metropolitan Commissioner that he will transfer the recreational opens pace to the society/
association whenever it is formed. The recreational open space shall not be sold / leased out /
allotted/ transferred for any purpose, to any other person and it shall not be put to any other
user except for the common use of residents/ occupants as mentioned in Regulation no.15.3.7.
b) If the Metropolitan Commissioner is convinced that, such open space is being used in violation
of the provisions as prescribed in these regulations, then, he shall take over possession of such
land of recreational open space for maintaining it for the uses permissible in these regulation,
subject to condition that it shall not be further handed over or allotted to any
person/institute/authority to that effect.
Provided that, it shall not bar to return the possession of such open space to the original
society/ association of plot owners, after taking due undertaking to that effect.
15.3.3 No permission shall be granted to delete / reduce open spaces of the existing sanctioned layout/
subdivision. However, while revising the layout, such recreational open space may be rearranged
without decrease in area subject to minimum prescribed area under these Regulations with the
consent of plot / tenement holders / co-owners.
15.3.4 The open spaces shall be exclusive of means of accesses / internal roads / designations or
reservations in Regional/Development Plan roads and areas for road widening.

15.3.5 Such recreational open space may be allowed to be earmarked, partly or fully, in green belt area
shown on the Regional/Development Plan after leaving distance of 15 m. from river and 9.0m.
from nala, provided, such recreational space is sizable as required under this regulation.
Provided that, the only user and concerned structures as may be permissible under the regulation
no.19.8 in respect of Green belt, may be permitted in such open space.

15.3.6 Minimum dimensions -The minimum dimensions of such recreational open space shall be not
less than 10m. and if the average width of such recreational open space is less than 20m. the length
thereof shall not exceed 2 ½ times the average width.

15.3.7 Structures permitted in Open Space- If required, structure and uses which can be permitted
without counting in FSI in the recreational open spaces shall be as under:
1) There may be maximum two storeyed structure with maximum 15% built up area
of recreational open space, out of which maximum 10% built up area shall be allowed on
32
 ground floor and remaining can be permitted on 1st floor.
2) The structures used for the purpose of pavilion, gymnasia, fitness centre, club
house, vipashyana and yoga centre, crèche, kindergarten, library, water
tank,(underground or elevated), electric substation, generator set, pump houses, garbage
treatment, public health out post/ centre or other structures for the purpose of sports and
recreational activity(indoor or outdoor stadiums, etc. as per availability of area) may be
permitted.
3) The remaining area of the recreational open space shall be kept open to sky and properly
accessible to all members as a place of recreation, garden, or a playground without any
obstructions. At least 20% of the open spaces as required by these regulations shall be
made of pervious material. Use of grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening,
landscape would be considered as pervious surface.
4) No detached toilet block shall be permitted.
5) A swimming pool may also be permitted in such a recreational open space. The
ownership of such structures and other appurtenant users shall vest in all the owners on
account of whose cumulative holdings, the recreational open space is required to be kept
in the land.
6) The proposal for the construction of such structure should come as a proposal from
the owner/s, owners‗ society / societies or federation of owners‗ societies and shall be
meant for the beneficial use of the owners / members of such society / societies / federation
of societies.
7) The remaining area of the recreational open space shall be kept open to sky and
properly accessible to all members as a place of recreation, garden or a playground.
8) The owners‗ society / societies, the federation of the owners‗ societies shall submit
to the Authority, a registered undertaking agreeing to the conditions in (5) & (6)
above while obtaining permission for the above said construction.

15.3.8 Every plot meant for a recreational open space shall have an independent means of access. In
case of group housing scheme, if such recreational open space is surrounded by buildings and is
meant for use by the occupants of those buildings, then independent means of access may not be
insisted.

15.4 PROVISION FOR AMENITY SPACE

In any layout or sub division of plots or development proposal for residential/commercial users,
having area 0.4 ha. or more, amenity space of 15% on gross area excluding area under Regional
Plan road and reservation in Regional Plan/Development Plan, if any, shall be provided while
granting permission to the layout / development proposal. These Amenity Space shall be deemed to
be for public purpose for the use of PMRDA and Floor Space Index (FSI) in lieu thereof may be
made available in-situ (on remaining land). The calculation of this in-situ FSI shall be shown on
the layout / building plan. If the owner desires to have TDR against it, instead of in-situ FSI, then
he may be awarded TDR. The generation of TDR or in-situ FSI shall be equivalent to the
quantum mentioned in Regulation no. 46.0 in respect of TDR.

Provided that, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall ensure that amenity space shall be earmarked
in the layout so that after amalgamating the amenity spaces in the adjacent layouts, it becomes
larger in area. It shall be approachable by minimum 12 m. wide road except the cases where 12 m.
approach road to the site is not available.

Provided that, in case of sub-division of land admeasuring 8000 sq. m. or more in area in an
industrial zone, 5 percent of the total area in addition to 10 percent stipulated in Regulation No
15.3.1, shall be reserved as amenity open space which, shall also serve as general parking
space. When the additional amenity open space exceeds 1500 sq. m., the excess area may be

33
 used for construction of buildings for banks, canteens, welfare centre, health centre, offices,
convenient shopping, crèches and other common purposes considered necessary for industrial
users as approved by the Metropolitan Commissioner. However, this regulation shall not be
applicable to Regulation no.19.6(v), (i.e. Regulation for allowing Residential /Commercial user
in Industrial Zone), wherein separate provision for land for public amenities / utilities is made.

Provided that, it shall not be necessary to provide such Amenity space, if the land is proposed to
be developed for IT or ITES users only and having area upto 2.00 Hectare.
Provided further that, this regulation shall not be applicable where entire development permission
is for amenities specified in definition of amenity space.
Provided further that, this regulation shall not be applicable for revision of earlier sanctioned
development permissions granted under the regulations in force prior to these regulations, where
no such amenity space is provided, or such amenity space is allowed to be developed by the owner
in earlier sanctioned development permission.

Provided further that, the option of development of amenity space by the owner or handing over of
amenity space to PMRDA shall be open to the owner in case of earlier approved
layouts/development permissions, subject to the written permission for the specific public use as
defined in regulation no. 2.9.

Provided further that, the entire amenity space required to be shown as above shall be shown at a
single location.
However, if some amenity space is provided in the earlier permission, then quantum of such
amenity space in the revised permission –
i) shall be limited to the area provided in earlier permission.
ii) shall not be reduced even though area of such amenity space is more than what is specified in
this regulation.

15.4.1 DEVELOPMENT OF AMENITY SPACE

Development of amenity space may be carried out by the PMRDA either on its own or through
the private participation for monetization of land. The priority for development of particular
amenity in particular Residential area shall be decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
Amenity Space may be allowed to be utilized for uses mentioned in these regulations as per 2.9

15.5 PROVISION FOR ELECTRIC SUB-STATION

In case of development/re-development of any land, building or premises mentioned below,
provision for electric sub-stations may be made as under.

Sr. No. Plot Area Maximum requirements

1 Plot above 2000 sq.m. One single transformer sub-station of the size
of 5m.x5m. and height of not more than 5m.

2 Layout or sub-division of a plot A suitable site for an electric sub-station.

measuring 2 .0 ha. or more.

Provided that the sub-station, if required, may be constructed in such a manner that it is away from
main building at a distance of at least 3 m. and does not affect the required side marginal
distances or prescribed width of internal access or larger open space.

34
15.6 PLOT AREA, PLOT WIDTH FOR VARIOUS USES:
Minimum plot areas and widths for various uses shall be as given below in the Table No.4
Table No. 4
MINIMUM PLOT AREA, MINIMUM WIDTH, FOR VARIOUS USES
Sr. Uses Plot area (in sq.m.) Min. Plot Type of
No. Width Development
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 Residential and i) 30 and above As per Table Row
Commercial but upto 125 No. 16
(except those in 2,3 & 4
ii) Above 100 but Semi-detached/
below)
less than 250 Detached
iii) 250 & above Detached
2 Plots in EWS Housing / High 25 and above but As per Table Row
Density Housing / Sites and upto 125 No.16
Services / Slum Up-gradation
/ Reconstruction Scheme by
public authority.

3 Auto Fuel Filling station -

(a) Without service bay 510 16.75 m Detached

(b) With service bay 1100 30.5 m Detached.
4. Industrial 300 10 m Detached.

Note : In case of sr.no.1, pattern of development permissible within a plot shall be shown in
dotted line while approving the layout. However change in pattern may be permitted in future,
if it fits in to above pattern of development and does not disturb the overall pattern of
development already approved.

15.7 NET PLOT AREA AND COMPUTATION OF FSI

For the purpose of computing FSI/Built-up area, the net area of the plot shall be as under:
i) In case of a plotted layout/sub-division /group housing scheme / any development, net
area shall be the balance plot area, after deducting the area covered by amenity space
under Regulation no 15.4 which is deemed reservations and Regional/Development Plan
proposals, if any, from the total area of plot.
ii) For the purpose of computation of FSI/built-up area, the net area of the plot shall only be
considered.
iii) In case of plotted layout, the basic FSI of such net area shall be distributed on all plots on
pro- rata basis or on certain plots to which land owner desires, subject to maximum receiving
potential prescribed in these regulations.
iv) In case of plots from already approved layouts, the plot area shall be treated as net plot area.
v) The above regulations in respect of net plot area and computation of FSI shall apply to
proposals in all land use zones.

15.8 Relocation of DP / RP Sites / DP / RP Proposals while approving the layout of land:

If the land proposed to be laid out for any development is affected by any reservations for public
purposes, the Metropolitan commissioner may allow adjustment in the location of such reservation to
suit development without altering the area of such reservation. Provided that no such shifting of the
reservations shall be permitted:
(a) if the reservation proposed to be relocated is in parts;
35
(b) beyond 200 mts. of the location in the Development Plan / Regional Plan;
(c) beyond the holding of the owner in which such reservation is located;
(d) unless the alternative location and size is at least similar to the location and size of the development
plan / regional plan as regards access, levels, etc.;
(e) unless the relocation is within area covered by the layout or development permission under sanction;
and
(f) if the reservation is already shifted under these regulations.
(g) if the land is reserved in view of its geographical location like eco sensitive, Nala, training reservation
etc.
The Development Plan / Regional Plan shall be deemed to be modified to that extent.

15.9 Adjustment of the boundaries of the reservation: The Metropolitan Commissioner with the consent
of the owner may adjust the boundaries of the reservation in the same land and location provided that
the area of such reservation is not reduced.

15.10 AMALGAMATION OF PLOTS

Amalgamation of plots shall be permissible if they are contiguous permissible subject to following:

a) Amalgamation of plot having incompatible zoning in Regional/Development Plan shall not be

allowed.

b) Amalgamation of plot which is not desirable from planning point of view (eg. as shown in below)
shall not be permitted.

16.0 LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND PERMISSIBLE USES

(1) In case of Development / re-development of any land, building or premises, the intended use shall
conform to the land use, purpose of designation, allocation or reservation, assigned to it in the
Regional Plan as the case may be, unless specified otherwise.

(2) Lawful existing non-conforming uses - Any lawful non-conforming use of premises existing
prior to the date of enforcement of these regulations, shall continue and may be allowed to be
expanded within the holding in the original sanction, unless in the opinion of the Metropolitan
Commissioner the activity poses danger to public safety and/ or life and that when a building,
containing non-conforming use is pulled down or has fallen down, the use of the new building
shall be in conformity with these Regulations or with lawful existing use.
Provided further, that non-conforming cattle stables and industries causing nuisance
shall be shifted to a conforming area within such period as may be decided by the Metropolitan
Commissioner.
(3) Existing features shown on Regional Plan – The existing features shown on Regional Plan are
indicative and stand modified on Regional Plan as per actual position. Mention of particular use
on Regional Plan, shall not bar the owner from permission allowed in the zone shown for
such land. Also, boundaries of s. no./gat. no, alignment of existing road / nalla, water bodies and
other physical features of land shall be as per measurement plan of Land Records
Department.
(4) Development of Parking – The Metropolitan Commissioner may develop any land in any
developable zone, owned by or in possession of the PMRDA, for public parking single or multi-
storeyed, underground or above ground.
36
 (5) Discontinuance of Zoning in pursuance of existing use– If any land is shown in Public semi
–public zone, Public Utility, because of the activity existed there-on, such lands shall be
deemed to have been shown in the adjacent predominant Zone after such activity ceases to
exist and thereupon, the development shall be permissible as per the adjoining predominant zone,
with the special permission of Metropolitan Commissioner.

(6) Development permission granted as per the I to R provisions - In industrial zone on which
Residential/ Commercial permission is granted is deemed to be converted into Residential/
Commercial zone to the extent of that area, after issuance of full and final occupation
certificate to the project.

17.0 OPEN SPACE, SETBACK AREA AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS

17.1 Exterior Open Spaces:

Provisions for open spaces at the front side/sides and rear of the building shall be as given in Part IV
of these Regulations.

17.2 Buildings Abutting Two or More Streets:

When a Building abuts two or more streets, the setbacks from the streets shall be such as if the
building is fronting on each such street.

17.3 Marginal distances for Buildings of Higher Heights

(a) Front Margin - Front margin shall be as given below with reference to height of building
i) Height above 15 m. & upto 24 m. 4.5 m for residential and 6.00 m.
for residential with mix use

ii) Height above 24 m. & upto 36 m. 6.0 m.

iii) Height above 36 m. & upto 50 m. 9.00 m.

Provided that, in case of group housing scheme where building abuts on internal road, the minimum
3.0 m. set back from internal road or distance between two buildings whichever is more shall be
provided. For Regional /development plan road or classified road or through road, passing through
Group Housing Scheme or any deemed public road, the setback as prescribed in the regulations shall
be provided.
(b)Side or rear marginal distance - Side or rear marginal distance in relation to the height of the
building for light and ventilation shall be as below
The marginal distance on all sides shall be as per Table No. 16 for building height 15.0 m. and
below. For height more than 15.0 m., the marginal distance on all sides except the front side of a
building shall be minimum H/4 (Where H = Height of the building above ground level) subject to a
minimum of 3.0 m. for residential building, 4.5 m. for commercial building and 6.0 m. for special
building mentioned in definition no. 2.77.13. Provided that such marginal distance shall be subject to
maximum of 16.0 m. If the land owner wishes to keep higher margins he may be allowed to do so.
Provided further that the building height for the purposes of this regulation and for calculating the
marginal distances shall be exclusive of height of parking floors upto 6.0 m.
Provided also that, for building having shops / commercial user on any floor, 50% of front marginal
distances shall be made available exclusively for pedestrians.

37
 17.3.1 In case of layout of two or more buildings of any users:-
i) Distance between two buildings- The distance between two buildings shall be the side/rear
marginal distance required for the taller building between the two adjoining buildings.
ii) Provided that, the path way / internal road may be allowed to be proposed in such marginal distance
by keeping 3.0 m. distance on both side from such internal road.
Provided also that, where rooms do not derive light and ventilation from the exterior open space, the
distance between the two buildings may be reduced by 1 m. subject to a minimum of 3 m. (if necessary
6.0 m. in case of special building) and maximum of 8.0 m. No projections shall be permitted in this
exterior space.
17.3.2 In case of group housing scheme where building abuts on internal road, the minimum 3.0 m. set
back from internal road or distance between two buildings whichever is more shall be provided. For
Regional/Development Plan road or classified road or through road, passing through Group Housing
Scheme, the setback as prescribed in the regulations shall be provided.

17.4 Interior & Exterior chowk:

17.4.1 (a) Interior chowk: Wherever habitable rooms or kitchen derives ventilation from inner chowk or
interior open space, the size of such interior open space shall not be less than 3m. x 3m. upto height
of 18m. and for height more than 18m., the interior open space shall not be less than H/6 m. x H/6 m.
where H = height of highest wall of the chowk.
(b) Exterior chowk: The minimum width of the exterior chowk for the purpose of light and
ventilation, shall not be less than 2.4 m. and depth shall not exceed 2 times the width, for buildings
upto17m. height and for height more than 17m., the exterior open space shall not be less than H/7
m. x H/7 m. where H = height of highest wall of the chowk. If the width of the exterior chowk is
less than 2.4 m. it shall be treated as a notch and shall not be considered for deriving ventilation.
However, for (a) and (b) above maximum distance shall be subject to the maximum limit prescribed
for distance between two buildings.
17.4.2 Where only water closet, bathroom, combined bathroom and water closet are abutting on the interior
open space, the size of the interior open space shall be in line with the provision for ventilation shaft as
given in Regulation no.18.15.ii)

17.5 Area and Height limitations - The area and height limitations, height of buildings, floor space
index, abutting different road widths shall be as given in Part IV and Regulation No. 15.6.

17.6 Permissible Structures / Projections in marginal open spaces/ distances

The following projections shall be permissible in marginal distances:
(a) Projections into distances: - Every open space provided either interior or exterior shall be kept
free from any erection thereon and shall be open to the sky and no cornice, chajja, roof or weather
shade more than 0.75 m. wide shall overhang or project over the said marginal distances so as to
reduce the width to less than the minimum required. However, sloping/horizontal chajja provided
over balcony/ gallery etc. may be permitted upto balcony projections at horizontal level.
(b) Balconies - as specified in regulation no 18.13
(c)A canopy not exceeding 5m. in length and 2.5 m. in width in the form of cantilever and unenclosed
over the main entrance providing a minimum clear height of 2.40 m. below the beam bottom of
canopy. The canopy shall not have access from upper floors (above floors), for using as sitting out
place. There shall be a minimum clearance of 1.5 m. between the plot boundaries and canopy.
Provided that, more than one canopy may be allowed in case of special buildings, as per requirement.
(d) A projection of maximum 30 cm. on roof top terrace level may be allowed throughout the
periphery of the building. In case of pitched roof projection of maximum 45 cm. at rooftop terrace
38
 level throughout periphery of the building shall be allowed.

(e) Accessory buildings:- The following accessory buildings may be permitted in the marginal
open spaces :-
i) In an existing building where toilet is not provided, a single storeyed toilet subject to a maximum
area of 4.0 sq. m. in the rear or side open space and at a distance of 7.5 m. from the road line or
thefront boundary and 1.5 m. from other boundaries may be permissible. The Commissioner may
reduce 1.5 m. margin in exceptional cases to avoid hardship.
ii) Parking lock up garage not exceeding 2.4 m. in height shall be permissible in the rear corner of
the plot with independent bungalow. Parking lock up garage when attached to main building shall
be 7.5 m. away from the road line and shall be of such constructions giving fire resistance of 2
hours. The area of sanitary blocks and parking lock up garage shall be taken into account for the
calculation of FSI.
iii) Suction tanks, soak pits, pump room (maximum 10 sq.m.), electric cabin of sub-station of gen-set
area, electric meter room as per requirements, garbage shaft for wet and dry garbage separately with
collection chamber, space required for fire hydrants, electrical and water-fittings, water tanks, dustbins
etc.
iv) One watchman's cabin / booth not more than 5 sq. m. in built up area having min. 1.80 m. width
or diameter. Cabin / booth shall be as per as possible at the entrance to the campus.
Note :- When a building abuts falling on three or more roads then above mentioned user, except
(iv), shall be permissible in front setback facing the smaller road of less important from traffic point
of view.
f) "Ramp" for basement in side and rear marginal distances subject to provisions under these
regulations.
g) Fire escape staircase of single flight not less than 1.2 m.
h) Staircase mid-landing of 1.2 m. width with clear minimum headway of 2.1 m. below the mid-
landing. However, clear distance from edge of landing to the plot boundary shall not be less than
1.8 mt.
i)Architectural projections - Architectural projections upto 1m. which will not reduce the side
marginal spaces by 3 m., sky signs and Hoardings as per the policy approved by the
Metropolitan Commissioner.
j) Construction of ottas, railings, barricades or supporting columns for canopy or porch shall not
be permitted within the minimum required front marginal distances. However, steps may be
permitted within 1.2 m. from the building line.
k) Supported double height terraces ( within the building line ) as mentioned in regulation no.18.26
l) Open parking spaces excluding the area under the fire driveways.

17.7 Exclusion of structures / projections for FSI calculation

i) Structures/ Projections /features / ornamental projection of glass façade permitted in marginal
open spaces as mentioned in Regulation No.17.6 (a),(b),(c),(d) , (e)(iii), (f), (g), (h),(i), (j), (k).
ii) Stilt / Multi-storied floors /podium/ basement used as parking including passage therein.
iii) Areas covered by Porches, Entrance lobby / foyer, canopies, Air conditioning / air handling plant
rooms, lift well, machine room and service floor of height not exceeding 1.8 m. for hospitals,
shopping malls, plazas and Star category hotels ( rating with three stars and above) on payment
of premium as may be decided by the Commissioner.
iv) Area of structure for an effluent treatment plant as required as per the requirements of the
Maharashtra Pollution Control Board or other relevant authorities.

39
 v) Rockery, Well and well structures, plant, Nursery, Water pool platform around a tree, Fountain
bench, Chabutara with open top and unenclosed sides, Ramps, Compound wall, Gate slide /
swing, Steps outside the buildings, Domestic working place (open to sky), Overhead water tank
on top of the building, Refuge area for high rise buildings as specified in Regulation No. 18.28.6
vi) Telecommunication tower, antenna and allied activities.
vii) Atrium in shopping malls, public buildings on payment of premium as may be decided by the
Metropolitan Commissioner.
viii) Open to sky swimming pool of the top terrace and top most podium.
ix) Structures permissible in recreational open space as per regulation No.15.3.7

17.8 Height of Building

17.8.1 (a) Height of building is allowed to the extent that is required to consume the maximum
building potential on plot as given in the table under regulation no. 17.1 & 17.3, subject to other
restrictions as per these regulations, and prior approval of Chief Fire Officer, PMRDA, if required
under this regulation.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations, for the building having height more than
36.0 mt., the minimum road width shall be 12.0 mtr.

17.9 Height Exemptions -

The appurtenant structures such as roof tanks and their supports, ventilating, air-conditioning, lift
rooms and similar service equipment, stair cover, chimneys and parapet walls and architectural
features not exceeding 1.20 m. in height and Parking floors not exceeding 6.0 m in height, shall
not be included in computation of height of building for the purposes of marginal distances
only.

17.10 Deleted
17.11 PARKING, LOADING AND UNLOADING SPACES: -

17.11.1 Parking spaces –

Wherever a property is to be developed or redeveloped, parking spaces at the scale laid down in
these Regulations shall be provided. When additions are made to an existing building, the new
parking requirements will be reckoned with reference to the additional space only and not to the
whole of building but this concession shall not apply where the use is changed. The provisions for
parking of vehicles shall be as given in Table No.7 & 8. Area required for parking spaces shall be
increased by 50 % for PMRDA area.

17.11.2 General space requirements:-

(i) Types: The parking spaces mentioned below include parking spaces in basements or on
a floor supported by stilts, or on upper floors, covered or uncovered spaces in the plot
and / or lock up garages. The height of the stilt shall generally be allowed upto 3 m.

(iii) Size of parking space: The minimum sizes of parking spaces to be provided shall
be as shown below in Table No.6:-

40
 Table No- 6
S.No. Type of Vehicle Minimum Size/ area of parking space
(1) (2) (3)
(a) Motor vehicle 2.5 m X 5 m
(b) Scooter, Motor Cycle. 1.0 m. x 2.0 m.
(c) Bicycle 0.50 m x 1.4 m.
(d) Transport vehicle 3.75 m. X 7.5 m.
Note: In the case of parking spaces for motor vehicle, upto 50 percent of the prescribed
space may be of the size of 2.3 m. X 4.5 m.

(iii) Marking of parking spaces: Parking space shall be paved and clearly marked for
different types of vehicles.

(iv) Maneuvering and other ancillary spaces: Off street parking space must have
adequate vehicular access to a street and the area shall be exclusive of drives, aisles and
such other provisions required for adequate maneuvering of vehicles.

(v) Ramps for Basement parking :- Ramps for parking in basement should conform
to the requirement of Regulation No.18.11

41
 Table No 7
Off Street Parking Spaces

Sr. Occupancy One parking Space for every Congested Area Non Congested Area
No.
Car Scooter Cycle Car Scooter Cycle

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Residential (a) 2 Tenements having built- 1 1 1 1 2 2
i) Multi family residential up area more than 100sq.m.
(b) 3 tenements having built-up 0 2 4 1 3 3
area between 50 to
100sq.m.
(c) 4 tenements having built-up 0 4 4 0 5 5
are upto50 sq.m.
ii) Lodging establishments (a) For every five guest rooms 1 2 2 1 3 3
tourist homes, hotels with
lodging accommodation.
iii) Restaurants (a) For hotel, eating houses 0 1 2 1 1 1
25sq.m. of area of
restaurant including
kitchen, pantry hall, dining
rooms etc.
2 Institutional (Hospital, For 100 sq.m. carpet area or 1 2 2 1 4 4
Medical Institutions) fraction thereof.
3. Assembly (theatres, cinema For every 40 Seats. 1 2 5 1 5 5
houses, concert halls,
auditoria, assembly halls
including those of college
and hostels)
4. MangalKaryalaya / For every 100 sq.m. built up 1 2 3 2 4 6
Marriage Halls, Cultural area or fraction thereof.
Halls
 5 Educational – 100 sq.m.built up area or 0 2 2 1 2 2
i)Primary School fraction thereof the
administration area.
ii)Secondary School 100 sq.m.built up area or 0 1 4 0 2 8
fraction thereof of the entire
built up area.
iii) College 100 sq.m.built up area or 0 2 5 1 2 8
fraction thereof the
administration area and public
service area.
6. Government or semipublic 100 sq. m. built up area or 1 1 2 1 3 3
or private business fraction thereof
buildings.
7. Mercantile (markets, 100 sq. m. built up area or 1 1 2 1 3 3
department al stores, fraction thereof
shops and other
Commercials users)
including wholesale
markets
8. Industrial 300 sq. m.built up area or 0 2 2 1 3 3
fraction thereof
9. Storage (any type) 300 sq. m.built uparea or 0 1 1 1 1 1
fraction thereof
9. Plots less than 200 sq.m. 0 1 1 0 1 1
(any use)
Note-1) Plots upto 100 sq. m. as in the case of shops, row houses parking space need not be insisted.
2) Fraction of parking unit need not be provided. However, in case where proportional number of vehicles is less than 1 (i.e. fraction) it
will be rounded to the next full number.
3)In case of independent single family residential bungalows having plot area upto 300 sq. m., parking space need not be insisted
separately.
4)Further a garage shall be allowed in rear or side marginal distance at one corner having minimum d imension of 2.5 m. x 5.0 m. &
maximum dimension 3 m. x 6 m. i.e. minimum 12.5 sq.m. and maximum 18.0 sq.m. built up area.
5)Mechanical Parking shall be permissible in case of parking provided over and above the requisite parking requirements stipulated under these
regulations.

43
 Table No 8
Off Street Parking Spaces
For Township Projects Under Part IX
Sr. Occupancy One parking Space for every Congested Area Non Congested Area
No.
Car Scooter Cycle Car Scooter Cycle
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Residential (a) 2 Tenements having built- 1 2 2 2 2 2
i) Multi family residential up area more than
100sq.m.
(b) 3 tenements having built-up area 0 3 4 1 4 4
between 50 to
100sq.m.
(c) 4 tenements having built-up 0 4 4 0 5 5
are upto50 sq.m.
ii)Lodging establishments (a) For every five guest rooms 1 3 3 2 3 3
tourist homes, hotels with
lodging accommodation.
iii) Restaurants (a) For hotel, eating houses 0 2 2 1 2 2
25sq.m. of area of
restaurant including kitchen,
pantry hall, dining rooms etc.
2 Institutional (Hospital, For 100 sq.m. carpet area or 2 2 3 2 5 5
Medical Institutions) fraction thereof.
3. Assembly (theatres, cinema For every 40 Seats. 1 2 5 2 7 7
houses, concert halls,
auditoria, assembly halls
including those of college
and hostels)
4. Mangal Karyalaya / For every 100 sq.m. built up 1 4 4 2 8 8
Marriage Halls, Cultural Area or fraction thereof
Halls
5. Educational – 100 sq.m.built up area or 0 3 3 1 4 4
i)Primary School fraction thereof the
administration area.
ii)Secondary School 100 sq.m.built up area or 0 1 5 0 2 10
fraction thereof of the entire
built up area.
 iii) College 100 sq.m.built up area or 0 2 6 1 4 10
fraction thereof the administration area
and public service area.

6. Government or semipublic 100 sq. m. built up area or 1 2 4 2 4 4

or private business fraction thereof
buildings.
7. Mercantile (markets, 100 sq. m. built up area or 1 3 3 1 4 4
department al stores, shops fraction thereof
and other Commercials
users) including wholesale
markets
8. Industrial 300 sq. m.built up area or 1 2 2 1 4 4
fraction thereof
9. Storage (any type) 300 sq. m.built uparea or 0 2 2 1 2 2
fraction thereof
9. Plots less than 200 sq.m. 0 1 1 0 1 1
(any use)
Note 1. -For plots upto 100 sq. m. as in the case of shops, row houses parking space need not be insisted.
Note 2.- Fraction of parking unit need not be provided. However, in case where proportional number of vehicles is less than 1 (i.e. fraction) it
will be rounded to the next full number.
Note 3 :- In case of independent single family residential bungalows having plot area upto 300 sq. m., parking space need not be insisted separately.
Note 4 :- Further a garage shall be allowed in rear or side marginal distance at one corner having minimum dimension of 2.5 m. x 5.0 m. &
maximum dimension 3 m. x 6 m. i.e. minimum 12.5 sq.m. and maximum 18.0 sq.m. built up area.
Note 5 - Mechanical Parking shall be permissible in case of parking provided over and above the requisite parking requirements stipulated under
these regulation.

17.11.3 Off street parking space shall be provided with adequate vehicular access to a street, and the area of drives, aisles and such other provisions
required for adequate maneuvering of vehicle shall be exclusive of the parking space stipulated in these regulations.

17.11.4 To meet the parking requirements as per these regulations, common parking area for group of buildings, open or multi-storeyed, may
be allowed in the same premises.

17.11.5 In addition to the parking spaces provided for building of Mercantile (Commercial) like office, market, departmental store, shopping mall and
building of industrial and storage, loading and unloading spaces shall be provided at the rate of one space for each 1000 sq. m. of floor area or
fraction thereof exceeding the first 200 sq. m. of floor area, shall be provided. The space shall not be less than 3.75 m. x 7.5 m.

17.11.6 Parking lock up garages shall be included in the calculation for floor space for F.S.I. calculations.
17.11.7 The space to be left out for parking as given in this Regulation shall be in addition to the marginal
distances left out for lighting and ventilation purposes. However, those spaces may be used for
parking provided minimum distance of 3 m. (6.0 m. in case of special building) around the buildings
is kept free of any parking or loading and unloading spaces. Such parking area may be allowed to
cover on top by sheet roofing so as not to infringe the marginal distances to be kept open.

17.11.8 In case of parking spaces provided in basements, at least two separate ramps of adequate width
and slope for entry and exit (as per Regulation No. 18.11) shall be provided preferably at opposite
ends.

17.11.9 In case of Special Townships Areas, in addition to the regular parking area as per Regulation
No.17.11, a space of 3.0 m. wide strip along the road on front shall be provided as visitors parking
for the buildings with commercial or any use mixed with commercial. In such case, minimum
front margin shall be 6.0 m. inclusive of 3.0 m. wide strip as above irrespective of the lesser
front margin requirement in the applicable regulations.

18.0 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTS OF BUILDINGS:

This part sets out the standard space requirements of various parts of building, light and
ventilation, the building services, fire safety, etc. The following parts of a building, wherever
present, shall conform to the requirements given herein:
18.1 Plinth
18.1.1 The plinth of building shall be so located with respect to the surrounding ground level that adequate
drainage of the site is assured. The height of the plinth shall not be less than 45 cm above the
surrounding ground level. In areas subjected to flooding, the height of the plinth shall be at least
45cm. above the high flood level or greater than 45 cm. as may be decided by the Planning
Authority in deserving cases.
18.1.2 Interior Courtyards: Every interior Courtyard shall be raised at least 0.15 m. above the
surrounding ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.
18.1.3 In the case of special housing schemes undertaken by public agencies for low income group and
economically weaker section of society, the minimum height of plinth shall be not less than 30 cm.
18.2 Habitable Rooms
18.2.1 Size and dimension of Habitable Rooms
Internal dimensions and size of rooms for various uses and occupancies shall be as in table no.9
below.
Table No.9

Minimum Area in Minimum

No Occupancy sq. m. width in m.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 a) Any habitable room in residential building / room
from any other occupancy like hostels, residential 9.5 2.4
hotel, lodging
& boarding/housing etc except kitchen.
b) Any Habitable room from any other occupancy like
hostels, residential hotel, lodging & boarding-houses 9.5 2.4
etc.

46
 2 Room in a single – room tenement in Housing scheme
for 12.5 3.0
EWS & LIG.
3 a) Room in two-room tenements-

i) one of the rooms 9.5 2.4

ii) other room 7.5 2.4
b) Room in a two-room tenement in Housing scheme
for
EWS & LIG
i) one of the room 9.0 2.5
ii) other room 6.5 2.1

4 Single bedded room in a hostel of a recognized

7.5 2.4
educational institutions
5 a) Shop in R 1 zone 6.0 1.8
b) Shop in other than R 1 zones 10 2.0
6 Class room in an educational building 38 5.5
7 Institutional building (Hospital)
a) Special room 9.5 3
b) General Ward 40 5.5
8 Cinema Hall, auditorium assembly hall etc. In conformity
with the
Maharashtra
Cinema Rules
Note : Where enclosed balcony area is to be counted in minimum dimensions required for a
room, then such enclosed width shall not be more than 1/3 of the dimension of that room.

18.2.2 Height of Habitable Rooms

The minimum and maximum height of a habitable room shall be given in Table No. 10
hereunder:
Table No. 10

Height of Habitable Rooms

Minimum Height Maximum
No. Occupancy (m) Height (m)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

1 Flat Roof -
a) Any habitable room 2.75 4.2
b) Habitable room in LIG Housing 2.6 4.2
c) Air-conditioned habitable room 2.4 4.2

47
 d) Assembly Halls, Residential Hotels of 3 star 3.6 4.2
category and above, Institutional, Educational,
Industrial, Hazardous or storage occupancies, Subject to written
Departmental Stores, Malls, IT Buildings, permission of the
Office Buildings, Entrance Halls and Lobbies Metropolitan
to department stores and assembly halls. Commissioner
greater height may
be permitted.
e) shops 3.0 4.2
2 Pitched roof-
a) Any habitable room 2.75 4.2
b) Habitable room in EWS / LIG Housing. 2.6(average with 2.0 4.2(average with
m. at the lowest 3.2 m. at the lowest
point) point)

Provided that -
i) the minimum head-way under any beam shall be 2.4 m.
ii) in all occupancies, except those included in serial no. 1 (d) in the Table above, any height in
excess of 4.2 m. shall be deemed to have consumed additional FSI of 50 % of the relevant
floor area.
18.3 Kitchen
18.3.1 Kitchen size -
i) The area of the kitchen where separate dining area is provided shall be not less than 5.5sq.m.
with a minimum width of 1.8m, where a kitchen, which is intended for use as a dining area
also, shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 sq.m. with a minimum width of 2.1m.

ii) In case of special housing scheme for low income group and economically weaker section
of the society, PMAY, the size of a cooking alcove serving as cooking space shall not be
less than 2.4sq.m. with a minimum width of 1.2m.. The size of individual kitchen provided
in a two-roomed house shall be not less than 3sq.m. with a minimum width of 1.5 m.
18.3.2 Height: The room height of a kitchen measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point in
the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.75 m.
18.3.3 Other Requirement: Every room to be used as kitchen shall have-
i) unless separately provided, means for the washing of kitchen utensils which shall lead
directly or through a sink to grated and trapped connection to the waste pipe;
ii) an impermeable floor;
iii) a flue, if found necessary,
iv) window of not less than 1 sq.m. in area, opening directly on to an interior or exterior open
space (in case of naturally ventilated space).

18.3.4 Requirements regarding pantry:-

A pantry shall have –
i) A floor area of not less than 3 sq.m. with the smaller side not less than 1.4 m.
ii) A sink for the cleaning of kitchen‗s utensils which shall drain through a grated and trapped
connection to the waste water pipe where water borne sewerage system is not available
and the grated connection shall be made to the pucca surface drain leading to soak pit. or
other approved system of disposal; and
iii) An impermeable floor and an impermeable dado 0.9 m. high.

18.4 Bath Rooms, Water Closets, Combined bath room and water closet

48
18.4.1 Size of bathroom and water closet -
i) The size of a bathroom shall be not less than 1.5 sq.m. with a minimum width 1.0 m. The
size of a water closet shall be not less than 1.0 sq.m with a minimum width of 0.9m. The
minimum area of a combined bathroom and water-closet shall be 2.4 sq.m. with a minimum
width of 1.0 m.
ii) In the case of EWS/LIG/PMAY housing scheme the sizes of bathroom and water-closets
shall be as follows:-
a) The size of independent water-closet shall be at least 0.90sq.m. with minimum
width of 0.9m.

b) The size of independent bathroom shall be at least 1.20sq.m. with a minimum width
of 1.00m
c) The size of combined bathroom & water-closet shall be atleast 1.80sq.m. with
minimum width of 1.0m.
18.4.2 Height:- The Height of a bathroom or water closet measured from the surface of the floor to the
lowest point in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall be not less than 2.1 m.
18.4.3 Other Requirements - Every bathroom or water closet shall -
i. be so situated that at least one of its walls shall open to external air unless mechanically
ventilated;
ii. not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing place, bath
or terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor;
iii. have platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;
iv. be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition shall
be finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m. above the
floor of such a room;
v. every water closet and/or a set of urinals shall have a flushing cistern of adequate capacity
attached to it. In EWS/LIG/PMAY housing, however, no such flushing cistern need be
provided;
vi. be provided with an impervious floor covering sloping towards the drain with a suitable
grade and not towards veranda or any other room;
vii. in High Density housing, pour flush water seal latrines (NEERI type) may be permitted
when the sewerage system is not available and the water table in the area is not high;
viii. all the sewerage outlets shall be connected to the sewerage system. Where no such systems
exist a septic tank shall be provided within the plot conforming to the appropriate
standardized issued by NBC / CPHEEO.
ix. have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than 0.3 sq.m.
with side not less than 0.3m, unless mechanically ventilated.
18.4.4 Restriction on use of room containing water closet.
No room containing water closets shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory and no such
room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door, window or other opening.
Every room containing water closet shall have a door completely closing the entrance to it.
18.5 Ledge or Tand / Loft :-
Location and extent - Lofts may be provided over kitchen, habitable rooms, bathrooms, water
closets, and corridor within a tenement in residential buildings, over shops and in industrial
building, as mentioned in below Table No.11 subject to the following restrictions-
i) The clear head room under the loft shall not be less than 2.2 m.
ii) Loft in commercial areas and industrial building shall be located 2 m. away from the
entrance.
iii) Loft shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any circumstances.
iv) The minimum headroom of Ledge or Tand / Loft shall be 2.2m.
v) The maximum height between loft and ceiling shall be 1.5m.

49
 Table No. 11
Provision of Loft
Sr. Maximum Coverage (Percentage to
Rooms over which Permitted
No. area or room below)
(1) (2) (3)
1 Kitchen/Habitable room 25
2 Bathroom, water closet, corridor 100
3 Shops with width up to 3m. 33
4 Shops with width exceeding 3m. 50
5 Industrial 33

18.6 Mezzanine floor

18.6.1 Size of mezzanine floor : The minimum size of a mezzanine floor, if it is used as a habitable
room shall not be less than 9.50 sq.m. The aggregate area of the mezzanine floor shall not
exceed 50 % of the built up area of that floor.
Note :- Mezzanine floor area shall be counted towards FSI

18.6.2 Height -The minimum height of a mezzanine floor shall be 2.2 mt. The headroom under mezzanine
room shall not be less than 2.20 mt.
18.6.3 Other Requirements of mezzanine floor :
A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided:
i) it conforms to the standards of living rooms as regards lighting and ventilation in case
the size of mezzanine floor is 9.50 sq.m. or more.
ii) it is so constructed as not to interfere, under any circumstances, with the ventilation of
the space over & under it.
iii) such mezzanine floor or any part thereof will not be used as a kitchen. iv) it is at least 1.8
mt. away from front wall of such rooms.
v) access to the mezzanine floor is from within the respective room only.
vi) in no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted
into unventilated compartments.

18.7 Store Room :-

18.7.1 Size :- The floor area of a store room in a residential building where light ventilation and height
are provided at standards lower than as required for living room shall not be more than 3 sq. m.
One or more store rooms may be allowed considering size of flat. Prayer/Pooja room may be
allowed in same manner.
18.7.2 Height- The height of a store room shall not be less than 2.20 m.
18.8 Garage
18.8.1 Size of private Garage :- The size of a garage in individual residential building shall be not less
than 2.5 m. X 5 m. and not more than 3 mt. X 6 mt. The garage, if located in the side open space,
shall not be constructed within 3.0m. from the main building, but at least 7.5mt away from any
access road.

18.8.2 Size of Public Garage. The size of a public garage shall be calculated based on the number of
vehicles to be parked.
18.8.3 Height of private Garage :-The minimum and maximum height of garage shall be 2.4 mt. and
2.75 mt. respectively.

50
18.8.4 Plinth of private Garage :-The plinth of garage located at ground level shall not be less than 15
cm. above the surrounding ground level.

18.8.5 Set back of Private Garage :-

The garage shall setback behind the building line for the street / road on to which the plot abut,
and shall not be located affecting the access ways to the building. If the garage is not set-back as
aforesaid, the Planning Authority may require the owner or occupier of the garage to discontinue
use, of premises or to take such other measures as the Planning Authority may consider
necessary in order to prevent danger or obstruction to traffic along the street.

18.8.6 Location of Garage in case of Corner Site:

When the site fronts on two streets, the location of a garage (in a corner plot) (if provided within
the marginal distances) shall be on diagonally opposite the point of intersections.
18.9 Roofs
The roof of a building shall be so constructed or framed as to permit effective drainage of the rain
water there from by means of sufficient rain water pipes of adequate size, wherever required, so
arranged, jointed and fixed as to ensure that the rain water is carried away from the building without
causing dampness in any part of the walls or foundations of the building or those of an adjacent
building.
The Metropolitan Commissioner may require rain water pipes to be connected to a storm water
drain through a covered channel formed beneath the public footpath or in any other approved
manner, if not used for rain water harvesting
Rainwater pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the walls of the building or in recesses or cut
formed in such walls.
Top Terrace of a building shall not be sub-divided and it shall have only common access. However,
intermediate terraces may be allowed to be attached with flat.
18.10 Basement
One or more basements may be permissible for following uses and shall be constructed after leaving
the prescribed set-back / required front open space / required front margin, and prescribed
building lines:
a) storage of household or other goods or ordinarily non-combustible material;
b) strong rooms, bank lockers, safe deposit volts, radio/laser therapy unit, mortuary and
medical allied uses, etc.;
c) air-conditioning equipments and other machines used for services and utilities of the
building;
d) parking spaces;
e) D.G. set room, meter room and Electric substation (which will conform to required
safety requirements);
f) Effluent Treatment Plant, suction tank, pump room;
g) users strictly ancillary to the Principal user.

Provided that the users mentioned at (a) & (b) above shall be permitted only by counting in
F.S.I. subject to the following conditions:
i) All requirements regarding access, safety (including fire safety), ventilations, etc. shall be
complied with.
ii) All the planning standards (particularly as regarding parking) should be strictly adhered
to. The basement shall not be used for residential purpose. iii) Users other than (a) and (b)
shall not be counted in FSI.

51
 Provided that,
i) If the basement is proposed flushing to average surrounding ground level, then
such basement can be extended in side and rear margins upto 3 mt. from the plot boundary.
If the basement is proposed to be constructed below podium then marginal distances shall
be as that of podium.
ii) Multilevel basements may be permitted if the basement is used for parking. The ramps of
minimum 3.0 m. width for entry and exit of vehicles separately shall be provided. In case of
bonafide hardship, the Metropolitan Commissioner may allow only one ramp with not less
than 6.0 m. in width.

The basement shall have the following requirements -

(i) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4 mt. in height from the floor to the underside
of the roof slab or ceiling soffit of beam.
(ii) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement with a ventilation area not less than
2.5% of the area of the basement. The standard of ventilation shall be the same as required
by the particular occupancy according to these regulations. Any deficiency may be met by
providing additional adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans,
air conditioning systems etc.
(iii) The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement shall ordinarily be 0.9 mt. and
maximum shall be 1.2 mt. above the average surrounding ground level. However it does not
apply to the mechanically ventilated basements. In such cases, basement may also be
allowed flushing to the average ground level.
(iv) Adequate arrangement shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter the basement.
(v) The walls and floor of the basement shall be water-tight and be so designed that the effect
of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, is taken into account in design and adequate
damp proofing treatment is given; and
(vi) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternate staircase providing
access and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is continuous the same shall be of
enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and higher floors Open
ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within the building line subject to the
provision of (iv) above.

18.11 Ramp
A) Non Vehicular Ramp-
All the requirements of stairways in Regulation No 18.27 shall apply mutatis mutandis to non-
vehicular ramp. In addition, the following requirement shall be complied with:
a) Ramps with a slope of not steeper than 1 in 10 may be substituted for and shall comply
with all the applicable requirements of required stairways as to enclosure, capacity and
limited dimensions. In certain cases steeper slopes may be permitted but in no case greater
than 1 in 8. Ramps shall be surfaced with approved non-slip slipping material. Provided
that in the case of public offices, hospitals, assembly halls, etc. the slope of the ramp shall
not be more than 1: 12.
b) The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.25 m.
c) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
d) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe place.
e) For building above 24 m. in height access to ramps from any floor of the building shall
be through smoke stop door.
f) When there is a difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exits, ramps
not more than 1 in 10 slope shall be provided; steps shall not be used.
g) For High Rise building, if marginal open space is greater than minimum 6 m. then ramps
may be permitted.

B) Ramp to basements and upper Storeys for vehicles-

For parking spaces in a basement and upper floors, at least two ramps of minimum 3.00mt. width
or one ramp of 6.00 meter width and slope not more than 1:10 shall be provided preferably at the
opposite ends.

52
 C) In case of special building mentioned in Regulation No 2.77.13, ramp may be permitted in the
side and rear marginal distances after leaving 6.0 mt distance from the plot boundary for
movement of fire-fighting vehicles. Provided that when a building abutting 3 or more roads, then
ramps may be allowed in front marginal distances facing the smaller road or less important road
from traffic point of view.

18.12 Podium
Podium for parking of the vehicle may be permitted with following requirements / conditions
i) Height of podium shall be at least 2.4 m. in height from the floor to the soffit of beam;
ii) Podium shall not be provided in front setback space. Podium shall be allowed at a distance
of 6.00 m. from the plot boundary;
iii) Podium shall only be used for parking and it shall be designed to take load of fire engine;
iv) Podium shall be permissible for plots admeasuring 2000 sq.m. and above;
v) Podium shall be permissible for joining two or more separate buildings in a plot buildings
or wings of buildings subject to availability of manoeuvring space for Fire Engine. In such
case the distance between two buildings/wings of the building shall be provided as otherwise
required under these regulations;
vi) The consent from the Chief Fire Officer, PMRDA shall be necessary before permitting the
aforesaid podium;
vii) For the plots having area 2000Sq.m. or more, recreational open space may be permitted on
Podium subject to condition that out of required open/recreational space , at least 50% shall
be provided on ground.

18.13 Balcony
Balcony or balconies of a minimum width 1.00m. and maximum of 2.00m. may be permitted at
any floor except ground floor, not more than 15% of the built up area of the same floor and such
balcony projection shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) No balcony shall reduce the marginal open space to less than 3 m. upto 24 m. building
height. For height 24 m. and more no balcony shall reduce the marginal open space to less
than 6mt;
(ii) No balcony shall be allowed on ground floor which shall reduce minimum required front
setback or marginal distance;
(iii) The width of the balcony shall be measured perpendicular to the building up to the
outermost edge of balcony;
(iv) The balcony shall not be enclosed and declaration regarding this shall be submitted by the
owner/developer/Architect at the time of approval to the building permission and the same
shall be mention in the agreement or sale deed;
(v) Nothing shall be allowed beyond the outer edge of balcony.

18.14 Stilt-
Stilt may be permitted on any floor subject to height of floor upto the soffit of the beam shall not
be less than 2.4 m. In case of stilt on ground floor, plinth shall not be more than 15 cm from
surrounding ground level.
18.15 Lighting and Ventilation of Rooms
i) Adequacy and manner of provision-
The minimum aggregate area of opening of habitable rooms and kitchens excluding doors shall be
not less than 1/10th of floor area.

No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.5 m. from the opening
assumed for lighting / ventilation of the portion, provided additional depth of any room beyond
7.5 m. may be permitted subject to provision of proportionate increase in the opening.

Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and natural
ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical ventilation as per
latest version of Part VIII - Building Services Section, Lighting and Ventilation of National

53
 Building Code of India published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. In the case of special types
of buildings requiring artificial lighting and air-conditioning for special types of manufacturing or
other process the requirements about natural day lighting and ventilation may be relaxed.

ii) Ventilation Shaft:-

For naturally ventilating the space for water closets and bath room of staircase, if not opening on
the exterior side of a building, open on the ventilation shaft, the size of which shall not be less than
the values given below in Table No. 12

Table No. 12

Height of building in Size of ventilation in sq. m Minimum width of

m. shaft in m.
Up to 10 1.2 0.90

Up to 12 2.4 1.20
Up to 18 4.0 1.50

Up to 24 5.4 1.80

Up to 30 8.0 2.40
Above 30 9.0 3.0

iii) Artificial Lightning and Mechanical ventilation - where lighting and ventilation requirements
are not met through day-lighting and natural ventilation, they shall be ensured through
artificial lighting and mechanical ventilation in accordance with the provisions of Part 8,
Building Services- Section 1, Lighting and Ventilation, National Building Code of India,
2005.
iv) In residential lodging hotels and other establishments where attached toilets are provided
with mechanical ventilation system the size of ventilation shaft prescribed in this regulation
stand relaxed.

18.16 Overhead Tanks:

Every overhead water storage tank shall be maintained in a perfectly mosquito-proof condition
by providing a properly fitting hinged cover and every tank more than 1.5 m. in height shall be
provided with a permanently fixed iron ladder.
18.17 Parapet
Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony etc. shall not be less
than 1.05 mt. and not more than 1.20 mt. in height from the finished floor level.
18.18 Cabin:
Where cabins are provided, a clear passage not less than 0.9 m. wide will be maintained. The size
of a cabin shall not be less than 3 sq.m. and the distance from the farthest space of cabin to the
nearest exit shall not be more than 18.5 mt if the cabin does not derive direct light and ventilation
from any open spaces / mechanical means, its maximum height shall be 2.2 m.

18.19 Society Office:

In the case of multi-storied multi-family dwelling apartments constructed for co-operative
housing societies or apartment owner‗s co-operative societies, a Society Office upto 12 sq.m.
shall be provided on the ground floor or uppermost floor. If the number of flats are more than 20
the maximum size of the Society Office shall be of dimension of 20 sq.m.

54
18.20 Wells
Wells intended for supply of water for human consumption or domestic purposes may be
permitted at suitable place.

18.20.1 Requirements: The well shall:

(a) have minimum internal diameter of not less than 1 m.;
(b) be constructed to a height not less than 1 m. above the surrounding ground level to form a
parapet or curb and to prevent surface water from following into a well, and shall be
surrounded with a paving constructed of impervious material which shall extend for
a distance of not less than 1.8 m. in every direction from the parapet or the curb forming the
well head and the upper surface for such paving shall be sloped away from a well;
(c) be a sound and permanent construction (PUCCA) throughout. Temporary exposed
(KUTCHA) wells shall only be permitted in fields or gardens for purposes of irrigation; and;
(d) the interior surface of the lining or walls of the well shall be rendered impervious for depth
of not less than 1.8 m. measured from the level of the ground immediately adjoining
the well-head.
18.21 Septic Tanks
Every building, group of buildings together shall be either connected to the public Drainage system
or provided with sub-soil dispersion system in the form of septic tank which shall be
governed by the following or any other alternative design and specifications
1. Design of septic tank:-
Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and construction of the
septic tank shall conform to requirements of the following Regulation
2. Location of Septic Tanks and Subsurface Absorption System:- A subsoil dispersion system
shall not be closer than 18.00 m. of any source of drinking water such as well, to mitigate the
possibility of bacterial pollution of water supply. It shall also be as far removed from the nearest
habitable building as economically feasible but not closer than 6 m. to avoid damage to the
structures.
3. Requirements:
(a) Dimensions of Septic Tanks: Septic tanks shall have minimum width of 75 cm., minimum
depth of 1 m. below the water level and a minimum liquid capacity of 1 cu.m. Length
of tanks shall be 2 to 4 times the width;
(b) Septic tanks may be constructed of brick work, stone masonry, concrete or other suitable
materials;
(c) Under no circumstances should effluent from a septic tank be allowed into an open channel
drain or body of water without adequate treatment;
(d) Minimum nominal diameter of pipe shall be 100 mm. further, at junctions of pipes in
manholes; direction of flow from a branch connection should not make an angle exceeding
45 degree with the direction of flow in the main pipe;
(e) The gradients of land drains under drainage as well as the bottom of dispersion trenches and
soak way should be between 1:300 and 1:400;
(f) Every septic tank shall be provided with ventilating pipe of at least 50 mm diameter. The
top of the pipe shall be provided with a suitable cage of mosquito proof wire mesh. The
ventilating pipe shall extend to a height, which would cause no smell nuisance to any
building in the area. Generally, the ventilating pipe may extend to a height of about 2 m.
when the septic tank is at least 15 m. away from the nearest building and to a height of 2 m.
above the top of the building when it is located closer than 15 m;
(g) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to seepage pit, the seepage pit may be of any
suitable shape with the least cross sectional dimension of 90 cm. and not less than 100 cm. in
depth below the invert level of the inlet pipe. The pit may be lined with stone, brick or
concrete blocks with dry open joints which should be backed with at least 7.5 cm. of clean
coarse aggregate. The lining above the inlet level should be finished with mortar. In the case

55
 of pits of large dimensions, the top portion may be narrowed to reduce the size of the RCC
cover slabs. Where no lining is used, especially near trees, the entire pit should be filled
with loose stones. A masonry ring may be constructed at the top of pit to prevent damage
by flooding of the pit by surface run off. The inlet pipe may be taken down to a depth of 90
cm. from the top as an anti-mosquito measure;

(h) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to a dispersion trench, the dispersion trench shall
be 50 to 100 cm. deep and 30 to 100 cm. wide excavated to a slight gradient and shall be
provided with 15 to 25 cm. of washed gravel of crushed stones. Open jointed pipes placed
inside the trench shall be made of unglazed earthenware clay or concrete and shall have
minimum internal diameter of 75 to 100 mm. No dispersion trench should not be longer than
30 m. and trenches should not be placed closer than 1.8 mt.
18.22 Boundary Wall
The requirements of the boundary wall are given below:
(a) Except with the special permission of the Metropolitan Commissioner the maximum height
of the compound wall shall be 1.5 m. above the centre line of the front street. Compound
wall upto 2:4 m. height may be permitted if the top 0.9 mt is of open type construction
(railings).However Metropolitan Commissioner may allow the plinth and the boundary wall
up to 0.90 m. above ground level and balance height may be of open railing or as decided
by him;
(b) In case of corner plot the height of boundary wall shall be restricted to 0.75 m. for a length
equal to fanning of the road on the front and side of the intersections and balance height
of 0.75 m. if required in accordance with (a) may be made of open construction (railings);
(c) However, the provisions of (a) and (b) are not applicable to boundary wall of jails. In
industrial buildings, electric sub stations, transformer stations institutional buildings like
sanatoria, hospitals, industrial buildings like workshops, factories and educational buildings
like schools, colleges, including the hostels, and other uses of public utility undertakings.
Height upto 2.4 m. to boundary walls of these types of building may be permitted by the
Metropolitan Commissioner.

18.23 Letter Box Room

A letter box of appropriate dimensions shall be provided on the ground floor of residential and
commercial buildings with five and more storeys.
18.24 Meter Rooms
For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational, assembly,
institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with any of the aforesaid
occupancies having area more than 500sq.m. on each floor, provision shall be made for an
independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per requirements of electric (service) supply
undertakings on the ground floor with direct access from outside for the purpose of termination
of electric supply from the licensee‗s service and alternative supply cables. The door/doors
provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.

18.25 Chimneys
Chimneys, where provided, shall conform to the requirements of IS: 1646-1960 Indian Standard
Code of Practice for Fire Safety of Building. Provided that the Chimneys shall be built at least
0.9 m. above flat roof. In the case of sloping roofs, the chimney top shall not be less than, 0:6 m.
above the ridge of the roof in which the chimney penetrates.

18.26 Supported Double Height Terrace (within the building line )

Supported double height terraces (open terraces with railing having minimum height equal to two
floors) within the building line, not exceeding 20% of the built up area of the same floor may be
permitted without counting in FSI subject to payment of premium as decided by Metropolitan
Commissioner.

56
 18.27 EXIT REQUIREMENTS
18.27.1 General-The following general requirements shall apply to exits.
(a) An exit may be a doorway; corridor, passageway(s) to an internal staircase, or external
staircase, or to a VERANDA or terrace(s), which have access to the street, or to the roof of
a building or a refuge area. An exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoining
building at the same level;
(b) Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits;
(c) Every exit, exit access or exit discharge shall be continuously maintained free of all
obstructions or impediments to full use in the case of fire or other emergency;
(d) Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits sufficient to permit
safe escape of occupants in case of fire or other emergency;
(e) In every building, exits shall comply with the minimum requirements of this part, except
those not accessible for general public use;
(f) No building shall be altered to reduce the number, width or protection of exits to less
than that required;
(g) Exits shall be clearly visible and the routes to reach the exits shall be clearly marked and
sign posted to guide the occupants to the floor concerned;
(h) The floors of area covered for the means of exit shall be properly illuminated;
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an
exterior open space leading to a street and;
(j) Exits shall be so arranged that they shall be reached without passing through another
occupied unit.
18.27.2 Types of exits -
Exits shall be either of horizontal or vertical type. An exit may be doorway, corridor, and
passageways to an internal staircase or external staircase, ramps or to a veranda and/or terraces
which have access to the street or to roof of a building. An exit may also include a horizontal exit
leading to an adjoining building at the same level. Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as
exits.

18.27.3 Number and Size of Exits

The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on number of occupants
in each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits; travel distance and height of
building as per provisions of Regulation no. 18.27.5 to18.27.8
18.27.4 Arrangement of Exits
Exits shall be so located so that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 22.5 m. for
residential, education, institutional and hazardous occupancies and 30 m. for assembly business,
mercantile, industrial, storage & hazardous occupancies. Wherever more than one exit is required
for a floor of a building, they shall be placed as remote from each other as possible. All the exits
shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels.

57
18.27.5 Occupant Load -
For determining the exits required the number of persons within any floor area or the occupant load
shall be based on the actual number of occupants but in no case, less than that specified in
Table No. 13 below:

Table No. 13
Occupant Load
Sr. Group of Occupancy Occupant Load floor Area in
No. sq.mt. per person

(1) (2) (3)

1 Residential 12.5
2 Educational 4.00
3 Institutional 15 (See Note-1)

4 Assembly
(a) with fixed or loose seats and dance floors 0.6 (See Note-2)

(b) without seating facilities including dining 1.5 (See Note-2)

rooms
5 Mercantile
(a) Street floor and sales basement 3
(b) Upper sale floors 6

6 Business and industrial 10

7 Storage 30
8 Hazardous 10

Note 1 - Occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, asylums, etc.
where sleeping accommodation is provided shall be calculated at not less than 7.5 sq.m. floor
area per person.
Note 2 - The gross area shall include, in addition to the main assembly room or space, any occupied
connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storeys above or below where entrance is
common to such rooms and spaces and they are available for use by the occupants of the assembly
space. No deductions shall be made in the gross area for corridors, closets or other sub-divisions.
The area shall include all space serving the particular assembly occupancy.

58
18.27.6 Capacity of Exits -
1) Occupants per unit exit width shall be in accordance with Table No.14

Table No. 14
Occupants per Unit Exit Width

Sr.No. Group or Occupancy Number of Occupants

Stairways Ramps Doors

1 Residential 25 50 75
2 Educational 25 50 75

3 Institutional 25 50 75

4 Assembly 40 50 60

5 Business 50 60 75
6 Mercantile 50 60 75

7 Industrial 50 60 75

8 Storage 50 60 75
9 Hazardous 25 30 40

2) For the dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, mental hospitals, etc. these
multipliers will be doubled.
3) The gross floor area shall include, in addition to the main assembly rooms or space, any
occupied connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storey above or below where
entrance is common to such rooms and space and they are available for use by the
occupants of the assembly place.
4) No deductions shall be made in the gross area of the corridors, closets or other sub-divisions;
the area shall include all space serving the particular assembly occupancy shall be reckoned.
18.27.7 Provision for Staircase-
All buildings having height more than ground floor shall have provision of staircase. The special
buildings shall have two staircases out of which one shall be fire escape staircase. They shall be
of enclosed type. At least one of them shall be on external walls of buildings and shall open directly
to the exterior, interior open space or to an open place of safety. Further, the provision or otherwise
of alternative staircases shall be subject to the requirements of travel distance being complied with.

Provided that for purely residential building/residential building along with ground floor mix use
having height upto 24 meters and built up area on any floor does not exceed 500 sq.mts. an additional
staircase shall not be insisted. Provided also that in such cases width of stair case shall be minimum
1.50 mt.

59
18.27.8 Width of Stairways-
Notwithstanding anything contained in regulations, the following minimum width provision shall
be made for staircases flight/corridor.
Table No. 15

Type of Building Built-up area on floor served

by single staircase
upto 5 More than
sq.m. 500 sq.m.
Multi-Storeyed Residential Buildings 1.20 m. 1.50 m

Residential Hotel Buildings 1.50 m. 1.80 m

Assembly buildings like auditoria, theatres, 1.80 m. 2.00 m.

Cinemas etc., Mangalkaryalaya, marriage halls.
Institutional Buildings like hospitals & Educational 2.00 m. 2.30 m.

All other public buildings including commercial 1.50 m. 1.80 m.

buildings.

Note:-
i) for individual house and row housing with 2 storey‗s, the minimum shall be 0.75 m.
ii) The width of the mid-landing/quarter landing should not be more than 1.5 times and the
floor landing should not be more than two times of the width of the stair flight.

18.28 Other Requirements of Individual Exits- The detailed requirements of individual exits are
given in Regulation no. 18.28.1 to 18.28.8.

18.28.1 Doorways:
(i) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit or a corridor or
passage way providing continuous and protected means of egress;
(ii) No exit doorway shall be less than 90 cm in width in case of residential and 100 cm. in width
in case of other buildings. Doorways shall be not less than 200 cm. in height. Doorways for
bathrooms, water closet, stores etc. shall be not less than 75 cm. wide;
(iii) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct the
travel along any exit. No door, when open, shall reduce the required width of stairway or
landing to less than 90 cm. Overhead or sliding doors shall not be installed;
(iv) Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs, a landing equal to at least the
width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level of landing shall
be the same as that of the floor which it serves;
v) Exit doorway shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a key;
vi) Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.

18.28.2 Revolving Doors :

Revolving doors shall not be used as required exits except in residential, business and mercantile
occupancies, but shall not constitute more than half the total required door width.

60
18.28.3 Stairways:
i) Interior stair shall be constructed of non-combustible materials throughout;
ii) Interior staircase shall be constructed as a self-contained unit with at least one side adjacent
to an external wall and shall be completely enclosed;
iii) A staircase shall not be arranged around a lift shaft;
iv) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted;
v) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 cm. for an internal staircase
for residential buildings. In the case of other buildings, the minimum treads shall be 30 cm.
The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping;
vi) The maximum height of riser shall be 19 cm. in the case of residential buildings and 15
cm. in the case of other buildings. They shall be limited to 15 per flight;
vii) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm. from the centre of tread,
to the top of the handrails. Balusters / railing shall be provided such that the width of
staircase does not reduce;
viii) Floor indicator - The number of each floor shall be conspicuously painted in figures at least
15 cm. large on the wall facing the flights of a stairway or at such suitable place as
is distinctly visible from the flights;
ix) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.2 m;
x) For building more than 15m. in height or more access to main staircase shall be gained
through at least half an hour fire resisting automatic closing doors placed in the enclosing
wall of the staircase. It shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape;
xi) No living space, store or other fire risk spaces shall open directly into the external staircase;
xii) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the open
spaces or should be reached without passing through any door other than a door provided
to form a large lobby;
xiii) In the case of assembly, institutional, residential hotels, industrial and hazardous
occupancies, the exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall
be provided at a height of 0.5m. from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated
by electric light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be flush
with the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to them due to moving
of furniture or other heavy equipments. Further all landings of floor shall have floor
indication boards indicating the floor number. The floor indication board shall be placed on
the wall immediately facing the flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It shall be of
size not less tha 0.5m. x 0.5m;
xiv) In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to
the basement shall be by a separate staircase. Wherever the building is served by more than
one staircase, one of the staircases may lead to basement levels, provided the same is
separated at ground level by either a ventilated lobby or cut-off screen wall without
opening, having a fire resistance of not less than 2 hours with discharge point at two different
ends or through enclosures. It shall also be cut off from the basement areas at various
basement levels by a protected and ventilated lobby / lobbies.

18.28.4 Fire escape or external stairs –

Fire escape staircase, when provided, shall comply the following:
i) External stairs shall always be kept in sound operable conditions;
ii) All external stairs shall be directly connected to the ground;
iii) Entrance to the external stairs shall be separate and remote from the internal staircase;
iv) Care shall be taken to ensure that no wall opening or window opens on to or close to an
external stair;
v) The route to the external stairs shall be free of obstructions at all times;
vi) The external stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible materials, and any doorway
leading it shall have the required fire resistance;
vii) No external staircase, used as a fire escape, shall be inclined at an angle greater than
45 degree from the horizontal;

61
 viii) External stairs shall have straight flight not less than 1250 mm wide with 250 mm treads and
risers not more than 190 mm. The number of risers shall be limited to 15 per flight;
ix) Handrails shall be of a height not less than 1000 mm and not exceeding 1200 mm. There
shall be provisions of balusters with maximum gap of 150 mm.
x) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building
not exceeding 9 m in height. A spiral stair case shall be not less than 1500 mm in diameter
and shall be designed to give adequate headroom;
xi) Unprotected steel frame staircase will not be accepted as means of escape. However, steel
staircase in an enclosed fire rated compartment of 2 h will be accepted as means of escape.

18.28.5 Corridors and passageways:

i) The minimum width of a corridor shall not be less than 75cm. in the case of 2 storeys row
housing residential buildings and 100cm. In the case of other buildings and actual width
shall be calculated based on the provision of Regulations No 18.27.3 to 18.27.5 (both
inclusive);
ii) Where there is more than one staircase serving a building, there shall be at least one smoke-
stop door in the space between the staircases;
iii) Exit corridors & passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate required width
of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel of the exterior/stairways;
iv) Where stairways discharge through corridors & passageways the height of the corridors
& passageways shall not be less than 2.4 mt;
v) All means of exit including staircases, lifts, lobbies & corridors shall be adequately
ventilated.
18.28.6 Refuge Area
For buildings more than 24 m in height, refuge area of 15 sq.m. or an area equivalent to 0.3 sq.m.
per person to accommodate the occupants of two consecutive floors whichever is higher shall be
provided as under:
The refuge area shall be provided on the periphery of the floor or preferably on a cantilever
projection and open to air at least on one side protected with suitable railings.
a) For floors above 24 m and upto 39 m–One refuge area on the floor immediately above 24m.
b) For floors above 39 m –One refuge area on the floor immediately above 39 m and so on after
every 15 m. Refuge area provided in excess of the requirements shall be counted towards
FSI. However, area remained in excess because of planning constraints shall not more than
10% of required refuge area shall not be counted in FSI.

18.28.7 Lifts and Escalators:-

a) Lifts :-
Provision of lift shall be made for all buildings more than 15mt in height. In case the height of
the building is more than 24.0 mt , at least two lifts shall be provided. However, in the case of a
proposal to add one additional floor to an existing building having a lift, it will not be necessary
to raise the existing lift to the additional floor.
(a) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in the buildings
shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency;
(b) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the lift cars in
any emergency shall also be provided;
(c) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be installed therein;
(d) The planning and design of lifts including their number, type and capacity depending on the
occupancy of the building, the population of each floor based on the occupant load and the
building height shall be in accordance with Section 5 - Installation of Lifts and Escalators
of Part 8- Building Services, of the National Building Code of India, 2005.

62
 b) Escalators :
Escalators may be permitted in addition to required lifts. Such escalators may be permitted in atrium
area in shopping malls / public buildings.

18.28.8 Fire Lift

Where applicable, fire lifts shall be provided with a minimum capacity for 8 passengers and fully
automated with emergency switch on ground level. In general, buildings 15 m in height or above
shall be provided with fire lifts. In case of fire, only fireman shall operate the fire lift. In normal course,
it may be used by other persons. Each fire lift shall be equipped with suitable inter- communication
equipment for communicating with the control room on the ground floor of the building. The number
and location of fire lifts in a building shall be decided after taking into consideration various factors
like building population, floor area, compartmentation, etc.

18.28.9 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

All buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and this shall be done in
accordance with Part IV of Fire Protection of National Building Code of India and Maharashtra Fire
Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006, as prescribed in Part VI of these Regulations. The
provisions of Part VI shall deem to be modified time to time as per the Fire Protection of
National Building Code of India and Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006.
In case of special buildings, the building schemes shall also be cleared by the Chief Fire Officer of the
PMRDA.

18.29 Additional requirements in case of Housing Schemes:

Following amenities shall be provided in a housing scheme and shall not be counted in FSI:

i. Fitness Centre, Crèche, society office cum letter box room, laundry room, admeasuring area
of about 20 sq.m. in schemes having minimum 100 flats and thereafter additional 20 sq.m.
area for every 300 flats.

ii. Sanitary block for servants having maximum area of 3.00 sq.m. in schemes having minimum
100 flats and thereafter additional 3.00 sq.m. area for every 200 flats.

iii. Drivers room of size 12 sq.m. with attached toilet in schemes having minimum 100 flats and
thereafter additional 10 sq.m. area for every 300 flats.

63
 PART – III
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND PERMISSIBLE USES.

19.1 RESIDENTIAL ZONE - R 1

Residential Zone R1 includes Residential plots abutting on roads below 9 m. in congested area and
below 12 m. width in outside congested area.
19.1.1 The following uses and accessory uses to the principal use shall be permitted in buildings
or premises in Zone R1, subject to other regulations:
(i) Any residences.
(ii) Hostels for students / working men/women, with or without boarding facilities.
(iii) Old age home in independent building on road having width 9.00 meter and above,
(iv) Customary Home occupation i.e. occupations customarily carried out by the members of the
household without employing hired labour and shall include stitching, embroidery, button
making etc. with or without motive power. If motive power is used, the total electricity load
should not exceed 1 HP.
(v) Medical and Dental Practitioner's Dispensaries including pathological laboratory, diagnostic
clinics, polyclinics, counselling centre, clinics, to be permitted on any floor. Maternity
homes, clinics, nursing home with indoor patients on ground or stilt floor or on first floor
with separate means of access of staircase from within the building or outside, may be
permitted but not within the prescribed marginal open spaces in any case and with the special
permission of Commissioner. Maternity Homes and Hospitals are permitted for maximum
20 beds.
(vi) Professional Offices in residential tenement for own purpose not exceeding carpet area of 50
sq. m. each.
(vii) Community halls, welfare centre, gymnasia (each not exceeding 150 sq.m.)
(viii) Primary and nursery schools including students' hostels in independent buildings, on widths
of roads 9.00 m. or above and nursery schools on road having width 6.00 meter or above.
(ix) Crèche, Day-care centre in an independent building or parts of building upto 50 sq.m.
(x) Private coaching classes, mess in an independent building or parts of building upto50 sq.m.
with strictly subjected to separate parking facility in the same premises.
(xi) Religious buildings.
(xii) Public/ City Libraries and Museums in independent building or on any floor of the building
with special permission of Metropolitan Commissioner if the user will not create nuisance
to the occupant of the building.
(xiii) Club Houses or gymkhanas, not conducted as a business, on independent plots which may
have an extension counter or only branch of a bank, in such club-houses or gymkhana.
(xiv) Public Parks or Private Parks, gardens, Yoga Centres and play field in independent plots not
being used for business purpose, but not amusement parks.
(xv) Bus shelters, Taxi-Rickshaw stands trolley bus shelters, Railway Station, Metro station, BRT
stand, cycle stand.
(xvi) Convenience shops not more than 20 sq. m., each only on ground floor, for the purposes of
food grain shops (Ration shops). Pan shops Tobacconist, Shops for collection and
distribution of cloths and other materials for cleaning and dyeing establishments, Darners,
Tailors, Groceries, Confectionery and other general provisions. Hair dressing saloon and
Beauty Parlour, bicycle hire and repair, Hat repair, shoe repair and shining shops, vegetable
and fruit stalls/ shops, fish or/and meat shops, Milk shops, Floweriest, Bangles and
Newspaper stalls, wood, coal and fuel merchants, Book and stationery etc. Medicine and
Chemist shops, watch& mobile repairs and motorcycle repair shops. The Commissioner may
from time to time add or alter or amend the above list.
(xvii) Police Station, police chowky, Government and Metropolitan sub-offices, posts and
Telegraph Offices, Branch offices of Banks, with safe Deposit Vaults, Electrical substations,
Fire Aid posts along with home-guards and Civil Defence Centres, essential Public utility

64
 and Pumping stations and water installations and ancillary structures thereof required to cater
to the local area.

(xviii) Electronic Industry of the Assembly type (not manufacturing type) with the following
restrictions –
(a) Motive Power shall not exceed 1 H.P.
(b) Area occupied shall not exceed 100 sq.m.
(xix) Information technology establishment (ITE) (pertaining to software only) on the plots/
premises fronting on roads having width 9.00 m. and above.
(xx) Flour mill and wet / dry masala grinding / book binding subject to following conditions:
(a) It is located on ground floor.
(b) Adequate care has been taken in structural design.
(c) It does not cause any nuisance to the neighbour and residents of upper floor.
(d) Power requirement does not exceed 10 hp. Additional H.P. if required, may be
granted with special written permission of Commissioner.
(xxi) Places for disposal, for human bodies, like Burial grounds, cremation grounds on a road
having width of 9 m. and above subject to the approval from PMRDA.
(xxii) Agricultural, horticultural and allied uses (except agro-based industries).
(xxiii) Raisin Production
(xxiv) Roads, bridges, culverts and construction of any modes of transportation.
(xxv) Any other use allowed in consultation with the Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA in
accordance with the intend and spirit of these Regulations.

19.2 RESIDENTIAL ZONE R-2

Residential Zone R2 includes Residential plots abutting on road having existing or proposed
width 9 m. and above in congested area and 12 m. and above in outside congested area
19.2.1 In this zone the following uses, along with their ancillary uses, mix uses may be permitted:
i) All uses permissible in R-1 shall be permitted in R-2 zone, without restrictions on
built-up area.
ii) Shopping malls, Stores or shops for the conduct of retail business including
departmental stores. Storage and sale of combustible materials shall not normally be
permitted except with the special permission of the concerned authority.
iii) Any activity of Government or semi- Government and of their authorities,
including offices, training centres and like uses.
iv) Personal service establishments: professional offices.
v) Radio broadcasting stations and studio, telephone exchanges, mobile towers.
vi) Frozen food lockers, fast food and vending stalls.
vii) Tailor shops, embroidery shops and button – hole making shops, not employing more
than 9 persons with individual motors not exceeding 1 H. P. and total H. P. not
exceeding 3.
viii) Cleaning and pressing establishments for clothes not employing solvents with flash
point lower than 1380F machines with dry load capacity exceeding 30 kg and more
than 9 persons and provided that total power requirement does not exceed 4 KW;
ix) Shops for goldsmiths, locksmiths, watch and clock repairs, optical glass grinding and
repairs, musical instrument repairs, picture framing, radio and household
appliances repairs, upholstery and diamond cutting and polishing not employing,
more than 9 persons with individual motors not exceeding 1 H. P. and total H. P. not
exceeding 3 H. P.
x) Coffee grinding with electric motive power not exceeding 1 H.P.
xi) Bakeries with no floor above not occupying for production and area in excess of 75
sq.m. and not employing more than 9 persons ,provided that the power requirements
does not exceed 4KW.
xii) Printing press as per table of service industries, posters, flex board printing shops.
xiii) Electronic industry of assembly type (and not manufacturing type)
xiv) Diamond cutting and polishing; not employing more than 6persons with motive
power and exceeding 1/2 H.P.
xv) Auto part stores and show rooms for motor vehicles and machinery.

65
xvi) Sale of used or second hand goods or merchandise (not junk, cotton waste, rage or
other materials of offensive nature).
xvii) Club houses or other recreational activities, conducted as business.
xviii) Storage of furniture and household goods.
xix) Repairs to all household articles (excluding auto vehicle).
xx) Veterinary dispensaries and hospitals.
xxi) Animal pounds.
xxii) Repair, cleaning shops and analytical, experimental or testing laboratories not
employing more than 15 persons in the industrial activity but not including cleaning
and dyeing establishment using a cleaning or dyeing fluid having a flash point lower
than 60 degree C. and machines with dry load capacity of 30 kg. for any
establishment carrying on activities that are noxious or offensive because of
emission of odour, dust, smoke, gas, noise or vibration or other-wise dangerous to
public health and safety, provided that the motive power requirement of such
establishment does not exceed 10 H. P.
xxiii) Accessory uses customarily incidental to any permitted principal use including
storage space, upto 50% of the total floor area used for the principal use.
xxiv) Paper box manufacturing including paper cutting, not employing more than 9
persons, with motive power not exceeding 5 H. P. and area not more than 50 sq. m.
xxv) Mattress making and cotton cleaning, not employing more than 9 persons with
motive power not exceeding 3 H.P. and area not more than 50 sq. m.
xxvi) Establishment requiring power for sealing tin, packages, etc. not employing more
than 9 persons, with motive power not exceeding 3 H.P.
xxvii) Commercial halls, exhibition halls, community halls, welfare centre, gymnasia, etc.
xxviii) Air-conditioned Cinema theatres & Multiplex.
xxix) Art galleries, aquariums;
xxx) Museums in independent structures or restricted to ground floors or on first floor in
a stilted building;
xxxi) Research, experimental and testing laboratories not involving any danger of fire
or explosion nor of any noxious nature and located on a site not less than 4 Ha. in
area and when the laboratory is kept at least 30 m. from any of the boundaries of the
site and the necessary residential buildings 30 m from the laboratory.
xxxii) Restaurants, eating houses, cafeteria, ice - cream and milk bars.
xxxiii) Establishment for preparation and sale of eatables not occupying for production an
area in excess of 75 sq. m. per establishment and not employing more than 9 persons.
Sugarcane and fruit juice crushers not employing more than 6 persons with 1.5 H.P.
with area not more than 25 sq.m. shall also come under that sub regulation
xxxiv) Repairing garages not employing more than 9 persons and 2 H.P. motive power in
the industrial activity with no floor above.
xxxv) Battery charging and repairing, not employing more than 6 persons with an area not
more than 25 sq.m. and not more than 2 chargers with power not exceeding 5 KW.
xxxvi) Photographic studios and laboratories with not more than 50 sq. m. area, not
employing more than 9 persons and not using power more than 3 H. P.
xxxvii) Showroom for Distribution and sale of LPG;
xxxviii) Coal and Firewood Shops.
xxxix) Group medical centres, Polyclinics, on separate floors, preferably ground floor,
pathology laboratories.
xl) Residential Hotels, Boarding and Lodging shall be permitted in independent
building or parts of building, but on separate floors.
xli) Book Depot, Medicine and chemist shops.
xlii) Business/ corporate office on any floor.
xliii) IT buildings & office buildings
xliv) Office and showroom of LPG cylinders, not exceeding 100 kg.in aggregate,
without storage of cylinders.
xlv) Photographic studios and laboratories not using power more than 5 H.P. and
employing not more than 9 persons;
xlvi) Highway amenities as permitted in Agriculture zone with FSI at par with residential
zone.

66
 xlvii) Trade or other similar schools not involving any danger of fire or explosion nor of
offensive noise, vibration, smoke, dust, odour, glare, heat or other objectionable
influences
xlviii) Repairing garages
xlix) Yoga centres
xlx) All other commercial users as may be deemed fit by the Metropolitan Commissioner.

Note: The Metropolitan Commissioner may from time to time add to amend the above
list in consultation with Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, Pune.

19.2.2 The following uses shall be permitted only if it is conducted in independent premises /
building:
The following uses shall be permitted in independent premises / building:
i) Drive - in - theatres, theatres, cinema houses multiplex, club houses, assembly or
concert halls, Mangal karyalaya, dance and music studios and such other places of
entertainment.
ii) Petrol filling and CNG service stations with ancillary facilities including
convenience shopping.
iii) Colleges, Secondary Schools, Trade or other similar schools.
iv) Storage and sale of kerosene not exceeding 1000 liters in groceries and approved
ration shops on retail basis.
v) Bulk storage and sale of kerosene not exceeding 13000 liters in separate godowns
confirming to the existing regulations of Chief Controller of Explosives,
Government of India, provided further that the applicant shall make adequate fire
fighting arrangements at his cost in his plot to the entire satisfaction of the
Metropolitan Commissioner.
vi) Storage and sale of LPG in cylinders not exceeding 6300 kg. in a separate godown
confirming to the existing regulations of Chief Controller of Explosives,
Government of India provided further that the applicant shall make adequate fire
fighting arrangements at his cost in his plot to the entire satisfaction of the
Metropolitan Commissioner.
vii) Parking of automobiles and other light vehicles on open plots even as a business.
viii) General Agriculture and Horticulture, domestic poultry upto the use of 20 birds per
plot and with a space requirement of 0.25 sq. m. per bird.
ix) Correctional and mental institutions, institutions for the children, the aged or
widows, sanatoria and hospitals in independent building facing on roads of width
not less than 15 m. (except veterinary hospitals) provided that those principally
for contagious diseases, the insane or for correctional purposes shall be located not
less than 45 m. from any residential premises.
x) Residential hotels of 2 to 5 star categories.
xi) Vegetable, fruit, flour, fish or meat market place
xii) Service Industries- The Service Industries may be permitted in independent building
(independent designated plot) in R2 and Commercial zones along with the limitation
of area, maximum number of persons to be employed, maximum permissible power
requirement and the special conditions if any as given in Appendix – L, for service
industries. The Service Industries shall also be permissible in the buffer zone falling
within 5 km distance from the PMC and PCMC Boundaries.
Note: - Drive-in theatres, theatres, cinemas, club-houses, assembly or concert halls and
such other places of entertainment shall be allowed on roads having width exceeding 15m
and more. These users may be permitted in combination with permissible non-residential
uses except that of petrol pump, with the special permission of the Metropolitan
Commissioner. However, in the case of a cinema/theatre the front open space shall be
minimum 12m. and the side and rear open spaces shall not be less than 6m. Provided that,
in the case of development and/or re-development of a cinema/theatre the user as mentioned
above may be permitted in combination with the permissible users in a residential R-2 zone.

67
 However, residential user in combination with that of a cinema/theatre may not be
allowed in the same building.

Provided further that, on plot/lands where there is an existing cinema Theatres,

redevelopment of the plots shall be allowed subject to the condition that at least
1/3rd of the existing seats shall be retained, which shall not be below 150 seats and
may be developed in combination with user permissible in R2 zone. Provided also
that, if redevelopment of existing cinema theatre is not possible considering the
other requirement in these regulations, in such case user permissible in adjoining
land shall be permissible with the special permission of Metropolitan
Commissioner.

19.3 SLUM IMPROVEMENT ZONE - Deleted

19.4 COMMERCIAL ZONE

19.4.1 In commercial zones, buildings or premises shall be used only for the uses and purposes given in
Regulation No. 19.4.2 subject to the following conditions:
(a) all goods offered for sale shall be displayed within the building excluding
passages;
(b) when the commercial zone boundary falls short of a street, the frontage along such street
shall not be permitted to be developed for uses which would not be permissible along such
streets and;
(c) when user other than those permissible in a residential zone without a shop line (R1) have an
access from the side or rear open spaces, the width of the such open spaces shall not be less
than 7m.

19.4.2 Uses Permissible in Commercial Zone :

i) Any use permitted in residential zone without area and floor restrictions.
ii) Club, business houses, veterinary- dispensaries, testing labs, paper and plastic packing bags
and boxes manufacturing, mattress making.
iii) Business Offices and exchanges.
iv) Whole -sale establishments with storage area not exceeding 200 sq. m. subject to fire protection
requirements.
v) Public utility buildings.
vi) Headquarters organizations.

19.5 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT ZONE – Deleted

19.6 INDUSTRIAL ZONE

Industries shall include any building or part of a building or structure, in which products or
materials of all kinds and properties are fabricated, assembled or processed, for example
assembly plants, laboratories, dry cleaning plants, power plants, pumping station; smoke
houses, laundries, gas plants, refineries, dairies and saw - mills.
The following users shall be permissible in Industrial Zone.
i) The service industries as listed in Appendix –L without restrictions on power
requirement, employment, floor area and other restrictions.

ii) Any industry / industries may be permitted only if the location is appropriate and is
not likely to cause nuisance or hazard to adjoining owners. Minimum buffer open
space / set back (which may include marginal distance and road width if any) from
the boundary of industrial zone to residential or habitable zone/ use, shall not be less
than 23 m. such buffer open space shall be kept in the land falling in the industrial

68
 zone.

Provided that, the area under such buffer setback shall not be deducted for
computation of FSI.

Provided further that, if the land under industrial zone is utilized entirely for IT
/ ITES purposes, such buffer open space shall not be necessary.

iii) Building or premises in industrial zone may be used for any industrial as well as
accessory uses like banks, canteens, welfare centre and such other common purposes
considered necessary for the industrial workers, quarters of watchmen, caretakers or
other essential staff required to be maintained on the premises. Such
residential/commercial/other uses may be permitted up to 25% of the total proposed
built-up area of such industrial use.

Provided that, the Industries shall also be permissible in the buffer zone falling
within 5 km distance from the PMC and PCMC Boundaries.

iv) Following uses may also be permitted (Subject to provisions of separate entry &
exit) to such users:

(a) Parking lots,

(b) Building of public utility concerns,
(c) The buildings of Banks,
(d) Residential Hotels, Restaurants,
(e) Storage Buildings,
(f) Drive-in -Theatres, cinema or theatres, subject to provision of provision of
the Maharashtra Cinemas (Regulation) Act,
(g) Highway amenities as permitted in Agriculture zone with FSI at par with
Industrial zone,
(h) Industrial training centre/ institute,
(i) Information Technology Establishments. (IT/ITES),
(j) Bio technology units,
(k) Petrol pumps and service Station.

v) Allowing Residential / Commercial User In Industrial Zone (I to R Provision):-

a) With previous approval of the Metropolitan Commissioner in

consultation with the Divisional Head of concerned division of the
Town Planning Directorate and on such conditions as deemed
appropriate by him, the existing or newly built-up area of Industrial
unit, in the Industrial zone may be permitted to be utilised for
residential or commercial purposes.

b) With the previous approval of the Metropolitan Commissioner, in

consultation with the Divisional Head of Town Planning Directorate,
the lands in the Industrial Zone including lands in industrial zone in
Town Planning Scheme area, may be utilised for any of the permissible
users in the Residential and Commercial Zone subject to the following
conditions:

i) Such user shall be allowed only on payments of Premium at

the rate 20 % of the land value arrived as per Annual Statement
of rates (without considering the guidelines therein) of the
respective year.
ii) The Residential/ Commercial user in respect of industries
which are not in operation shall not be permitted unless NOC
from Labour Commissioner, Maharashtra State, Mumbai
stating that all legal dues have been paid to the workers or
satisfactory arrangement between management and workers
have been made, is obtained. However, in respect of any open

69
 land in the Industrial Zone where industry never existed, NOC
from Labour Commissioner shall not be required.
iii) In the layout or sub-division of such land admeasuring upto 2
Ha., 10% land for public utilities and amenities, like electric
sub-station, bus-station, sub-post office, police out– post and
such other amenities/utilities as may be considered necessary
shall be provided.
iv) In such layouts of sub-division having area more than 2 Ha. and
upto 5 hect., 20% land shall be provided for public utilities and
amenities like electric sub-station, bus-station, sub- post office,
police out- post, garden, playground, school, dispensary and
such other amenities/utilities as may be considered necessary.
v) In such layout or sub division each more than 5Ha. in area, 25%
land for public utilities and amenities like electric, sub-station,
bus- station, sub-post office, police out post, garden,
playground, school dispensary and such other amenities shall
be provided.

vi) With the special written permission of the Metropolitan

Commissioner, the land having area up to 0.20 hectare in size
which are allocated for industrial use may be permitted to be
used for Residential purpose or any other permissible users in
Residential Zone. Provided that, in such case the owner /
developer shall be required to provide either by providing 10%
amenity space in the form of open land or 5% built up space in
the proposed construction at appropriate location preferably on
ground floor.
vii) The land under public utility / amenity shall be handed over to
the Authority in lieu of FSI / TDR with proper access and basic
land development. These areas will be in addition to the
recreational space as required to be provided under these
regulations.

Provided that, at least 50% of total land provided for public

amenity/ utility space shall be reserved for unbuildable
purposes such as garden, recreational ground, etc.

Provided also that irrespective of land use zone, where the

provisions of Development Control and Promotion
Regulations provide for amenity Space in Residential area
which is more than what is stipulated in these regulations, then
Amenity Space which is more shall only be provided.

c) The required segregating distance between Industrial Zone and the area
over which Residential use is permitted under this regulation, shall be
provided within such land intended to be used for residential or
commercial purpose.

d) Such residential or local commercial development shall be allowed

within the permissible FSI of the nearby Residential or Commercial
Zone.

e) Provision for Amenity Spaces shall be considered to be reservations in

the Regional Plan and Transferable Development Rights against such
amenity as per Regulation No.15.4 may be given or FSI of the same
equivalent to the TDR quantum shall be available for utilisation on the
remaining land. Moreover, the owner shall be entitled to develop
remaining land with permissible TDR potential including the land
under amenity space subject to maximum permissible limit of FSI
(Maximum Building Potential) as mentioned in Regulation No.20.3.
provided that,

70
 i) Residential/Commercial user may be allowed on the part area
of the land holding subject to the condition that total area of
the entire land holding shall be considered for deciding the
percentage of the land to be reserved for public amenity/ utility
spaces, as per these regulations.
ii) If Regional Plan/Development Plan Reservations (excluding
RP/DP Road/Road widening) are in the land under I to R
conversions, then such reservation may be adjusted in amenity
space as mentioned in the following manner:
a) If the area under Regional Plan/Development Plan
reservation is less than the required area of public amenity
space as per the said regulation, then only the difference
between the area shall be provided for public amenity
spaces.
b) If the area under Regional Plan/Development Plan
reservation is more than the required area of public
amenity spaces as per the said regulation, then the area for
public amenity spaces shall be provided equal to Regional
Plan/Development Plan reservation area.

iii) Out of the total area proposed to be utilised for residential

development, 20% of the same shall be built for residential
tenements having built up area 30 sq.m. and upto 50 sq.m. or
in the plotted development, 20 % area shall be of plots upto
150 sq.m.
iv) While allowing such conversion minimum 20 % built up area
shall be used for offices and commercial purpose.

19.7 AGRICULTURAL ZONE / NO DEVELOPMENT ZONE

The following uses shall be permissible:-
(i) All agricultural uses including stabling of Cattles up to the limit of 10 animals per hectare.
(ii) Poultry Farms.
(iii) Public/semi-public sector utility establishments such as electric sub-stations,
receiving stations, switch yards, over-head line corridors, radio and television
stations, receiving stations, main stations for public gas distribution, sewage
treatment and disposal works, water works along with residential quarters for
essential staff required for such works, with the special permission of Metropolitan
Commissioner.
(iv) Garden, forestry, nursery, public parks, private parks; play fields, summer camps for
recreation of all types.
(v) Golf Course and Links, Race tracks, and shooting ranges with necessary safety measures.
(vi) L.P.G. Godown, subject to following conditions:
a) Area of plot shall not be less than 1000 Sq.m.
b) The maximum permissible FSI shall be 20% on this plot.
c) Only ground floor structure shall be permissible.
d) It is necessary to obtain ―No Objection Certificate‖ from Controller of
Explosives and competent fire authority.
(vii) Petrol/ Diesel /LPG /CNG, Pump subject to FSI upto 20% on gross area and subject
to other provisions prescribed in regulations for special occupancies.
(viii) Pottery manufacture.
(ix) Storage and drying of fertilizer.
(x) Farm houses subject to following conditions:-
(a) Minimum plot area under above use shall be 0.4 Ha.
(b) The land in which it is to be constructed is actually put under agricultural use.
(c) Farm house shall be permitted by the Metropolitan Commissioner only after the
requisite permission for farm house is obtained by the owner from the Metropolitan
Commissioner under the provisions of Maharashtra Land Revenue Code, 1966 and
attested certified copy of such permission is attached with the application under

71
 Section 44 of the The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
(d) The FSI shall not exceed 0.0375 subject to a maximum built up area of 400
sq.m. in any case. Only ground floor structure with or without stilt shall be
permissible.
(xi) Swimming pools / sports and games, health clubs, cafeteria, canteen, tennis courts, etc.
(xii) Amusement park.
a) Amusement park with minimum plot area of 1.00 hect. With recreational and
amusement devices like a giant wheel, roller coaster, merry-go-round or similar
rides both indoor and outdoor, oceanic -park, swimming pool, magic mountain
and lake, ethnic village, shops for souvenirs/citations, toys, goods, as principal
uses and ancillary activities such as administrative offices, exhibition hall or
auditorium, open air theatre, essential staff quarters, store buildings, fast food
shops, museum, souvenir and small shops, ancillary structures to swimming pool
ancillary constructions. Maximum permissible FSI shall be
0.20 .i.e. FSI of 0.15 for principal activity and 0.05 for ancillary activities.
b) The required infrastructure, like proper and adequate access to the park, water
supply, sanitation, conservancy services, sewage disposal and adequate off-
street parking will have to be provided and maintained by the promoters of the
project at their cost and to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner.
c) The promoters of the project shall provide adequate facilities for collection and
disposal of garbage at their cost, and to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan
Commissioner and will keep, at all times, the entire environment clean, neat and
hygienic.
d) Structures permitted in the amusement park (except those intended for park
apparatus, entertainment such as magic mountain etc. and other equipment)
should be ground floor structures, with the construction blending with the
surrounding environment and landscape.
e) Except for minor dressing, hills and natural features, if any, shall be maintained
in their natural condition and beautified with planting of trees etc.
f) All trees already growing on the land shall be preserved to the extent possible,
except that if it becomes necessary to cut any tree, the required permission
of the Metropolitan
Commissioner should be obtained under the relevant Act. At least 5 trees (of
indigenous species) per 100 sq. m. shall be planted and grown within the area
of the park.
g) Sufficient parking facilities and ancillary facilities for cars, buses, transport
vehicles etc. shall be provided on site as prescribed by and to the satisfaction of
the Metropolitan Commissioner.
h) The promoters of the project will prepare a suitable layout with appropriate
landscaping of the recreational and other facilities and obtain approval of the
Metropolitan Commissioner.
i) The development shall be regulated according to other requirements of these
and all applicable rules and Regulations and subject to all other clearances as
may be required.
j) Proper arrangements for safety, Regulations of traffic approaches to the park etc.
shall be made to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner and Police,
from the law and order and traffic aspects.
(xiii) Mobile Phone Towers with ancillary equipment as specified in Regulation no.45.0
(xiv) The following users shall be permitted as per the policies decided by the
Government from time to time:
a) IT/ITES parks/units in no development zone.
b) Research and Development institutions / Centers on following conditions:
1. The area of land shall be minimum 10 hectare.
2. FSI permissible shall be maximum 0.20 on gross plot area after
deducting area under R.P. Road/D.P. Road/ Reservation/deemed
reservation, if any.
3. Construction of staff quarters related to such institutions/center shall
be permissible to the extent of 50% of the total proposed built-up area
for such institution/center.
4. Trees of indigenous species shall be planted at the rate of 500 trees per hectare.

72
 5. Research and Development of hazardous chemical and explosives may
be permitted with the special permission of Metropolitan
Commissioner which may be granted after compliance of all safety
measures and certification from concerned Government Authorities.
c) Bio-technology unit / B.T. Park.
d)Integrated highways amenities such as motels, way-side restaurants, fuel
pumps, service stations, restroom and canteen for employees working on
site and truck drivers, service godowns, factory outlets, highway malls,
hyper market along with public conveniences like toilets, trauma centre,
medicine shop, bank ATMs and like activities with FSI of 0.5 on gross area.
The Integrated highways amenities shall be allowed subject to following conditions:
a) Minimum area of plot shall be 10000 Sq.mt.
b) 10 % amenity space shall be provided which shall be handed over to
planning authority.
(xv) Ancillary service industries for agriculture produce marketing and management,
ancillary service uses for agro related products like flowers, fruits, vegetables,
poultry products, marine products, related collection centres, auction hall, godowns,
grading services and packing units, knowledge parks, cold storages, utility services
(like banking, insurance, post office services) as service industries for agriculture
produce marketing on the land owned by individuals / organizations with FSI of 0.20
(xvi) Solid waste management, land fill sites, bio-gas plants, power generation from waste.
(xvii) Power generation from non-conventional sources of energy. Area covered under
solar panels shall not be counted in FSI.
(xviii) Brick, tile manufacture.
(xix) Fish Farming.
(xx) Religious buildings subject to conditions as may be prescribed by Planning Authority.
(xxi) Slaughter house or Facilities for processing and disposal of dead animals with the
special permission of PMRDA.
(xxii) Cemeteries and crematoria and structure incidental thereto.
(xxiii) Mangal karyalaya / lawns.
a) Minimum area for mangal karyalaya shall be 0.40 hect. with FSI of 0.20.
It may be permitted along with essential guest rooms not exceeding 30% of the
area of mangal karyalaya. Area for parking shall be 40% of gross area which
shall be properly earmarked and bounded by bifurcating wall.
b) Lawns for ceremony shall be 0.80 hect. with FSI of 0.10. Area for parking shall
be 40% of gross area.
c) The plot for mangal karyalaya or lawn shall abut on road having width of minimum 15m.
d) Such user (Mangal karyalaya and Lawns) shall be allowed only on payments of
premium at the rate 10 % of the land value arrived as per Annual Statement of
rates (without considering the guidelines therein) of the respective year.
(xxiv) Bus Terminus.
(xxv) public or private road.
(xxvi) In the villages where no specific residential zone is shown, residential development
may be permitted -
a. within a belt of 500 meters from the gaothan limits of settlements having a
population of less than or equal to 5000 as per the latest Census and,
b. within a belt of 1500 meters from the gaothan limits in the case of non-
municipal settlements having a population of more than 5000 as per the latest
Census.
c. in case of settlements of both the categories, mentioned above, falling
in the planning areas of Zone Plans, such distance from the gaothan limits shall be
500 meters only.
d. in the case of village settlements in the western ghat hilly area of the
district, such residential development may be restricted to a belt of 200 meters from
the gaothan limits.

For the purpose of this regulation, Western Ghat area shall be the area as
declared and notified by the Ministry of Environment and Forests Department,
New Delhi vide their Notification No.F.No.1-4/ 2012-RE(Pt.) Dt.13/11/2013 and
amended from time to time.

73
 Provided that such Residential development in the aforesaid belt in all the
categories mentioned above (i) to (iv) shall not be permissible on lands which
deserve preservation or protection from environmental considerations, viz, hills
and hill-tops, and belts of 200 meters from the H.F.L.s of major lakes etc.

Provided further that for the Residential Zone available considering latest
population as mentioned in (i) to (iii) above, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall
prepare proper road network plan for the villages falling under their jurisdiction
considering the existing roads and sanctioned Regional Plan proposals within a
stipulated time of six months from the date of sanction of this modification and
take preliminary approval from Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State,
Pune and submit the same to the State Government for modification to the
Regional Plan under Section 20 of MR & TP Act, 1966. The Developer / Land
Owners shall incorporate such proposed road network in their development
proposals. However the sanctioning process of plans shall not be stopped during
the course of preparation of such road network plan. Such road network
subsequently be incorporated while preparing Development Plan for the PMRDA
area.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the above regulation, such

residential development in Agriculture/No development Zone shall be permitted
only on payment of premium of the total area of land. Such premium shall be
calculated considering 30 % rate of the said land as prescribed in the Annual
Statement of Rates of the year granting such residential developments.

Provided further that where more than 50 percent of area of the Survey
Number/Gat Number is covered within the above peripheral distance then the
remaining whole of such Survey Number / Gat Number within one ownership
shall be considered for development on payment of premium as above.

Provided further that, the “distance from gaothan” criteria shall also be
applicable to the plots from the nearest goathan of any village.

(xxvii) Development of buildings of educational and medical institutions, run by

Government / Public Authorities or run by Public Charitable Trusts may be
permitted in Agriculture I No Development Zone with built up area upto 1/5th
(i.e. 20%) of the net plot area, having at the most ground plus one storey, subject
to plantation of trees at the rate of 5 trees per Are on the plot.

Provided that additional FSI over and above the basic FST permissible above may
be granted by the Metropolitan Commissioner as per the following Table and
subject to the conditions mentioned below: -

Sr. Land Fronting on Basic Additional Maximum Note

No. Road Permissible FSI* Permissibl
FSI on Net e FSI
Plot Area
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Road having 0.2 0.5 0.7 The building height above 15 mt.
width of 12 mt. subject to maximum upto 30 mt.
and abobe but less or as mentioned in Maharashtra
than 18 mt. Fire Prevention and Life Safety
2 Road having 0.2 0.8 1.0 Measure Act, 2006 shall be
width of 18 mt. allowed after clearance / No
above Objection Certificate from the
Fire Advisor/Chief Fire Officer

Conditions:-
(a) The additional FSI as mentioned in Column No. 4 of the
Table above is to be granted only on payment of premium

74
 calculated considering 30% rate of the said land as
prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) of the
year of granting such additional FSI. The Land Area
considered for premium shall be equal to additional FSI /
Built-Up area granted.
(b) In case the educational use involves the nursery and
elementary Schools, such nursery and elementary Schools
shall be housed in single building with maximum Ground+ 2
floor.

(c) Regulation No. 21 of the Standardised Development Control

and Promotion Regulations shall apply to the above
buildings constructed under this Regulation.

xxviii) Additional FSI in Agriculture / No-Development Zone for three stars and above category
Hotels along National and State Highways shall be permissible subject to following
conditions: -
(a) Development of buildings for three stars and above category Hotels in No Development
Zone along National and State Highways shall be permissible on independent plot upto
FSI limit of 0.10 on gross plot area.
(b) Additional FSI upto 0.90 on gross plot area, over and above the basic FSI permissible
under clause (a) above, may be granted by the Metropolitan Commissioner on payment of
premium calculated considering 35% rate of the said land as prescribed in the Annual
Statement of Rates (ASR) for the year in which such additional FSI is granted. The land
area considered for premium shall be equal to additional FSI/Built-Up area granted.
(c) All other regulations, as applicable to Residential Zone, shall apply to the layout and
buildings constructed under this Regulation.

19.8 GREEN BELT

19.8.1 Following uses shall be permissible

(i) Agriculture,
(ii) Tree Plantation, Gardens, Landscaping, public park Landscaping, Forestry and Nursery etc.
(iii) River front development by Metropolitan PMRDA, or any institution authorised on
behalf of Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA.
(iv) Development of pedestrian pathways, Jogging track, Cycle track, Boat club etc.
(v) Swimming pool, club house, recreational facilities after leaving marginal distance of
15 m. belt along river bank and 9.0m. from river and nalas, respectively subject to FSI
of 10% with ground floor structure only, provided that no such construction shall be
allowed within the blue line.
(vi) Public toilets as per requirement, provided that no such construction shall be allowed
within the blue line.
(vii) Recreational open space of any layout/ sub-division/ development proposals, if
submitted along with the developable land adjoining to such green belt, after leaving
marginal distances of minimum 15m. and 9.0m. from river and nalas, respectively,
(clarification – it is clarified that the FSI of the land under green belt zone shall be
permissible to be utilized on the land adjoining but outside such green belt zone.)
19.8.2 The users and its extent shall be permissible in such Recreational open space, as prescribed
in the regulation of Green Belt as mentioned above, provided that no such construction shall
be allowed within the blue line.

19.8.3 If the land under green belt zone, excepting open space therein if any, is required by
Metropolitan Commissioner for the public purposes mentioned above, the owner shall hand
over the possession of such land for the development and maintenance of public purposes.
Thereafter, such land shall remain open and accessible to general public for recreational
activities.

75
 Provided that, FSI of such land under Green Belt zone shall be permissible only after
handing over such land to the PMRDA free of cost and free from encumbrances.

19.8.4 The side/rear marginal distances for the proposed building adjoining to river / nala shall be
maximum of-side / rear marginal distance, to be measured from river/nala, as required
according to height of building or 4.5 m. from the dividing line between green belt zone and
the other developable zone.

19.9 Hill Top & Hill Slope Zone in PMR: These areas shall be exclusively used for tree
plantation & no construction of any sort including farmhouse/forest house shall be permitted
in this zone.

19.10 PUBLIC /SEMI PUBLIC ZONE.

A) User to be permitted- The following uses shall be permissible:
(i) Schools, Colleges, Educational Complex, Training institutions, Hostels for students
and essential staff quarters.
(ii) Home for the aged, Hospitals, Sanatoria, Dispensary, Maternity Homes, Health Centre,
and related health facilities with ancillary structures like quarters, Dharmashala,
veterinary hospital, etc,
(iii) Offices and essential staff quarters of the Government/ Semi Government and/or its
authority/ Local Self-Government.
(iv) Public/semi-public sector utility and transport establishments / institutions of
research, education and health
(v) Library, Mangal karyalaya, Gymnasium, Gymkhana, Stadium, Community hall, Civic
and Cultural Centres, Religious Structures, auditorium etc.
(vi) Commercial use upto 15% of proposed built-up area by considering the permissible
basic FSI, subject to following conditions
a) Shop/permit rooms for liquor/wine/beer, pan, cigarette, tobacco, lottery tickets
and such other uses which do not serve public purpose, similarly storage of
domestic gas cylinders, kerosene etc., which are dangerous to public health,
shall not be permitted.
b) Additional F. S. I., if otherwise permissible under these regulations, shall be
permitted only on the plot area remained after deducting the notional plot
area utilised for commercial user.
c) The Metropolitan Commissioner shall not allow sub - division of S. No. / Gat
No. / Plot No. on which such a Development which may cause/ has taken
place/ would take place.
d) The retail commercial user is permitted upto a depth of 12 m. or in separate
building
e) The plots in which there is an existing development; such commercial use
shall be restricted to maximum 15% of the existing and proposed development
taken together.
f) The land owner / developer / institution shall give guarantee in writing to the
Metropolitan Commissioner for following all the stipulated conditions
scrupulously. Provided that, in case of lands owned by Zilla Parishad and
Panchayat Samiti, which are earmarked as public and semi-public zone, the
limit of such commercial user shall be upto 33%.
(vii) Petrol/LPG/CNG Pumps as per Regulation no.20.2.2(5).
(viii) Nursery, crèches, Spastic rehabilitation centres, orphanages, hostel for Autistic
persons and Mentally Retarded persons.
(ix) Fire stations,
(x) Traffic and Transport related facilities,
(xi) Student Hostels and working women‘s hostel, Special Housing Schemes such as EWS,
HDH, PMAY, Old Age Homes and such additional public utility users as decided by
the Metropolitan Commissioner of PMRDA.
B) In case any private property is included within the boundary of public and semi-public use
and if the owner can establish that the private/ individual ownership of land vest with him,
the land use existing/ adjoining to the PSP zone shall be assigned to this piece of land with
special written permission of the Metropolitan Commissioner.

76
19.11 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION ZONE – Deleted

19.12 DEFENCE ZONE - The developments as may be required by the Ministry of Defence or its
Authorities, as per their requirements, shall only be permissible on the lands owned and
possessed by the Ministry of Defence or it‘s Authorities.

19.13 FOREST ZONE - The developments as may be required by the Ministry of Forest or its
Authorities, as per their requirements shall only be permissible on the lands owned and
possessed by the Ministry/ Department of Forest or it‘s Authorities.

19.14 RESTRICTIVE ZONE – The area affected by the notification under Works of Defence
Act- 1903, is earmarked in the Regional Plan as such and no any development in
contravention with the notification shall be permissible.
Provided that, it shall be permissible to treat the area under such restrictive zone as
marginal distance at time of construction of any building proposed on contiguous
unaffected area.
Provided further that, it shall be permissible to utilise the FSI and also the
receiving potential of the land under this zone, as otherwise permissible, on the remaining
contiguous unaffected land of the same land owner.

19.15 AFFORESTATION ZONE: The following uses shall be permissible:

In addition to the plantation of trees, forest houses, farm houses meant for the
servants/technicians/owner and for storing of fertilizes/forest tourist etc., may be permitted
subject to the following regulations-

A. Building for the residential purposes such as forest house, farm house shall have built-
up area not exceeding 100 sq.mt. provided that, forest plot area is not less than 0.4 hect.,
Additional area of 50 sq.mt. may also be permitted for ancillary users. Structures to be
erected for these purposes should be of ground floor only and should not have height
more than 5 mt. and should be of such material as would blend with the surroundings:

Provided further that, no forest house, farm house should be permitted unless owner has
planted at least 800 trees per hect. (or such lesser nos. on the basis of the species selected
and approved by the forest department), and only after such trees are reared for one year.

Provided further that, no forest house, farm house will be permitted i) within distance of
100 mtrs, from H.F.L./F.S.L. of the lake ii) and on hill slope steeper than 1:5. Layout of the
forest houses may be permitted for areas more than 0.4 hect.

B. Tourist Resort Complexes as per Regulation No. 38.8.

C. Land in the afforestation zone may be permitted to be used for agricultural purposes.

D. Construction of buildings including quarters for essential staff for public utility concerns
such as electrical substations, receiving stations, chilling plants, waterworks, sewage
disposal works etc.

E. Construction of any communication route, road, railway, airstrips, electric lines etc.

F. In a village, residential development may be permitted within a belt of 200 mts. of gaothan
limit along with social amenities necessary with such development. Such developments
shall be governed by the Regulations laid under the Residential Zone of these Regulations,
provided that the restrictions as laid down in Regulation No. 13.1 (SITES NOT ELIGIBLE

77
 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING) shall apply to these developments.

G. Ropeway Projects as stipulated in Regulation No. 40.2

H. Planetorium / Astronomical / Astrophysical facilities / projects as stipulated in

Regulation No. 40.3

I. Trekking Routes / nature trails / nature walks as stipulated in Regulation No. 40.4.

J. Uses stipulated in 19.7 (xiv. d))

K. Registered Public & Private Institutions of repute, mainly engaged in community development,
Human Resources Development & ancillary Development, rural upliftment, public health,
education & charitable activities may be permitted with F.S.I. restricted to 0.20 of net plot area
with structures not more than ground plus one storeyed and trees are planted at the rate of 500
trees per hectare.

78
 PART - IV
GENERAL BUILDING REQURIEMENTS –
SETBACK, MARGINAL DISTANCE, HEIGHT AND PERMISSIBLE FSI

20.0 GENERAL
Following regulations for congested area shall be applicable for the lands included in congested area
as shown on the plan. For the areas outside congested area in the development plan, regulation for
outside-congested area shall apply. However, in congested area, if the original land holding is more
than 0.40 Hect., then regulations of non-congested area shall apply.

20.1 REGULATIONS FOR CONGESTED AREA

20.1.1 MARGINAL OPEN SPACES, AREA AND HEIGHTLIMITATIONS AND
PERMISSIBLE FSI FOR BUILDINGS SITUATED WITHIN CONGESTED AREA
20.1.2 RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

(a) Floor Space Index.

Maximum permissible FSI shall be 1.50 for purely residential building and in case of mix
residential with commercial or other user, additional FSI, limited to 0.5 only in R-2 zone for non-
residential user may be permitted

(b) Marginal Open Spaces/Setback - The minimum front setback from the existing or proposed road
21
shall be as under:-
S.No. Road width For Purely For
Residential Mixed
Users
(i) For streets 7.5 m. to less than 12 m. in width 1.00 m. 2.00 m.
(ii) For streets 12 m to less than 18 m. in width 1.50 m 2.50 m.
(iii) For streets 18 m & above in width 2.00 m 3.00 m

(c) Side & rear open spaces in meter shall be as below :

Residential Plot Area Side Rear

Upto 250 sq. m 0.00 0.00
Above 250 &upto 500 sq. m 1.00 1.00
Above 500 sq. m. &upto 1000 sq.m 2.00 2.00
Above 1000 sq.m. As per regulation no. 15

NOTE :-
i) For light and ventilation, provisions in Regulation No.17.4 shall apply.
ii) For common wall construction, length of common wall shall not be more than 8 m.

d) For streets less than 7.5 m. in width, no setback shall be prescribed subject to condition that no
lane shall be less than 4.5 m. in width clear of structural projection. For lanes less than 4.5 m. in width,
a setback of 2.25 m. shall be prescribed from the centre line of such lane. Streets less than 4.5 m. shall
be treated as lanes only when they serve as access to the properties fronting on them
e) Structural projections such as balconies, cornices, weather sheds, roof projections etc. shall be
allowed in the setback distance prescribed above as per regulation No. 17.6.
f) Height- The height of the building shall be governed by Regulation No. 17.8.
g) Ground Coverage-The maximum ground coverage shall be 60% of the net plot area

79
20.1.3 Cinema Theatre, multiplex, assembly-building, shopping malls and like buildings: For
these buildings, regulations prescribed in non- congested area, except FSI, shall apply.

20.1.4 Educational, Medical, Institutional, Commercial, Mercantile, and Other Buildings:

(a) Floor Space Index - Maximum FSI permissible shall be 2.00.
(b) Open Space - For these buildings open spaces shall be 3 m. on all sides.
(c) Ground Coverage – The maximum ground coverage shall be 50% of the net plot area

20.1.5 Pathway for access to the internal building or interior part of the building. The pathway shall not
be less than 3.6m. (12 ft) in width.

20.1.6 If the width of property is less than 3.6 m. (12 ft), the entire ground floor shall be on stilts.

20.1.7 Front open space as prescribed by the Highway or any other rules shall be applicable if they are
over and above as prescribed in these regulations.

20.1.8 The provisions mentioned in above Rule No.20.1.1 to 20.1.6 may be relaxed by the Metropolitan
Commissioner in consultation with the Divisional Head of concerned division of the Town
Planning Department, Pune, in
special circumstances.

20.2 REGUALTIONS FOR OUTSIDE CONGESTED AREA.

20.2.1 Marginal Distances for Residential Buildings Height 15 mt. and Below.
The provisions for minimum marginal distances as given in Table No. 16 below shall apply for
the Residential buildings, Residential with mix uses permissible in non-congested areas and
ancillary Residential buildings permissible in industrial zones having height upto15 m. and
below.

80
 Table No.
16
Sr. Description of Min Plot Min Min set back Min. side Min. remarks
No. the road Size in width of from road side in margins in rear
Sq. m. plot in meter meter margins
meter in meter
1 NH/SH 450 15 6.0 mt. for NH 3.0 3.0 --
and 4.5 m. for SH
or as specified by
Highway rule
whichever is more

2 MDR/ODR 450 15 6.00 mt. or as 3.0 3.0 --

specified by
Highway rule
whichever is more
3 Roads 24 meters 300 12 4.50 mt for 3.00 3.0 --
and above residential & 6.00
m. for residential
with mix use
4 Roads of width 250 10 4.50 mt for 3.00 3.0 --
below 24 m and residential & 6.00
upto 18 m. m. for residential
with mix use

5 Roads of width 250 10 3.00 mt for 2.25 2.25 --

below 18 m. and residential & 4.50
upto 15 m. m. for residential
with mix use
6 Roads of width 150 8 3.00 mt for 1.50 1.50 Side and
below 15 m. and residential & 4.50 (in case of rear
above 9 m. m. for residential semi- margins
with mix use shall be
detached
building, 2.25 m.
only one side for
open space building
shall be more than
permissible) G+2 or
stilt + 3
structure

81
7 Road of width 100 7 3.00 1.50 1.50 --do-
upto 9 mt. (in case of
semi-
detached
building,
only one side
open space
shall be
permissible)

8 Row Housing on 30 to 125 3.50 2.25 0.00(In case 1.50 Side and
roads of 12 mt. of corner rear
and below plot, 1.50 or margins in
building line this row
of adjoining only for
road G+1 or
whichever is stilt + 2
more) structure
9 Row Housing for 20 to 50 3.00 0.90 mt from 0.00(In case 0.90m Side and
EWS/LIG/Slum pathway or 2.25 of corner rear
Up gradation etc. mt from road plot, 1.50 or margins in
by public boundary building line this row
authority. of adjoining only for
road G+1 or
whichever is stilt + 1
more) structure

Note-
(1) Higher height may be permitted subject to marginal distance mentioned in Regulation No.17.3.
(2) The minimum area of plots fronting on service roads along highways shall be with reference to the width
of service road.
(3) For semidetached buildings, side margin shall be on one side only.
(4) Row-housing plots at the junction of two roads shall be larger to maintain the setback from both roads.
Not more than 12and not less than 3 plots shall be allowed in each block of row housing. Each block
shall be separated from the other by 6 m. road or 6 m. side margin distance of the plot or space including
side marginal distance of the plot.
(5) No garage shall be permitted in a building having stilt or basement provided for parking.
(6) Construction of ottas, railings, barricades or supporting columns for canopy or porch shall not be allowed
in front marginal distances. However, steps may be permitted within 1.2 m. from the building line. Also
supporting columns for canopy or porch may be allowed within building line.
(7) In no case ribbon development rules shall be relaxed without consent of the Highway Authority.
(8) In case of special building, marginal distances shall be as per said regulations.
(9) The plot width to depth ratio shall be 1:1.5 to 1:2.5, as far as possible in case of plotted layout
development permission.
(10) In Public Housing Schemes for E.W.S. undertaken by government or semi-government organizations,
marginal distances shall be as per their respective schemes and rules.
(11) The front setback set-out in already approved and partially developed layouts / schemes, may be retained
as per said approval, so as to maintain the building line.

82
(12) The pattern of development like semi-detached, row housing, etc. in already approved layout shall be as
per said approved layout.
(13) Where commencement certificate is granted prior to publication of any draft/ revision of Regional/
Development Plan and the said plot is affected by new road proposed in the Revised
Regional/Development Plan, then front margin stands relaxed to that extent.

20.2.2 Other Buildings: The Provision as given in Table No.17. below shall apply for different categories
of other buildings.
Table No.
17
Sr. no. Type of building minimum Minimum Other stipulations
road width marginal
required distances
1 2 3 4 5

1 Medical buildings
a) Hospital, Maternity Homes, 12 m. 6 m. on all Other requirements shall be as
Health Club, Public Semi-public sides mentioned in the table no.20 of
buildings being special building regulation no.21.1

b) Hospital, Maternity Homes, 12 m. Margins as per Other requirements shall be as

Health Club, Public Semi-public Table no. 16 mentioned in the table no.20 of
buildings not being special regulation no.21.1
buildings
c) Clinics on plot upto area 300 9 m. Margins as per
sq.m. Table no. 16
2. Educational buildings
a) Pre-primary School 6m. Margins as per Other requirements shall be as
Table no. 16 mentioned in the table no.20 of
regulation no.21.1
b) Primary School 9m. 6.00 m. on all
sides
c) Other Educational Buildings 12 m. 6.00 m. on all
sides
3. Cinema Theatre/ Drama Theatre/ 15 m. Front – 12 m. Construction of Cinema
Assembly Hall/ Multiplex / (only on one Theatre/Multiplex shall
Shopping Malls major road) confirm to the provisions of
Remaining 6 Maharashtra Cinema
m. on all sides (Regulations) Rules, 1966 and
as amended from time to time.

4. Mangal karyalaya like buildings 12 m. Front – 12 m. -

(only on one
major road)
Remaining 6
m. on all sides

83
 5. Petrol/Fuel Filling Stations with 12 m. 6.00 m. on all 1) Fuel filling station shall not be
or without service bays sides permitted within a distance of
90 meter from the nearest gate
of school, hospital and theatre,
place of assembly or stadium.
2) In the case of kiosks and other
buildings for sales office, snack
bars etc. within the plot for fuel
filling stations, the setbacks
from the boundaries shall be
4.50 m. Further the other
clearances for the installations
shall be as per the Petroleum
Rules of 1937.

6. Mercantile/ Business/ hotel/ 12 m. Front 6.00 m. i) Shops may also be allowed

Commercial/ mix use with Side & rear 4.5 fronting side and rear margins.
residential buildings. m. ii) Minimum area of Shops
shall be 6 Sq.mt with a
minimum width of 2.00 m.

7. Stadium / Pavilion 12 m. 6 m. on all Covered portion shall not

sides exceed 20 % of plot area. The
spectators‗ gallery of the
stadium shall not be counted
towards FSI. Shops below
spectator‗s gallery may be
permissible.

NOTE:
i) In case of plots fronting on National Highway, State Highway and Major District Roads, the building
line shall be as per Ribbon Development Rules as given in Table above, whichever is more.
ii) Side and rear marginal distances mentioned in above Table shall be subject to Regulation No.17.3,
whichever is more.
iii) In case of special building, marginal distances shall be as per said regulations.

84
20.3 PERMISSIBLE FSI:-
Permissible basic FSI, additional FSI on payment of premium, Permissible TDR Loading on a plot
in non-congested area for Residential and Residential with mix uses shall be as per the following
Table No. 18
Table No.
18
Sr.no. Road width in meter Basic FSI Additional Maximum Maximum
FSI on permissible building
payment of TDR loading potential on
premium plot

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Below 9.0 meter 1. 0 0.20 0.00 1.20
2 9.00 meter and upto 1.0 0.20 0.20 1.40
12.00 meter
3 12.00 meter and upto 1.00 0.20 0.30 1.50
15.00 meter
4 15.00 meter and upto 1.10 0.20 0.40 1.70
24.00 meter
5 24.00 meter and upto 1.20 0.20 0.50 1.90
30.00 meter
6 30.00 meter and 1.20 0.20 0.60 2.00
above
Note-
i) The above FSI shall be applicable for existing as well as proposed roads, provided that the plot is
physically made accessible as per Regulation No. 14.3.
ii) The Premium FSI shall not be allowed without utilization of TDR.
iii) Maximum permissible building potential on plot mentioned at column no.6 shall be inclusive of
FSI allowed for handing over RP/DP Road and the Amenity Space to the PMRDA. Such in-situ
FSI may be considered as a part of maximum permissible TDR loading given in column no. 5.
iv) The restrictions of road width mentioned above shall not be applicable in cases where, the
permissible FSI is more than the basic FSI in various schemes such as, MHADA buildings, MRTs
and BRTs routes, TPS Area and any special projects of Govt. of Maharashtra/Public Undertakings
etc.
v) The maximum limits of FSI prescribed above shall be applicable to fresh permission and also to
an existing building which has not been granted full occupation certificate but subject to
production of stability certificate from structural engineer in respect of such existing building.
However, in no case the rights of the flat owner / unit holders shall be adversely affected.
vi) Premium - Rate of premium for the additional FSI as mentioned in column no 4 above shall be
decided by Government from time to time. The premium collected shall be shared 50:50
between State Government & PMRDA respectively. The premium of the Government shall be
deposited by the planning authority in a Government head account.
vii) The Metropolitan Commissioner shall deposit the amount collected through the charges for
premium in a separate development fund called as ― PMRDA Infrastructure fund‖ and shall
utilize the same only for the purpose of developing new/ up-gradation of infrastructure as
well as implementation of Regional Plan/Development Plan proposals and creation of civic
amenities.
viii) Basic FSI for the plots of sizes having area up to 0.2 ha shall be 0.75 and the values of column

85
 no. 4, 5 and 6 shall vary proportionately.

20.4 INDUSTRIAL BUIDLINGS

Minimum plot area, marginal space, Permissible FSI, Additional FSI with payment of premium for
industrial building shall be as per the Table No. 19 given below:-
Minimum plot area, marginal space, Permissible FSI-
Table No. 19

Sr. Min. Plot Size in Basic Additional Min. Min. Side

No. road sq.m. Permissible FSI on Front & Rear
width FSI payment of Margins Margins
premium

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 12m. Upto1000 1.10 0.20 4.50 3.00

2 12m. 1001 to 5000 1.10 0.20 6.00 4.50

3 12m. 5000 and above 1.10 0.20 9.00 6.00

Note-
i) In case of plots fronting on National Highway, State Highway and Major District Roads, the
building line / control line shall be as per Ribbon Development Rules as given in Table above,
whichever is more.
ii) Front, side and rear marginal open spaces shall be as per above Table.
iii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively for industrial buildings.
The greater height maybe permitted as per the requirement.
iv) In addition of provisions of these regulations, regulations prescribed under Factory Act shall be
applicable.
v) Premium - Rate of premium for the additional FSI as mentioned in column no 5 above shall be
decided by Government from time to time. The premium collected shall be shared 50:50 between
State Government & PMRDA respectively. The premium of the Government shall be deposited by
the planning authority in a Government head account
vi) Buffer open space-For construction of industrial building, buffer open space of 23 m. wide shall
be left from residential or incompatible zone, wherever necessary. Such buffer open space shall be
part of sizable required recreational open space. Roads and marginal distance is may also be treated
as a part of Buffer open space. However, area of such buffer open space shall be counted in gross
area for computation of FSI. Where green belt is shown in Regional/Development Plan between
residential and industrial zone, area of such green belt shall be counted in gross area for calculation
of FSI. Provided also that marginal distance for a building shall not be exclusive of buffer open
space. The floor height for industrial building shall be as per requirement.

20.5 FSI of Green Belt

FSI of the green belt zone shown on the regional plan/development plan may be allowed on remaining
land of the owner by counting area of green belt in gross area of plot subject to condition that the area
shall always be under tree cover. The owner shall plant trees in this area with proper planning at the
rate of minimum 100 trees per hectare and should have been survived for at least one year prior to
issuance of occupation certificate.
Provided that, such FSI shall not be allowed if such green belt area is included in recreational open
space to be left as per regulation no. 15.3.5

86
 PART - V
HIGHER FSI FOR CERTAIN USERS

21.0 GENERAL

Additional/higher Floor space index may be allowed in certain categories in non-congested area,
except as otherwise specified and subject to following conditions:
a) Permissible additional FSI for the buildings as mentioned in Table no. 20 shall be the maximum
permissible building potential according to road width as mentioned in Table no. 18 of Regulation
no. 20.3 (wherever applicable) minus Basic FSI. No restriction to avail the additional FSI in the
form of FSI only.
b) Such additional FSI shall be available for use for which additional FSI is granted only and other
permissible uses shall be allowed within the basic Permissible FSI.
c) Premium –Premium for additional F.S.I. shall be per column 4 of the table. Rate of the premium
is based on the land rate mentioned in ASR for respective S.No./CTS No. The premium collected
shall be shared 50:50 between State Government & PMRDA respectively. Premium to be paid to
the Government shall be deposited in the concerned Account Head of Urban Development
Department at Government Treasury by the Planning Authority. The following quantum of
premium shall be subject to the orders of the Government from time to time.
d) The additional FSI shall also be permissible to existing authorised users subject to structural
stability.
e) The other conditions as mentioned in the Government Directives issued under section 154 of the
M.R.&T.P.Act 1966 vide Resolution no TPS-1815/2647/CR-13/15/UD 13/Dated 14/03/2016 shall
also be applicable.
f) If the owner / developer desire to avail such additional FSI in future for new buildings , then while
seeking building permission at first instance, the building plan shall be submitted considering the
Marginal distances as required for the height of buildings for such additional FSI. No condonation
in the required open spaces, parking and other requirements in these regulations shall be allowed.
However for the existing building proposals, such condition need not be insisted. But proposal
shall be cleared only after strictly confirming structural and fire safety norms.
g) Exit Requirements, Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation Parking spaces
requirements, Fire provision requirements shall conform the provisions as mentioned in these
regulations
h) No Amenity Spaces shall be required to be provided for the uses mention in Table No.20, except
at sr.no.(I)

87
 Table No. 20

21.1 - Permissible Marginal spaces, permissible basic FSI, Additional FSI for buildings in non-congested area
Categories of the other Basic FSI additional FSI Rate of the Conditions if any,
buildings Premium
1 2 3 4 5
A)Educational As per Regulation Maximum Building 10 % Educational building excepting buildings for Pre-primary School, nursery
No. 20.3, wherever Potential limit as per road Kinder garden and Special Educational Institute for Physically
i) Pre-primary School, nursery required width as mentioned in handicapped/Mentally ill.
Kinder garden and Special Table No. 18(wherever
Educational Institute for required) a) if the total area of the plot is not less than 0.4 hect. except lands reserved in
Physically minus basic FSI Regional/Development Plan, and for the redevelopment of existing Municipal
handicapped/Mentally Schools,
ill.
ii) Primary School As per Maximum Building 20 % b) area as mentioned below is available for playground.
Regulation No. Potential limit as per road
20.3 wherever width as mentioned in Sr.No. Area of land Area of Play Ground
required Table No. 18 (wherever
(i) Upto 5 Hect. 40%
required)
minus basic FSI (ii) Above 5 For first 5 hect. 40% and for remaining
Hect. 20%
iii) Other Educational As per Maximum Building 30 %
Buildings including boys/ Regulation No. Potential limit as per road
girls / youth hostels within 20.3 wherever width as mentioned in
Provided that, it shall not be necessary to increase area of existing playground;
500 m. periphery from the required Table No. 18(wherever
if any, when utilisation of additional FSI as otherwise permissible in these
recognised educational required)
regulations, is proposed on upper floor of existing building.
institutions. minus basic FSI
Provided further that, in case of existing building wherein utilisation of
additional FSI is proposed, area of playground shall not be less than 40% or the
existing area of playground whichever is minimum.
Provided further that, in case of existing building wherein utilisation
of additional FSI on upper floors is not possible and it is necessary to expand
the existing building to accommodate number of students, then in such
exceptional circumstances, area of playground may be permitted to be reduced,
with the prior permission of Government.

88
 Other Conditions-
i) The Educational Institute shall be of Government/Semi
Government public authorities, Charitable Institutions or Private
Institutions
ii) Educational buildings shall not be permissible within 60 m. from the
existing assembly building and 90 m. from the existing petrol pump.
iii) Educational building shall only be permitted if 40% area is
available for playground. However, this provision shall not be
applicable to already approved existing building wherein construction
of additional floor is proposed.
iv) No classroom shall admeasure less than 38 sq. m. with a
minimum dimension of 5.50 m. The height of any classroom shall not
be less than 3.60 m.
v) While granting Additional FSI to Educational Institutions offering
primary and secondary education 5 % seats shall be reserved for
admission for Government nominees. Deputy Director, Education
Department shall be competent to decide such nominations. However,
this condition shall not be applicable for Higher Education, Technical
Education and Medical Education.
vi) As and when required, some rooms of Educational Buildings shall be
made available to the Government by the concerned
institutions.
vii) The Educational Institution shall maintain records regarding free /
concessional education rendered to the needy persons, which shall

89
 be made available to the Director of School Education, Higher
and Technical Education on demand.
viii) The Director of School Education, Government of Maharashtra shall
be the competent authority to monitor as to whether the Educational
Institution is observing the terms and conditions referred to at (i)
,(ii)and (iii) above and, in case of any breach thereof or in case the
Education being rendered by the Educational Institution are not to the
satisfaction of the said Department, the Director of School Education
shall have the right to suitably penalise the Education Institution.
ix) The Educational Institution shall file an undertaking that it shall abide
by the above enumerated terms and conditions.
x) Adequate Parking facilities as required per prevailing
Development Control Regulation shall be provided.
xi) While granting occupation certificate the Metropolitan
Commissioner shall intimate to the Director of school Education for
compliance of afore said condition along with copy of occupation
certificate and plan.
xii) Maximum of height of Educational building shall be as per The
Maharashtra Fire protection and Life Safety Measure, Act, 2006
xiii) Hostels shall not be misused and converted into other use. If it is found
that the hostels are used for other purpose, Metropolitan
Commissioner Authorised to take action as per the law.

90
B)Medical Institutions- As per Regulation Maximum Building i)No premium for i) The Medical Institutions of Government, Semi Government,
No. 20.3, wherever Potential limit as per roadGovernment, Semi public authorities, Charitable Institutions or private owner.
Hospital, Maternity Homes, required width as mention in TableGovernment, public ii) Free medical treatment to the extent of atleast 20% of the total
Health Club, buildings No. 18 (whereverauthorities, number of beds shall be given to persons from Economically
required) minus basic FSI hospitals. Weaker Sections of society or to persons below the poverty line. In
addition, 10% of the total number of patients in OPD shall be
provided treatment at concessional rates, viz. rates that are being
charged in government hospitals. The Medical Institution shall
furnish the requisite periodical statements to the Director of Health
Services in this regard.
iii) The Medical Institution shall maintain records regarding
free/concessional medical treatment rendered to the needy
persons, which shall be made available to the Director of Health
Services on demand.
iv) Any Special ward in the hospital building shall not admeasure less
than 9.0. sq.m. in area with no side less than 3 m.
v) Area of the general wards shall not admeasure less than 40 sq. m. with
no side less than 5.5. m.
vi) Every building shall have a refuge collection area of minimum
7.50 sq. m. size with cover on top and unclosed on at least three sides.
The same shall not be allowed in marginal open spaces. Modern
method of incineration of the refuge may be adopted.

91
However maximum
building potential shall be ii) 30% for vii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.00 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
consider as Charitable greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
4.00 for GovernmentInstitutions viii) The Director of Health Services, Government of Maharashtra shall be the
Hospitals and 3.00 foriii) 40% for Competent Authority to monitor as to whether the Medical Institution is observing
other hospitals private hospitals the terms and conditions referred above and in case of any breach thereof or in case
subject to Roads width the medical services being rendered by the Medical Institution are not to the
18 mt and satisfaction of the Director of Health Services, the Director of Health Services shall
more. have the right to suitably penalise the Medical Institution.
ix) While granting occupation certificate the
Metropolitan
Commissioner shall intimate to the Director of Health Services, Government of
Maharashtra for compliance of afore said condition along with copy of
occupation certificate and plan.
x) Maximum of height of building for hospitals, sanatorium and nursing homes,
shall be as per The Maharashtra Fire protection and Life Safety Measure, Act,
2006.

92
C) Institutional buildings/As per Maximum Building 30% i) The institutional Buildings shall be of Government, Semi Government, public
Nationalised banks/ DistrictRegulation No. Potential limit as per road authorities or registered Charitable Institutions.
Banks/ Central Bank/20.3 wherever width as mention in Table ii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
Scheduled Bank/ Co-required No. 18 (wherever greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
operative Bank. required) minus basic FSI

D)Starred category hotels ( As per Maximum Building 40% (up to four star) i) The star category hotels shall be constructed on independent plot. ii)
two star and above) Regulation No. Potential limit as per road Certificate from the Tourism Department, GOI shall be necessary.
20.3 wherever width as mention in Table iii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively.
required No. 18 (wherever50 % (five star and The greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the
required) minus basic FSI.above) requirement.
However maximum iv) While granting Additional FSI to starred category Residential Hotels 5%
building of rooms shall be reserved for Government nominees free of cost. Provided that
potential shall be such rooms be reserved for a period of not exceeding thirty days in a calendar
consider as year in a particular hotel. The head of respective authorities shall be competent
3.00 for Roads having to decide and monitor whether the institution is observing the terms and
width 18 mt. and more. conditions as mentioned.
v) While granting occupation certificate the Metropolitan Commissioner
shall intimate to the Competent Authority for compliance of afore said condition
along with copy of occupation certificate and plan.

93
E)Buildings of GovernmentAs per Maximum Building Government andi) The Metropolitan Commissioner with the previous approval of State Govt.
and Semi- GovernmentRegulation No. Potential limit as per roadSemi-Gove Office,may exceed the additional FSI.
Offices, Local Authorities20.3 wherever width as mention in TableLocal Authorities –
and Public Sectorrequired No. 18(wherever required)Nil. ii) Minimum and maximum room height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively.
Undertakings: minus basic FSI. HoweverPublic Sector – The greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the
maximum building 30% requirement.
potential shall be
consider as
4.00 for Roads having
width 18 mt and more.

F)Religious Building: As per Maximum Building 15% Structure used for worship like temple, church, mosque, gurudwara, agyari etc.
Regulation No. Potential limit as per road
20.3 wherever width as mention in Table (a) For any construction, addition or alteration or repairs of existing religious
required No. 18(wherever required) building prior permission from Home Department through Urban Development
minus basic FSI Department of Govt. of Maharashtra shall be mandatory.

b) The proposal shall be in consistent with the Regional/Development Plan

proposals.

c) while granting occupation certificate the Metropolitan Commissioner shall

intimate to the concerned Police Authority and Collector along with copy of
occupation certificate and plan.
d) subject to other conditions as decided by Metropolitan commissioner.

e) It shall be necessary to obtain the No-Objection Certificate from concerned

Police Authority and Collector, before grant of permission.

f) Other ancillary user like, administration office, Dharmashala or

Accommodation for devotees, eateries, convenience shops, etc.

94
G) Yatri Niwas, Youth Hostel As per Maximum Building 15% i) The building shall be on independent plot having minimum plot area of 1000
Regulation No. Potential limit as per road sq.mt.
20.3 wherever width as mention in Table ii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.00 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
required No. 18(wherever required) greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
minus basic FSI

H) The Land in possession ofAs per Additional FSI 0.5 over No premium Out of total FSI, maximum 1.00 FSI shall be allowed to be developed for
Maharashtra State RoadRegulation No. and above the basic commercial use and remaining FSI shall be for the self-use of the said principle
Transport Corporation, 20.3 wherever permissible FSI. use. Appropriate land shall be kept open for parking of buses, movement of buses
PMPML Pune, Metro Station required and passengers.

I) Basic shelter for urban poorAs per Maximum Building No premium Any housing scheme undertaken by planning authority, government / semi
and Housing schemesRegulation No. Potential limit as per road government organisation, under the basic shelter for urban poor or similar
developed for backward class20.3, wherever width as mention in Table programme / scheme of the Central / State Government, may be allowed FSI
of the society. required No. 18(wherever required) upto 2.5, or as permissible in these regulations whichever is maximum subject
minus basic FSI or FSI to following condition.
upto 2.5, whichever is i) The said scheme shall be for EWS/LIG housing having minimum width of
maximum road 9 mt.
ii) The scheme shall be implemented by the PMRDA / Government/semi-
Government Authority stipulated by the Government, from time to time.
iii) The use of the land under the Scheme shall be in consonance with the
proposals of the sanctioned regional/development plan.
iv) Total permissible floor space index for the scheme shall be 2.50 of the
gross plot area (excluding the area affected by the D.P. Reservations)
v) The entire 2.50 FSI as made permissible shall be utilised of the scheme only.
vi) Amenity spaces as required under these regulation shall be provided under
this scheme

95
 21.2 ENTITLMENT OF FSI FOR ROAD WIDENING OR CONSTRUCTION OF NEW ROADS
/ SURRENDER OF RESERVED LAND
The Metropolitan Commissioner may permit on the same plot, additional FSI of the area required
for road widening or for construction of a new road proposed under the Regional/Development Plan
and also for road widening / service road proposed to N.H./S.H./M.D.R./O.D.R. whether shown
on Regional Plan or not, if the owner (including the lessee) of such land surrenders such land for road
widening or construction of new road without claiming any monitory compensation in lieu thereof
and hand over the same free of encumbrances to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner.
FSI generated against the surrender of land, shall be in proportion to the provisions mentioned in
Regulation of TDR and may be utilised on the remaining land. If desired by the owner, TDR may be
granted against such surrendered land instead of utilizing FSI on remaining land. Such TDR shall
be allowed to be utilised as a Development Rights in accordance with the provisions of regulating
Transfer of Development Rights (TDR). Thereafter, the road shall be transferred in the city survey
records/revenue records in the name of the PMRDA and shall vest in it becoming part of a public
street.

21.3 DEVELOPMENT / REDEVELOPMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF STAFF QUARTERS

OF THE STATE GOVERNMENT OR ITS STATUTORY BODIES OR PMRDA ON
PRIVATE LANDS
21.3.1 Regulation for staff quarters of the State Government or its statutory bodies or PMRDA on land
belonging to such Authorities situates in developable zones such as Residential / Public Semi-public
etc. except restricted zone such as Green Belt, Agricultural Zone, No development Zone, etc.
21.3.2 The basic FSI specified in these regulations may be allowed to be exceeded as per following table
on the gross plot area solely for the project of construction of staff quarters (herein after referred to
as ―staff quarter project‖) for the employees of the Government, or its statutory bodies or the
PMRDA, on land belonging to such User Authority, by the PWD of the Government of Maharashtra
or MHADA or Maharashtra Police Housing Corporation or PMRDA or any other Public Agency
nominated by the Government for this purpose, which also include any Special Purpose Vehicle,
wherein the Government or a fully owned Company of the Government holds at least 51% equity
share (hereinafter collectively referred to as ―‖implementing Public Authority‖)

21.3.3 Road width and plot area Maximum permissible FSI including basic FSI

18.0 mt or above minimum plot area 2.50

4000 sq.m. and above
12.0 mt. or above but below 18.0 mt. 2.50

21.3.4 For the purpose of calculating the FSI, the entire area of the plot excluding area under
Regional/Development Plan roads and Regional/Development Plan reservations, if any, shall be
considered.

21.3.5 The total permissible FSI under this regulation shall be utilised for construction of staff quarters
for the User Authority, subject to the following:

96
 21.3.5.1 The area of staff quarters for various categories of employees shall be as per the
norms prescribed by the concerned User Authority and in no case shall the area of
staff quarters exceed the maximum limit of carpet area as prescribed therein.
ii-a) Metropolitan Commissioner may also permit upto 1/3rd of the total permissible FSI
under this regulation for construction of free sale area (hereinafter referred to as ―free
sale component‖) to be disposed of by the Implementing Public Authority as provided
herein. The free sale component shall preferably be constructed in a separate block. Sub-
division of plots shall be permissible on the basis of equitable distribution of FSI, in case
construction of free sale component is permitted by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
The free sale component may be utilised for commercial use as per potential of plot as
decided by the following committee. The extent of commercial use, if required shall be
decided by the said committee strictly within the limits as specified in these regulations
1. Metropolitan Commissioner - Chairman
2. Collector of Concerned District – Member
3. Superintendent of Police, Pune - Member
4. Superintendent Engineer (Pune Circle) – Member
ii-b) If the User Authority required construction of staff quarters to the extent of full
permissible FSI, then the User Authority shall pay full cost of construction + 5% of
construction cost as establishment charges to the Implementing Public Authority.
ii-c) The flats constructed under the free sale component shall be first offered to the Central
Government, its statutory bodies, Central /State PSUs for purchase as staff quarters
and it the Central Government or its statutory Bodies or Central /State PSUs do not
indicate willingness to purchase the same within the prescribed time limit, such flats shall
be sold in open market.

21.3.6 i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations, no amount shall be charged towards
Premium, Scrutiny Fee etc., for the projects proposed under this regulation.

21.3.7 For any staff quarters project under this regulations, a development agreement shall be executed
between the User Authority and the Implementing Public Authority, which, inter alia, shall authorise
the Implementing Authority to dispose of the flats constructed under the free sale component of the
project, wherever applicable. Such development agreement shall contain the details regarding the
modalities and conditions of transferring such quarters (whether free of cost or on payment/ receipt
of certain amount by the User Authority) to the user authority and also conditions modalities of
disposing of the flats under the free sale components by the Implementing Public Authority.

21.4 DEVELOPMENT / REDEVELOPMENT OF HOUSING SCHEMES OF

MAHARASHTRAHOUSING AND AREA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY
Development / re-development of housing schemes of Maharashtra Housing and Area Development
Authority shall be subject to the following provision.

1) The FSI for a new scheme of Low Cost Housing, implemented by MHADA departmentally on
vacant lands for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS), Low Income Group (LIG) and Middle
Income Group (MIG) categories shall be 2.50 on the gross plot area and at least 60% built-up
area in such scheme shall be in the form of tenements under the EWS, LIG and MIG categories,
as defined by the Government in Housing Department from time to time.

97
2) For redevelopment of existing housing schemes of MHADA, containing (i) EWS/LIG and/or (ii)
MIG and/or (iii) HIG houses with carpet area less than the maximum carpet area prescribed for
MIG, the total permissible FSI shall be 2.50 on the gross plot area (exclusive of the Fungible
FSI).
2.1) Where redevelopment of buildings in existing housing schemes of MHADA is undertaken by
the housing co-operative societies or the occupiers of such buildings or by the lessees of
MHADA, the Rehabilitation Area Entitlement, Incentive FSI and sharing of balance FSI shall be
as follows:-
A) Rehabilitation Area Entitlement:
i) Under redevelopment of buildings in existing Housing Schemes of MHADA, the entitlement
of rehabilitation area for an existing residential tenement shall be equal to sum total of -
a) a basic entitlement equivalent to the carpet area of the existing tenement plus 35% thereof,
subject to a minimum carpet area of 300 sq.ft. and
b) an additional entitlement governed by the size of the plot under redevelopment, in
accordance with the Table No. 21 below: -
Table No. 21

Area of the Plot under Additional Entitlement (As % of the Carpet

Redevelopment Area of the Existing Tenement)
Upto 4000 sq.m. Nil
Above 4000 sq.m. to 2 hect. 15%

Above 2 hect to 5 hect. 25%

Above 5 hect to 10 hect. 35%

Above 10 hect. 45%

Provided that the maximum entitlement of rehabilitation area shall in no case exceed the
maximum limit of carpet area prescribed limit for MIG category by the Govt. as applicable
on the date of approval of the redevelopment project. Provided further that the entitlement
of rehabilitation area as admissible under this regulation shall be exclusive of the area of
balcony.
ii) Under redevelopment of buildings in existing Housing Schemes of MHADA, the entitlement
of rehabilitation area of any existing commercial/amenity unit in the Residential Housing
Scheme shall be equal to the carpet area of the existing unit plus 20% thereof.

B) Incentive FSI- Incentive FSI admissible against the FSI required for rehabilitation, as
calculated in (a) above, shall be based on the ratio (hereinafter referred to as Basic Ratio) of
Land Rate (LR) in Rs./Sq.m. of the plot under redevelopment as per the Annual Statements
of Rates (ASR) and Rate of Construction (RC)* in Rs./Sq.m. applicable to the area as per
the ASR and shall be as given in the Table No.22 below:-

98
 Table No. 22

Basic Ratio (LR/RC) Incentive (As % of Admissible

Rehabilitation Area)
Above 6.00 40%
Above 4.00 and upto 6.00 50%

Above 2.00 and upto 4.00 60%

Upto 2.00 70%

Explanation:
* RC is the rate of construction in respect of R.C.C. Construction, as published by the Chief
Controlling Revenue Authority & Inspector General of Registration, Maharashtra State in
the Annual Statements of Rates.
Provided that the above incentive shall be subject to the availability of the FSI on the Plot
under redevelopment and its distribution by MHADA.
Provided further that in case there are more than one land rate applicable to different
parts of the plot under redevelopment, a weighted average of all applicable rates shall be
taken for calculating the Average Land Rate and the Basic Ratio.
Provided further that the Land Rate (LR) and the Rate of Construction (RC) for calculation
of the Basic Ratio shall be taken for the year in which the redevelopment project is approved
by the authority competent to approve it.
C) Sharing of the Balance FSI: -
The FSI remaining in balance after providing for the rehabilitation and the incentive
components, calculated as per (a) and (b) above respectively, shall be shared between the
Co-operative Housing Society and MHADA in the form of built-up area, as given in Table
No. 23 below and the share of MHADA shall be handed over to MHADA free of cost.

Table No. 23

Basic Ratio (LR/CR) Sharing of balance FSI

Share of Co- Share of

operative Society MHADA
Above 6.00 30% 70%

Above 4.00 and upto 6.00 35% 65%

Above 2.00 and upto 4.00 40% 60%

Upto 2.00 45% 55%
2.2) Where redevelopment of buildings in the existing Housing Schemes of MHADA is
undertaken by MHADA or jointly by the MHADA alongwith the housing societies or the
occupiers of such building or by the lessees of MHADA, the Rehabilitation Area
Entitlement, incentive FSI and sharing of balance FSI shall be as follows:

A) Rehabilitation Area Entitlement: The Rehabilitation Area Entitlement shall be

increased by 10% of the existing carpet area, over and above the Rehabilitation Area
Entitlement calculated in (A) of 2.1 above, subject to the maximum of the size of MIG

99
 prescribed by the Government in the Housing Department.

B) Incentive FSI: Incentive FSI shall be the same as in (B) of 2.1 above.

C) Sharing of the balance FSI: Sharing of the balance FSI shall be the same as in 2.1.

3) For the purpose of calculating the FSI, the entire area of the layout including
Regional/Development Plan roads and internal roads but excluding the land under the
reservation of public amenities shall be considered. Sub-division of plots shall be permissible
on the basis of the compulsory open spaces as in these Regulations. For low cost housing
schemes of MHADA for EWS/LIG categories, the prevailing Regulations of the DCPR shall
apply.

Provided that there shall be no restriction on the utilization of the FSI permissible under this
Regulation except for the restrictions under any law, rule or regulation.

4) For the purpose of this Regulation the carpet areas for EWS, LIG or MIG tenements shall be as
determined by the Government from time to time.

5) a) For providing the requisite infrastructure for the increased population, an infrastructure
charge at the rate of 7% of the Land Rate as per the ASR of the year of approval of the
redevelopment project shall be chargeable for the extra FSI (excluding the fungible FSI) granted
over and above the normal FSI admissible for the redevelopment schemes. 50% of the
Infrastructure Charge levied and collected by MHADA shall be transferred to the PMRDA for
developing necessary off site infrastructure.

b) No premium shall be charged for the FSI admissible as per the prevailing regulations
(i) Construction of EWS/LIG and MIG tenements by MHADA on a vacant plot, or
(ii) in a redevelopment project for the construction of EWS/LIG and MIG tenements
towards the share of MHADA, or
(iii) for rehabilitation component of a redevelopment project.

6) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Regulations, the relaxation incorporated in the

prevailing Regulation shall apply to the Housing Schemes under this Regulation for tenements
under EWS/LIG and MIG categories. However, the front open space shall not be less than 3.6m.

7) a) In any Redevelopment Scheme where the Co-operative Housing Society Developer appointed
by the Co-operative Housing Society has obtained No Objection Certificate from the MHADA,
thereby sanctioning additional balance FSI with the consent of 70% of its members and where
such NOC holder has made provision for alternative accommodation in the proposed building
(including transit accommodation), then it shall be obligatory for all the occupiers / members to
participate in the Redevelopment Scheme and vacate the existing tenements for the purpose of
redevelopment. In case of failure to vacate the existing tenements, the provisions of section 9A
of the MHAD Act mutatis mutandis shall apply for the purpose of getting the tenements vacated
from the not co-operative members.

b) For redevelopment of buildings in any existing Housing Scheme of MHADA under clause
2.2 hereinabove, by MHADA, the consent of the Co-operative Housing Society in the form of a
valid Resolution as per the Co-operative Societies Act, 1960 will be sufficient. In respect of
members not co-operating as per approval of the redevelopment project, action under section
95(A) of the Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Act, 1976 may be taken by MHADA.

100
 8) A corpus fund, as may be decided by MHADA, shall be created by the Developer which shall
remain with the Co-operative Housing Societies for the maintenance of the new buildings
under the Rehabilitation Component.
21.5 REDEVELOPMENT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS BELONGING TO EWS / LIG GROUPS.
Reconstruction / Redevelopment of existing buildings of EWS / LIG undertaken by landlord
and / or co-operative housing societies and / or occupiers having carpet area of all tenements
less than the EWS / LIG norms prescribed by MHADA, which existed prior to these regulations
which has ceased to exist in consequence of accidental fire / natural collapse or demolition for the
reasons of the same having been declared unsafe by or under a lawful order of the Metropolitan
Commissioner, shall be allowed subject to following conditions:
1) FSI to be allowed for such redevelopment proposal shall be base FSI permissible under
these regulations or the FSI consumed by the existing authorized building whichever is
more. In addition to this minimum 15 sq. m. built up area per Residential flat shall be
allowed as incentive to the owner excluding bungalow.
2) All the occupants of the old building shall be re-accommodated in the redeveloped
building.
3) In case of fire gutted buildings, the conditions of more than 30 years age of buildings shall
not be made applicable, provided the structural stability certificate from nearest Govt.
Engineering College shall be necessary.
4) The Committee comprises of the Metropolitan Commissioner, Chief Engineer,
PMRDA, Chief Fire Officer, PMRDA and the Head of department structural Engineering
of Government Engineering College shall be set-up to decide whether the building is
―dangerous or dilapidated or Unsafe.
5) Reconstruction of the building on the plots shall conform to the provisions of the
sanctioned Regional/Development Plan and sanctioned Development Control and
Promotion Regulations.

21.6 REDEVELOPMENT OF OLD DILAPIDATED/DANGEROUS BUILDINGS

Reconstruction / Redevelopment in whole or in part of any tenanted building which existed prior to
these regulations which has ceased to exist in consequence of accidental fire / natural collapse or
demolition for the reasons of the same having been declared dangerous or dilapidated or Unsafe by
or under a lawful order of the Metropolitan Commissioner, shall be allowed subject to following
conditions:
a) Redevelopment of tenanted building undertaken by landlord and / or co-operative
housing societies of landlord and / or occupiers shall be allowed, with an FSI equivalent to
the Rehab Area plus 50% incentive FSI of the rehab area. Provided that Rehab Area will be
the authorisedly utilised Area or 27.87 sq.mt. per tenement whichever is more.
However as per the road width if the potential of the Plot is more than what is mention above,
then the balance potential available on plot after deducting rehab and incentive FSI may be
allowed to be utilized to that extent by the way of TDR or Additional FSI in 50- 50
proportion subject to limitation of additional FSI as mentioned in Table No. 18, if any.

101
b) All the certified tenants of the old building shall be re-accommodated in the redeveloped
building. Each tenant shall be rehabilitated and given free of cost the carpet area occupied
by him for residential purpose in the old building subject to the minimum carpet area of
27.87sq. mt. or existing carpet area whichever is more subject to maximum carpet area upto
70 sq.mt. (753 sqft.) . In case of non-residential occupier the area to be given in the
reconstructed building shall be equivalent to the area occupied in the old building.
Provided that if the carpet area under Residential use exceeds 70 sq.mt., the cost of
construction for Area exceeding 70 sq.mt. shall be paid by tenant / occupant to the developer.
The cost of construction shall be as per the ready reckoner rate of that year. The carpet area
exceeding 70 sq.mt. shall be considered for rehab FSI but shall not be consider for incentive
FSI.
c) In case of fire gutted buildings the conditions of more than 30 years age of buildings shall
not be made applicable, provided the structural stability certificate from nearest Govt.
Engineering College shall be necessary.
d) The Committee comprises of M e t r o p o l i t a n Commissioner, Chief Engineer, PMRDA,
Metropolitan Planner, PMRDA, Chief Fire Officer, PMRDA and the Head of department
structural Engineering of Government Engineering College shall be set-up to decide whether
the building is ―dangerous or dilapidated or unsafe‖.
Note-
1. For the purpose of deciding authenticity of the structure if the approved plans of
existing structure are not available, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall consider other
evidences such as Assessment Record or City Survey Record or Sanad.
2. In case where there are number of buildings. on plot, in such cases, equivalent land
component of the buildings which is declared unsafe shall be worked out and incentive
FSI shall be based on such land component.
3. Reconstruction of the building on the plot shall conform to the provisions of the
sanctioned Regional/Development Plan and sanctioned Development Control and
Promotion Regulations.
4. The new building may be permitted to be reconstructed in pursuance of an agreement
to be executed on stamp paper by atleast 70 percent of the landlord / occupants in
the original building, within the meaning of the Bombay Rents, Hotel and Lodging
House Rents Control Act, 1947 or Apartment Act and its related provision and in such
agreement provision for accommodation for all occupants in the new building on agreed
terms shall be made and a copy of such agreement shall be deposited with the PMRDA
before commencement or undertaking reconstruction of the new buildings.
The carpet area of part or parts of the new building intended to be used as non-residential
use shall not exceed the carpet area of part or parts of the original building so used
5. No new tenancy shall be created
6. An amount as may be decided by the Government shall be paid by the Owner /Developer /
Society as additional Development Cess for the built up area over and above the Base FSI.
A corpus fund as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner is to be created by the
Developer which will take care of the maintenance of the building for a period of 10 years.

102
21.7 REDEVELOPMENT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
Reconstruction / Redevelopment schemes undertaken by the PMRDA / Owners for the existing
residential development.
The FSI to be allowed for such proposal shall be FSI permissible under these regulation no. 20.3
wherever applicable or the FSI consumed by the existing authorized building whichever is more.

21.8 TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT (TOD)

21.8.1 Definitions
(i) TOD zone: - It is the area along/around the proposed MRTS/Metro corridor as will be
delineated by PMRDA with approval of the State Government.
(ii) Base permissible FSI: - It is the FSI that is otherwise permissible on any land with respect to
zone shown as per the sanctioned Regional/Development Plan and the relevant provision of
the Principal DCR excluding the TDR and the premium FSI, redevelopment incentive FSI that
can be received.
(iii) Gross plot area: - Gross Plot Area means total area of land after deducting area under
reservation or deemed reservation like amenity space if any, area under R.P./D.P. Road and
Road widening.
(iv) Principal DCPR: - Principal DCPR means these DC&P Regulations excluding the provisions
regarding TOD zone.

21.8.2 Date of coming into force :- The date of coming into force of these regulations shall be the date as
notified by the Government.

21.8.3 Maximum Permissible FSI :- The maximum permissible total FSI in TOD zone shall be 4.00
including the base permissible FSI, subject to condition that, the additional FSI over and above the
base permissible FSI shall be allowed within the overall limit of maximum permissible FSI, as
given in the Table below-
Sr. Road width in m. Min. Plot Area in sq.m. Maximum
No. Permissible
FSI
1 2 3 4
1 9 m. and up to 12 m. Below 1000 2.00

2 12 m. and up to 18 m. 1000 or above 2.50

3 18 m. and up to 24 m. 2000 or above 3.00

4 24 m. and up to 30 m. 3000 or above 3.50

5 30 m. and above 4000 or above 4.00

Explanation: -
1) The maximum permissible FSI as per the above Table shall be determined by satisfaction of
both the criteria's viz. Minimum Road width as well as plot area, simultaneously. However, in
case, both these criteria's are not satisfied simultaneously, the maximum permissible FSI
shall be the minimum of that permissible against each of these two criteria's, as illustrated
below:

103
 Illustrations: -
Utilization of
FSI
Road width
Plot Area Less than 9mt. 9 m. and 12 m. 18 m. 24 m. 30 m.
in sqm up to and up and up and up and
12 m to 18 m to 24 m. to 30 m. above

Below 1000 Principal DCPR 2 2 2 2 2

1000 to below 2000 Principal DCPR 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

2000 to below 3000 Principal DCPR 2 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0

3000 to below 4000 Principal DCPR 2 2.5 3.0 3.5 3.5

4000 or above Principal DCPR 2 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

21.8.3.1 Premium to be Paid - Additional FSI over and above base permissible FSI of respective
land use zones as per principal DCPR, may be permitted on the payment of premium
equivalent as would be decided by Government from time to time.

21.8.3.2 Integrated Mobility Plan:- There shall be an Integrated Mobility Plan envisaging inter-
linkages between different modes of mass transport, parking management, traffic
management and pedestrianisation.

21.8.3.3 The maximum permissible FSI as given in Table under regulation 21.8.3 shall be calculated
on the gross plot area.

21.8.3.4 In case of plot / plots falling partly within the TOD zone, the FSI permissible shall be as
follows, provided that the total area of the plot (plot falling within TOD zone plus plot
falling outside TOD zone) shall be as prescribed in the table in regulation no. 21.8.3 :-
1. Where 50% or more area of such plot / plots falls within TOD zone, these
regulations including FSI shall apply to the total area of such plot / plots.
2. Where less than 50% area of such plot / plots falls within TOD zone, these
regulations including FSI shall be applicable to the part of plot / plots falling within
TOD zone, whereas for the part of plot / plots falling outside TOD zone, these
regulations except provisions regarding FSI shall be applicable. The FSI
permissible for the part falling outside TOD zone shall be as per Principal
Development Control and Promotion Regulations.

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this DCPR the Parking,
Double height terraces up to 20% and 15% balconies not enclosed, Stair cases, Lift wells with
machine rooms, Refuge areas, Voids, Service Floor & Entrance lobbies of the building in TOD
zone shall be free of FSI.

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of these regulations, TDR shall
not be allowed to be received on the plots within TOD zone, irrespective of its location in congested
area / non congested area as per the Regional/Development Plan of PMRDA.

104
 21.8.4 Tenement Size
For any development or redevelopment within TOD zone, size of tenement shall be minimum 25 sqm
and maximum 120 sqm of built-up area and out of total proposed tenements, the tenements
equivalent to at least 50% of total FSI shall be of a size equal to or less than 60 sqm. These tenements
shall not be allowed to be clubbed/amalgamated in any case.

21.8.5 Permissible mixed use in TOD zone:

Mixed use in the form of residential and commercial may be permissible on the residential plot in
TOD zone fronting on the road width of 12 mt. and above.

21.8.6 Other provisions regarding marginal open spaces shall be governed by the proposed height of
structure, as given in the provisions 21.8.7 below and should conform to the Maharashtra Fire
Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006 (Maharashtra Act no. III of 2007) as amended from
time to time. No building permission shall be issued without NOC of the Chief Fire Officer,
PMRDA. Other regulations regarding room sizes, apertures for light and ventilation shall be as per
the principal DCPR in force.
21.8.7 Marginal Spaces
Sr. Building Height Side and Rear Remark
No. Margins

a 15.0 mt and below H/2-4 Minimum 3.0 mt. for Residential

minimum 4.5 mt. for Commercial and
b Above 15.0 mt. H/4
Minimum 6.0 m. for Special Buildings.
and upto 24.0 mt.
c 24.0 mt and above H/5 subject to
Maximum 12.0 mt.

Note- However if Developer / Owner provides more than 12.00 mt. side and rear margins, it
shall be permissible.
21.8.7.1 No projections shall be allowed in marginal spaces so that minimum 6 mt. marginal spaces
remain free from all encumbrances for the movement of fire tenders. In case if ramp is
necessary from accessibility, such ramp may be allowed after living 6 mt. clear margin.
21.8.7.2 For calculation of marginal distances the height of the parking floors (Maximum two
floors above the Ground Level) shall not be taken in account, However height of such
parking floors will be counted towards the total height of the building for deciding the
building as high rise building and for civil Aviation purpose.
21.8.7.3 Car lift / mechanical parking shall be permissible, as per Principal DCPR as amended from
time to time.

105
21.8.8 Parking
Parking in the TOD zone shall be provided as per the table given below:
Sr. Occupancy One parking space for every Transit Oriented
No. Development Influence Zone
Car Scooter / Cycle
Motorcycle
1 Residential For 4 units having carpet area
From 25 and upto 40 sq.mt. 0 1 2
For 2 units above 40 and upto 60 sq.mt. 1 1 2
For every unit above 60 and upto 80 1 2 2
sq.mt.
For every unit above 80 sq.mt 1 1 1
2 Govt. & Semi 100 sq.mt carpet area or fraction thereof 1 2 2
Govt. Private
business
buildings
Note: i) Parking spaces for differently – abled persons shall be provided as per Indian Road
Congress Code No. IRC 103:2012 in each new construction / development / re-
development in the TOD zone.
ii) No on street parking shall be permissible, unless specifically allowed in the
integrated mobility plan report.
21.8.8.1 Incentive for providing Public Parking in the area falling within the radius of 200 mt. from
the Metro/MRTS Station.
If the owner / developer of the plot falling within the radius of 200 mt. from the Metro
Station/MRTS, is willing to provide Public Parking space over and above the parking spaces
required as per the table given in regulation No.21.8.8 of these regulations, the same shall be
allowed and in that case the premium to be paid by such developer / owner as per regulation
No.23.8.3.1 shall be reduced by the amount equal to the premium worked out for 25% of the area
earmarked for such additional Public Parking space, subject to following conditions:-
1. Such parking area shall be in the built-up form and shall be handed over to PMRDA free
of cost before granting the Occupation Certificate to the project. The PMRDA should enter
into an agreement with owner / developer for such parking space at the time of granting
Commencement Certificate to the project. Such Public Parking area shall be clearly shown
on the proposed building plan / layout and a condition to above effect shall be incorporated
in the Commencement Certificate.
2. The parking area shall have independent access from major road adjacent to the plot and
with proper entry and exits.
3. The parking area to be made available at individual site shall be at minimum 100 sq.mt. at
one place either at Ground floor / Stilt floor or first floor.
4. The maximum parking area that can be provided shall be decided by the
Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA , as the case may be, on considering the location
of such site and the parking requirement.
5. A board showing the location of such public parking space should be displayed at
suitable places by the PMRDA.

106
 6. Area covered under such parking shall not be counted towards FSI
consumption.
7. Concerned land owner / developer / society / public company shall not be allowed to
operate the public parking.
8. The proposed development shall be further subject to such conditions as may be decided
by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
21.8.9 In case of metro rail, development or redevelopment, proposed by the Authority / individual
applicant / any other Planning Authority, from the edge of the Metro Rail, within 20 mt. distance
from the Metro Rail, on its either side, the concerned Planning Authority i.e. the PMRDA before
granting such permission for development / redevelopment shall seek prior NOC from the concerned
Metro Railway Authority as required under the Metro Railways (Construction of Works) Act,
1978/PMRDA from the point of view of safety of the Metro Railway and such other related matters.
21.8.10 In case of any conflict between these Regulations and any other Regulation/s of the DCPR, these
Regulations shall prevail for the TOD zone.
21.8.11 No Compound wall / fencing shall be permissible on the boundary of plot fronting on road and 50%
front marginal distance (subject to minimum of 3.0 mt.) shall be kept accessible and to be used as
foot paths, for pedestrians. However, it shall be permissible for the applicant to construct / erect
fencing, on the boundary, after leaving the space for pedestrians as specified above.
However, for the plots situated on 9mt. and 12mt. wide Roads having 100% residential use therefore
above rule shall not be made applicable.
21.8.12 Large wholesale stores, car dealer showrooms, warehouses/storages, auto service centres, Garages
etc. shall not be permissible in TOD zone.
21.8.13 Provision of Inclusive housing shall not be applicable in TOD zone.
21.8.14 For Gunthewari development regularized under the provisions of Maharashtra Gunthewari
Development Act, 2001 and falling in TOD zone, seeking provisions for redevelopment, these
regulations shall apply.
21.8.15 The width of passage shall be minimum 1.5 mt. for residential use & 2.0 mt. for commercial use.

21.9 DEVELOPMENT OF HOUSING FOR EWS/LIG/PMAY

If the owner constructs the housing for EWS / LIG / PMAY in the form of tenements of size upto 60
sq. mt. carpet area on his plot, then he shall be exempted from requirement of premium as
mentioned in regulation No. 20.3 Table No. 18 subject to following conditions.
i) Out of the total tenements, at least 40% tenements shall be of area not more than 30 sq.mt.
ii) Only one tenement should be sold to a family. Adjoining tenement should not be sold to a
close relative of such tenement owner. Affidavit to that effect shall be obtained from the land
owner / developer and purchaser.
iii) The size of tenement of 30 or 60 sq. mt. shall be exclusive of common areas like staircases,
passages etc. and balcony, double height terraces.
iv) Concessions in marginal spaces may be allowed by the Metropolitan Commissioner.

107
21.10 REGULATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
ESTABLISHMENT
Development of Information Technology Establishments shall be regulated as per the Information
Technology & Information Technology Enabled Services (IT/ITES) Policy 2015 as declared by
Industries Department vide Government Resolution No. ITP 2013/CR-265/IND-2 dated
25/08/2015, along with the special regulations sanctioned by the Government vide notification No.
TPB 4316/CR-167/2016/(3)/UD-11/dated 15th July, 2016 and amended time to time which are
mentioned below:
1) The Metropolitan Commissioner may permit additional FSI upto 200 % over and above the basic
permissible F.S.I. to all registered Public and Private IT/ITES Parks/AVGC Parks /IT SEZs or IT
Parks in SEZs / Stand-alone IT/ITES units in public IT Park (including IT/ITES units located in
Residential / Industrial/No Development/ Green/Agriculture Zone or any other land-use zone in
which such users are permissible), which have been approved by the Directorate of Industries,
proposed to be set up or already set up under present / previous IT/ITES policies, ( hereinafter
referred to as the "said unit") by charging premium of 30% of the land rate for the said land as
prescribed in Annual Statement of Rates for the relevant year of granting such additional F.S.I.
for PMRDA
In case of the Navi Mumbai Notified Area, the CIDCO as land owner may recover lease premium
for additional F.S.I. if applicable under land disposal policy of CIDCO.
Provided that additional FSI above 100% and upto 200% shall be permissible only on plots
having an access road of minimum 18 meters width.
Provided further that, the premium so collected shall be shared between the Planning Authority
and the Government in the proportion of 50 : 50. The share of the Government shall be paid to
the concerned Branch office of the Town Planning Department. (Explanation: - Premium charges
shall be calculated on the value of lands under such zones, determined by considering the land
rates of the said land as prescribed in Annual Statement of Rates (ASR). These charges shall be
paid at the time of permitting additional F.S.I. by considering the ASR for the relevant year
without applying the guidelines)
2) No premium shall be chargeable in PMR areas, if they are covered under No Industry Districts
and Naxalism affected areas of the State (as defined in the " Package Scheme of Incentives-2013"
of the Industries, Energy & Labour Department of the State).
3) The total maximum permissible F.S.I. shall not exceed limit of 3.00.
4) Maximum 20% of total proposed Built-up area (excluding parking area) inclusive of such
additional F.S.I. may be permitted for support services in IT Parks remaining built-up area shall
be utilized for IT/ITES.
5) New said unit shall allocate at least 2% of the total proposed built-up area, for providing
incubation facilities for new units. This area would be treated as a part of the Park to be used for
IT activities and eligible for additional FSI benefits accordingly.
6) Premium to be received by the Planning Authority as per provisions in this regulation shall be
deposited in a separate fund viz. "Critical Infrastructure Fund for IT/ITES Industries" and this
fund shall be utilized only for creation of Critical Infrastructure for IT/ITES Industries;

108
 Provided that in the event, the developer come forward for providing such off site infrastructure
at his own cost, instead of paying premium as prescribed above, then the Planning Authority may
determine the estimated cost of the work by using rates prescribed in District Schedule of Rates
(DSR) of the relevant year, in which order for commencement of such work is issued. The
Planning Authority shall also prescribe the standards for the work. After completion of the works,
the Planning Authority shall verify and satisfy itself that the same is developed as per prescribed
standards and thereafter, by deducting the cost of works, the balance amount of premium
shall be recovered from such developer before issuing Occupancy Certificate.
Provided that, in case the cost of work is more than the premium to be recovered, such additional
cost to be borne by such developer.
7) Permission for erecting towers and antenna up to height permitted by the Civil Aviation
Department shall be granted by the Commissioner as per the procedure followed for
development permission or otherwise as may be decided by the Government.
8) While developing site for IT/ITES with additional FSI, support services as defined in the IT
Policy 2015, shall be allowed.
9) The sanctioned existing regulations in respect of I.T. Establishments, are proposed to be replaced
suitably and for the Planning Authorities, which have no provisions in respect of I.T.
Establishments, these regulations shall be proposed to be inserted as new regulations.
10) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Development Control Regulations of Planning
Authorities, no amenity space is required to be left for development of plot/land upto 2.00 Hect.
for IT/ITES.
11) Notwithstanding anything mentioned in these Regulations, special provisions mentioned in the
existing Regulations of respective Planning Authority, which areas are not covered under these
regulations shall continue to prevail unless otherwise specified.
12) The Directorate of industries will develop a web portal on which the developer of every IT park
will be bound to provide / update detailed information about names of the units in the park,
utilization of built-up area and activities being carried out, manpower employed in the It Park
for IT/ITES and support services on yearly basis.
If a private IT park has availed additional FSI as per the provisions of IT/ITES policy and
subsequently it is found that the built-up space in the park is being used for non IT/ITES /
commercial activities / any other activity not permitted as per the IT/ITES policy under which
the said park was approved, a penal action as below will be taken, the payment shall be shared
between the concerned Planning Authority and the Government in the ratio of 3:1.
a) The misuse shall be ascertained by physical site verification of the said private IT park by
a team of officers from the Directorate of industries and the Planning Authority which has
approved the building plans of the said private IT park.
b) A per day penalty equal to 0.3% of the prevailing ready reckoner value of the built-up area
that has been found to be used for non- IT/ITES activities.
c) The penalty will be recovered from the date of commencement of unauthorized use till
the day non IT use continues.
After payment of the penalty to the concerned Planning Authority which has sanctioned the
building plans of the concerned private IT park, the said private IT Park will restore the use
of premises to the original purpose for which LOI/ Registration was granted.

109
 If the private IT Park fails to pay penalty and / or restore the use to its original intended use,
the concerned Planning Authority will take suitable action under the Maharashtra Regional
and Town Planning Act 1966, against the erring private IT Park under intimation to the
Directorate of Industries. This provision will also be applicable to existing IT Parks.

21.11 REGULATION FOR DEVELOPMENT OF BIOTECHNOLOGY PARKS:

A. DEFINITION-
The Biotechnology Units/ Parks shall mean Biotechnology units/ parks which are certified by
the Development Commissioner (Industries) or any officer authorised by him in his behalf. The
Biotechnology Park and unit/units outside park shall have minimum land area of 2 acres or 20000
sq.ft. built up area. The said requirement of 20000 sq.ft. shall be as per normal permissible FSI
and without considering permissible additional FSI/ TDR/ Free of FSI area.

B. BIOTECHNOLOGY UNITS/ PARKS TO BE ALLOWED IN INDUSTRIAL ZONE-

Biotechnology Units/Parks shall be permitted in Industrial Zone on all plots fronting on

roads having width more than 12 meter.

C. BIOTECHNOLOGY UNITS/PARK TO BE ALLOWED IN NO DEVELOPMENT ZONE

EARMARKED IN THE REGIONAL/DEVELOPMENT PLAN.
Biotechnology Units/Parks shall be permitted in No Development Zone subject to following
conditions: -

i) Maximum FSI limit shall be 0.20 and as far as possible the development shall be at one
place of the total land.
ii) The ground coverage shall not exceed 10% of the area of the plot.
iii) Tree plantation shall be done at the rate of 500 Trees/Ha on the remaining land excluding
the built up area and the surrounding open space/utility space.
iv) The maximum height of buildings shall not exceed 24 mt.
v) Essential residential development for the staff/ officer‘s accommodation shall be
permitted upto the extent of 33% of the permissible built up area.
vi) These users shall be permitted in No Development Zone, within a distance of 3 km. from
the adjoining developable zone.
vii) Development in plots affected by CRZ area shall be permissible subject to the
notification issued by MOEF regarding CRZ.

D. ADDITIONAL FSI TO BIOTECHNOLOGY UNITS / PARK

Subject to approval by Director of Industries, the Commissioner/ Commissioner/ Competent

Planning Authority or as the case may permit the floor space indices specified in these
regulations to be exceeded to the extent of 100% over and above the permissible FSI (including
for Biotechnology Units/Park located in No Development Zone proposed in the
Regional/Development Plan) for biotechnology units/parks subject to following conditions:-

i) Out of total built up area minimum 90% shall be used for Biotechnology purpose and
maximum 10% (by deducting parking space) shall be used for ancillary users such as
specified in the Govt. Resolution of Industry, Energy and Labour Department. No.
BTP 2008/CR-1608/Ind-2, dated 10/2/09.
ii) Additional FSI to Biotechnology units would be available to Biotechnology Parks duly
approved by the Directorate of Industries and after observance of all the regulation of
environment.
iii) Parking spaces, as per the provision of Development Control Regulation shall be
provided subject to minimum requirement of one parking space per 100 sq.mt. built up
area.

110
 iv) The additional FSI shall be granted upon payment of premium which shall be paid in the
manner as may be determined by the Government. Such premium shall be recovered
at the rate of 25% of the present day market value of the land under reference as
indicated in the Ready Reckoner.
v) 25% of the total premium shall be paid to the Govt. and remaining 75% amount shall be
paid to the said Authority.
vi) The premium so collected by the Planning Authorities shall be primarily used for
development of offsite infrastructure required for the Biotechnology Parks.
vii) In the event, the developer comes forward for provision of such off site infrastructure at
his own cost, then the said Planning Authority shall determine the estimated cost of the
works and shall also prescribe the standards for the work. After completion of the
works the said Planning Authority shall verify as to whether the same is as per
prescribed standards and thereafter, by deducting the cost of works, the balance amount
of premium shall be recovered by the said Planning Authority.
viii) No condonation in the required open spaces, parking and other requirement prescribed
in the regulations shall be allowed in case of additional FSI.
ix) Development of biotechnology park shall be done as per the guidelines issued by
Industries Department vide the said resolution.

21.12 DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC TOILET

The owner if constructs public toilet in addition to the number of toilets required for his proposed
development at the location required and as prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner,
preferably on ground floor having separate access, he may be granted additional FSI equal to the
built up area of such additional toilets. Provided such toilet shall be maintained by the owner at
his own cost to the satisfaction of Commissioner.

111
 PART – VI
FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

22.1 General: All buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and this
shall be done in accordance with Part IV of Fire Protection of National Building Code of India and
Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006. as amended from time to time,
and Part IV of Fire Protection of National Building Code of India (for the provisions which are not
covered in these regulations.) In case of special buildings, the building schemes shall also be cleared
by the Fire Officer, Fire Brigade Department of the PMRDA.
22.2 Construction materials
All materials of constructions in load bearing elements, stairways and corridors and facades shall
be non-combustible.
The interior finish materials shall not have a flame spread ability rating exceeding Class I (see
3.4.15.2 of Part 4 of National Building Code)
The internal walls or staircase shall be of brick or reinforced concrete with a minimum of 2 h. fire
rating.
The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at the top; the vent
openings shall be of 0.5sq.m in the external wall and the top. If the staircase cannot be ventilated,
because of location or other reasons, a positive pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained inside. The
mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shall operate automatically with the fire alarm. The roof
of the shaft shall be 1 m. above the surrounding roof. Glazing or glass bricks, if used in staircase,
shall have fire resistance rating of minimum 2 h.
22.3 Lifts
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:
a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of 2 h; lifts shall have a vent at the top of area
not less than 0.2 sq.m.
b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated from the shaft by
the floor of the room.
c) Landing doors in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than 1 h.
d) The number of lifts in one row for a lift bank shall not exceed 4 and the total number of lifts in
the bank (of two rows) shall not exceed 8. A wall of 2 h. fire rating shall separate individual
shafts in a bank.
e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of half an hour.
f) Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire resistance
of at least 1 h.
g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between 25 and 30
Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shall be maintained in the
lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm; it shall
be possible to operate this mechanically also.
h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self closing
smoke stop door of half an hour fire resistance.
i) Lifts shall not normally communicate with the basement; if, however, lifts are in

112
 communication, the lift lobby of the basements shall be pressurized as in (g), with self-closing
door as in (h)
j) Grounding switch(es), at ground floor level, shall be provided on all the lifts to enable the fire
service to ground the lifts.
k) Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars for building of 30 m.
in height and above. Communication system for lifts shall be connected to fire control room
for the building.
l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby, shall be made to
prevent water used during fire-fighting, etc., at any landing from entering the lift shafts.
m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case
of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a
plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways. Alternate source of power supply
shall be provided for all the lifts through a manually operated changeover switch.
n) Fire Lifts -Following details shall apply for a fire lift :
i) To enable fire services personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum delay, one
fire lift per 1200 sq.m. of floor area shall be provided and shall be available for the exclusive
use of the firemen in an emergency.
ii) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 sq.m. It shall have loading capacity of
not less than 545 kg (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors of minimum 0.8 m. width.
iii) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains in a building
and the cables run in a route safe from fire, that is, within the lift shaft. Lights and fans in
the elevators having wooden paneling or sheet steel construction shall be operated on 24 V
supply.
iv) Fire-fighting lift should be provided with a ceiling hatch for use in case of emergency, so
that when the car gets stuck up, it shall be easily openable.
v) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically trip over to alternate
supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be done through manually
operated changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift shall be so wired that in case of power
failure, it comes down at the ground level and comes to stand-still with door open.
vi) The operation of a fire lift is by a simple toggle or two-button switch situated in a glass-
fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switch is on, landing call-
points will become inoperative and the lift will be on car control only or on a priority control
device. When the switch is off, the lift will return to normal working. This lift can be used
by the occupants in normal times.
vii) The words ‗Fire Lift‘ shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on the lift
landing doors at each floor level.
viii) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach the top floor from ground level
within 1 minute.
22.4 Basements -
i) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area (aggregate) not less
than 2.5% of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall be provided in
the form of grills or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts.

113
Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at
basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with stall board or
pavement lights as before, but ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor level have to be laid.
Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the fire brigade and clearly
marked ‗SMOKE OUTLET‘ or ‗AIR INLET‘ with an indication of area served at or near the
opening.
ii) The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not less than 2 h
and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at ground level only from the
open air and in such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct any exit
serving the ground and upper storeys of the building and shall communicate with basement through
a lobby provided with fire resisting self-closing doors of 1 h resistance. For travel distance, if the
travel distance exceeds as given therein, additional staircases shall be provided at proper places.
iii) In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each basement levels
and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so provided shall
have the same fire resistance rating as the compartment itself. Fire rating may be taken as the required
smoke extraction time for smoke extraction ducts.
iv) Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be
provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of heat / smoke sensitive
detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a considerably superior performance compared
to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it manually.
v) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors shall
continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire detectors.
vi) Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or
distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be as given in Part 8, Building
Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and Mechanical Ventilation of National Building
Code.
vii) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
viii) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or
reinforced cement concrete as far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer area or
electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
ix) Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air
conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a hospital/nursing home
unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms in basements
shall comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act / Rules.
x) If cut-outs are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, all sides cut-
out openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to form a
water curtain in the event of a fire.
xi) Openable windows on external wall shall be fitted with such locks that can be opened by a
fireman‗s axe.
xii) All floors shall be compartmented with area not exceeding 750 sq.m. by a separation wall with
2 h fire rating, for floors with sprinklers the area may be increased by 50 percent. In long building,
the fire separation walls shall be at distances not exceeding 40 m. For departmental stores,
shopping centres and basements, the area may be reduced to 500 sq.m. for compartmentation.

114
 Where this is not possible, the spacing of the sprinklers, care should be taken to prevent spray from
one sprinkler impending the performance of an adjacent sprinkler head.

22.5 Service Ducts/Shafts

a) Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls of 2 h and doors of 1 h. fire rating. All such
ducts/shafts shall be properly sealed and fire stopped at all floor levels.
b) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having between one- fourth and
one-half of the area of the shaft.
22.6 Refuse chutes
shall have opening at least 1 m. above roof level for venting purpose and they shall have an enclosure
wall of non-combustible material with fire resistance of not less than 2 h. They shall not be located
within the staircase enclosure or service shafts, or air-conditioning shafts inspection panel and
doors shall be tight fitting with 1 h fire resistance; the chutes should be as far away as possible from
exit.
22.7 Refuge Area
Provisions contained in Regulation No 18.28.6 shall apply for all buildings .
22.8 Electrical services shall conform to the following :
(a) The electric distribution cables / wiring shall be laid in a separate duct. The duct shall be
sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials having the same fire resistance as that of
the duct. Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in
separate conduits;
(b) Water mains, telephone lines, intercom lines, gas pipes or any other service line shall not be
laid in the duct for electrical cables; use of bus ducts / solid rising mains instead of cables is
preferred;
(c) Separate circuits for fire-fighting pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for
pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the main switch gear panel and these circuits
shall be laid in separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not affect the others. Such
circuits shall be protected at origin by an automatic circuit breaker with its no- volt coil
removed. Master switches controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labelled;
(d) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with air-tight
fire doors having fire resistance of not less than 2 h;
(e) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts and within false ceiling shall run in metal
conduit. Any 230 V wiring for lighting or other services above false ceiling shall have 660 V
grade insulation. The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its suspension, shall be of non-
combustible material and shall provide adequate fire resistance to the ceiling in order to prevent
spread of fire across ceiling. Reference may be made to good practice;
(f) An independent and well ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground level or first
basement with direct access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of termination
of electric supply from the licensees‗ service and alternative supply cables. The doors
provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than 2 h.
Note : If service room is located at the first basement, it should have automatic fire extinguishing
system.
(g) If the licensees agree to provide meters on upper floors, the licensees‗ cable shall be segregated
from consumers‗ cable by providing a partition in the duct. Meter rooms on upper floors shall
not open into staircase enclosures and shall be ventilated directly to open air outside; and
(h) Suitable circuit breakers shall be provided at the appropriate points.

115
 22.9 Gas supply shall conform to the following:-
a) Town Gas / L.P.Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same shall be run
in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on external walls, away from
the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors. LPG
distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these pipes shall be as
short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apart from providing hood,
covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should be designed to take care of 30
cu.m. per minute per sq.m. of hood protected area. It should have grease filters using metallic grill
to trip oil vapours escaping into the fume hood.
Note:- For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Para.9
‗Plumbing Services, Section 3 Gas Supply‗, of National Building Code of India.
b) All wiring in fume hoods shall be of fibre glass insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed
into fume hoods of large kitchens for hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise
buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping of the exhaust fan in case of fire.
If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100 V dc operated
with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type and shall be located in an area
segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The hood shall have manual
facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on duty condition; and
c) Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated
space, keeping in view the fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.
22.10 Illumination of means of exit
Staircase and corridor lights shall conform to the following:
a) The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be independently
connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor easily
accessible to fire-fighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individual control
of the light points, if any. It should be of miniature circuit breaker type of switch so as to
avoid replacement of fuse in case of crisis;
b) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternative supply. The alternative
source of supply may be provided by battery continuously trickle charged from the electric
mains;
c) Suitable arrangements shall be made by installing double throw switches to ensure that the
lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to two sources of supply
simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the service room for terminating the
stand-by supply.
d) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor; and
e) All wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall have fire retardant property.
22.11 A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting
circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pump, pressurisation fans and blowers, smoke extraction and
damper systems in case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of
taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the stand-by
pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the stand-by pump.
Where parallel HV / LV supply from a separate sub-station is provided with appropriate
transformer for emergency, the provision of generator may be waived in consultation with the
Authority.

22.12 Transformers shall conform to the following:-

a) A sub-station or a switch-station with oil filled equipment shall not be located in the building. The
sub-station structure shall have separate fire resisting walls/surroundings and shall necessarily be
located at the periphery of the floor having separate access from fire escape staircase. The outside
walls, ceiling, floor, openings including doors and windows to the sub-station area shall be provided

116
 with a fire resisting door of 2 h fire rating. Direct access to the transformer room shall be provided,
preferably from outside fire escape staircase.
b) The sub-station area needs to be maintained at negative air pressures and area in sub-station
shall not be used as storage / dump areas.
c) When housed inside the building, the transformer shall be of dry type and shall be cut off from
the other portion of premises by walls/ doors / cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4 h.
22.13 Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:
a) Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies, etc. shall not be used as return air
passage.
b) The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance with good practice.
c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around the ducts shall be sealed
with materials having fire resistance rating of the compartment.
d) Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated for same fire
rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work, which may get affected in
case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be insulated.
e) As far as possible, metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above
the false ceiling.
f) Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be of non-
combustible material.
g) The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be of non-
combustible material, glass wool shall not be wrapped or secured by any material of combustible
nature.
h) Area more than 750sq.m. on individual floor shall be segregated by a fire wall and automatic
fire dampers for isolation shall be provided.
i) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the staircase
enclosure.
j) The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor shall be
separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other floor.
k) If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given above shall be
compiled with in addition to the conditions given below:
i) Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke detector / or fusible
link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main riser shall be made.
ii) When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of the air-
conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
l) The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.
m) The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible materials.
n) The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible materials.
o) Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the cleaning of ducts of
accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.
p) No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unless such duct is
properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass wool or spyglass with
neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminium sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and
which would not readily conduct heat.
q) Fire Dampers:-
1) These shall be located in conditioned air ducts and return air ducts/ passages at the following
points:
117
 i) At the fire separation wall.
ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
iii) Where the ducts pass though floors.
iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each compartment on every floor.
2) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off the air-handling fans.
Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.(Note- For blowers, where extraction system
and duct accumulators are used, dampers shall be provided).
3) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for buildings more than 24 mt in height.
a) For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies / corridors operated by fusible link / smoke
detectors and with manual control.
b) For other buildings on operation of smoke detection system and with manual control.
4) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged as to close by gravity in the direction of air movement
and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible link / smoke detector.
22.14 Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act. Further, the following
additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of boiler room:
a) The boilers shall not be allowed in sub-basement, may be allowed in the basements away from
the escape routes.
b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 h fire resistance rating and this room
shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch-pits shall be provided at the low level.
c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 h fire resistance.
d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to the
atmosphere.
e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire
resisting wall of 4 h rating. The entrance to this room shall be provided with double composite
doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of
oil into the boiler room in case of tank rupture.
f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the ground level to
enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

22.15 Provision of first-aid and fire-fighting appliances.

The first-aid fire-fighting equipment shall be provided on all floors, including basements, lift
rooms, etc. in accordance with good practice in consultation with the Authority.
22.16 Fire alarm system :
i) All buildings with heights of 15 m or above shall be equipped with manually operated electrical
fire alarm (MOEFA) system automatic fire alarm system in accordance with good practice. However,
apartment buildings between 15 m and 30 m in height may be exempted from the installation of
automatic fire alarm system provided the local fire brigade is suitably equipped for dealing with fire
in a building of 15 m in height or above and in the opinion of the Authority, such building does not
constitute a hazard to the safety of the adjacent property or occupants of the building itself.
ii) Manually operated electrical fire alarm system shall be installed in a building with one or more
call boxes located at each floor. The call boxes shall conform of good practice.
iii) The installation of call boxes in hostels and such other places where these are likely to be misused
shall as far as possible be provided. Location of call boxes in dwelling units shall preferably
be inside the building.
22.17 Lightening protection of buildings:-
The lightning protection for buildings shall be provided as given in Para.8 ‗Building Services, Section
118
 2, Electrical Installations‗ of National Building Code of India.

22.18 Fire control room:-

For all buildings 15 mt in height or above and apartment buildings with a height of 30 m and
above, there shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with communication system
(suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for receiving the message from different
floors. Details of all floor plans alongwith the details of fire-fighting equipment and installations shall
be maintained in the fire control room. The fire control room shall also have facilities to detect the
fire on any floor through indicator board connections; fire detection and alarm systems on all
floors. The fire staff in-charge of the fire control room shall be responsible for the maintenance of the
various services and fire-fighting equipment and installations in co- ordination with security,
electrical and civil staff of the building.
22.19 Housekeeping:-
To eliminate fire hazards, good housekeeping, both inside and outside the building, shall be strictly
maintained by the occupants and / or the owner of the building.
22.20 Fire drills and fire orders:-
Fire notices/orders shall be prepared to fulfil the requirements of fire-fighting and evacuation from
the buildings in the event of fire and other emergency. The occupants shall be made thoroughly
conversant with their actions in the event of emergency, by displaying fire notices at vantage points
and through regular training. Such notices should be displayed prominently in broad lettering.
For guidelines for fire drills and evacuation procedures for high-rise buildings, Annexure E of
National Building Code of India may be referred.

22.21 Compartmentation:-
The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remain confined to the area
where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining part of the building.
22.22 Materials for interior decoration / furnishing
The use of materials, which are combustible in nature and may spread toxic fume / gases should
not be used for interior decoration / furnishing, etc.
For various types of occupancies, requirements given in National Building Code, Part IV shall be
followed.
22.23 Fire Escape Chutes/ Controlled Lowering Device for evacuation:-
(A) High rise building having height more than 70 mt., shall necessarily be provided with;
(i) fire escape chute shaft/s for every wing adjacent to staircase.
(ii) Walls of the shaft shall have 4 hours fire resistance.
(iii) One side of the shaft shall be at external face of the building with proper ventilation.
(iv) The dimension of the shaft shall not be less than 2.5 m X 1.5m.
(v) The access to the fire escape chute‘s shaft shall be made at alternate floor level from staircase
mid-landing with self-closing door having fire resistance of at least one hour.
(vi) The fire chute shall be of staggered type with landing of each section at the vertical height of
not more than 21 m.
Alternatively,
(B) For High rise building having height more than 70 mt., ―Controlled Lowering Device for
evacuation‖ or ―External Evacuation System‖ as approved by Chief Fire Officer of PMRDA, shall
be provided.

119
22.24 Fire Check Floor A high rise building having height more than 70 m, shall be provided with fire
check floor (entire floor) at every 70 m. level. Height of the fire check floor shall not be more than
1.8 m. The fire check floor shall not be used for any purpose and it shall be the responsibility of the
owner/occupier to maintain the same clean and free of encumbrances and encroachments at all times.
Periphery of the Fire Check floor shall not be enclosed. Fire Drenchers shall be provided at the
periphery of the each fire check floor externally.
22.25 The PMRDA shall charge Fire Infrastructure charges as may be decided by Metropolitan
Commissioner with the approval of the Government, such charges shall be deposited in the
separate account under the head of Fire Infrastructure charges and such amount shall only be used
for establishment and expansion of Fire Infrastructure facilities.

22.26 Fire officer for hotels, business and mercantile buildings with height more than 30 m
22.26.1) A qualified Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3 years shall be appointed who will be
available on the premises.

22.26.2) The Fire Officer shall:

i)maintain the firefighting equipment in good working condition at all times,
ii)prepare fire orders and fire operational plans and get them promulgated,
iii)impart regular training to the occupants of the buildings in the use of firefighting equipment‘s
provided on the premises and keep them informed about the fire emergency evacuation plan,
iv)keep proper liaison with City Fire Brigade, and
v)ensure that all fire precautionary measures are observed at the times.

Note: Competent Authority having jurisdiction may insist on compliance of the above rule in case of
buildings having very large areas even if the height is less than 30 m.

120
 PART – VII
STRUCTURAL SAFETY, WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE & SANITARY
REQUIREMENTS, OUTDOOR DISPLAY AND OTHER SERVICES

23.0 STRUCTURAL DESIGN

23.1 The structural design of foundations, elements made of masonry, timber, plain concrete; reinforced
concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall be carried out in accordance with Part 6.
Structural design Section 1-Loads, courses and effects, Section 2-Soils and Foundation, Section-3-
Timber and Bamboo, Section 4-Masonry, Section5-Concrete, Section 6-Steel, Section-7-
Prefabrication, systems building and mixed / composite construction of National Building Code of
India, amended from time to time. Proposed construction shall be as per the norms as specified by
Indian Standard Institute, for the resistance of earthquake, Fire Safety and natural calamities.
Certificate to that effect shall be submitted by the Licensed Structural Engineer of the
developer / land owner, along with the proposal for development permission.

24.0 QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

24.1 All materials and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to accepted
standards of Public Works Department of Maharashtra and Indian Standard Specifications
and Codes as included in Part 5 - Building Materials and Part 7 - Construction Practices and
Safety of National Building Code of India, amended from time to time

24.2 All borrow pits dug in the course of construction and repair of buildings, roads, embankments
etc. shall be deep and connected with each other in the formation of a drain directed towards
the lowest level and properly stopped for discharge into a river stream, channel or drain and no
person shall create any isolated borrow pit which is likely to cause accumulation of water
which may breed mosquitoes.

25.0 ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS, METHODS OF DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION AND TESTS

25.1 The provision of the regulations are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of
design or construction, not specifically prescribed by the regulations, provided any such alternative
has been approved.

25.2 The provision of these regulations is also not intended to prevent the adoption for architectural
planning and layout conceived as an integrated development scheme.

25.3 The authority may approve any such alternative provided it is found that the proposed alternative is
satisfactory and conform to the provisions of relevant parts regarding material, design, and
construction and that material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least
equivalent to that prescribed in the rules in quality, strength, compatibility, effectiveness, fire rating
and resistance, durability and safety.

25.4 Tests: Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of the regulations
of evidence that any material or method of design or construction does not conform to the
requirements of the rules or in order to substantiate claims for alternative materials, design or
methods of construction, the Metropolitan Commissioner may require tests sufficient in advance as
proof of compliance. These tests shall be made by an approved agency at the expense of the owner.

25.5 Test method shall be as specified by the regulations for the materials or design or construction in
question. If there are no appropriate test methods specified in the regulations, the Authority shall
determine the test procedure. For methods of tests for building materials; reference may be made to
relevant Indian standards as given the National Building Code of India, published by the Bureau of
Indian Standards. The latest version of the National Building Code of India shall be taken into
account at the time of enforcement of these rules.

25.6 Copies of the results of all such tests shall be retained by the authority for a period of not less than
two years after the acceptance of the alternative material.

121
26.0 BUILDING SERVICES

26.1 The planning, design and installation of electrical installations, air-conditioning and heating
work shall be carried out in accordance with Part 8 - Building Services, Section 2-Electrical
and allied Installations, Section 3-Air Conditioning, heating and mechanical ventilation of
National Building Code of India, amended from time to time.

26.2 The planning design including the number of lifts, type of lifts, capacity of lifts depending on
occupancy of building; population on each floor based on occupant load, height of building shall be
in accordance with Section-5 installation of Lifts and Escalators of National Building Code of India,
amended from time to time. In existing buildings, in case of proposal for one additional floor,
existing lift may not be raised to the additional floor.

26.3 The lifts shall be maintained in working order properly.

27.0 WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE AND SANITARY REQUIREMENTS.

27.1 The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and sanitation
and gas supply systems shall be in accordance with the provisions of Part 9 - Plumbing
Services- Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation, Section 2 - Gas supply of National
Building Code of India as amended from time to time.

27.2 Requirements of water supply in building.

The total requirements of water supply shall be calculated based on the population as given
below:

Occupancy Basis
Residential Building 5 persons per tenement

Other Buildings No. of persons on occupant load and area of floors given in
Table No.13.

27.2.1 The requirements of water supply for various occupancies shall be as given in Table No.24
and Table No.25 or as specified by the Metropolitan Commissioner from time to time.

122
 Table No. 24
PER CAPITA WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIOUS OCCUPANCIES/USES

Sr. Type of Occupancy Consumption per head

No per day (in liters)
1 Residential
(a) in living units 135

(b) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed) 180

2 Educational:
(a) Day Schools 45
(b) Boarding Schools 135

3 Institutional (Medical Hospitals):

(a) No. of beds not exceeding 100 340
(b) No. of beds exceeding 100 450

(c) Medical quarters and hostels 135

4 Assembly-Cinema theatres, auditorium etc. (per seat 15
of accommodation).
5 Government and Semi-public business. 45

6 Mercantile (Commercial)
(a) Restaurants (per seat) 70
(b) Other business buildings. 45

7 Industrial
(a) Factories where bathrooms are to be provided 45

(b) Factories where no bath-rooms are required to 30

be provided.
8 Storage (including warehousing) 30
9 Hazardous 30

10 Intermediate / Stations (excluding mail and express 45 (25)*

stops).

11 Junction Stations 70 (45)*

12 Terminal / Stations. 45
13 International and domestic Airports. 70
The value in parenthesis is for stations where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note: The number of persons for Sr. No. (10) to (13) shall be determined by the average number of
passengers, handled by the station daily; due consideration may be given to the staff and workers
likely to use the facilities.

123
 Table No. 25
FLUSHING STORAGE CAPACITIES

Sr.No. Classification of building Storage capacity.

(1) (2) (3)

1 For tenements having common 900 liters net per w. c. seat.

convenience
2 For residential premises other 270 liters net for one w. c. seat and 180 liters
than tenements having for each additional seat in the same flat.
common convenience
3 For Factories and Workshops 900 liters per w. c. seat and 180 liters per urinal
seat.
4 For cinemas, public assembly 900 liters per w. c. seat and 350 liters per urinal
halls, etc. seat.

28.0 DRAINAGE AND SANITATION REQUIREMENTS

28.1 General
There should be at least one water tap and arrangement for drainage in the vicinity of each
water- closet or group of water-closets in all the buildings.

28.1.1 Each family dwelling unit on premises (abutting on a sewer or with a private
sewage disposal system) shall have, at least, one water-closet and one kitchen type
sink. A bath or shower shall also be installed to meet the basic requirement of
sanitation and personal hygiene.
28.1.2 All other structures for human occupancy or use on premises, abutting on a sewer
or with a private sewage disposal system, shall have adequate sanitary facilities, but
in no case less than one water- closet and one other fixture for cleaning purposes.

28.2 For Residences

28.2.1 Dwelling with individual convenience shall have at least the following fitments:
a. One bathroom provided with a tap and a floor trap,
b. One water-closet with flushing apparatus with an ablution tap; and
c. One tap with a floor trap or a sink in kitchen or wash place.

28.2.2 Dwelling without individual conveniences shall have the following fitments:
a. One water tap with floor trap in each tenement,
b. One water-closet with flushing apparatus and one ablution tap,
bath for every two tenements, and
c. One bath with water tap and floor trap for every two tenements.

28.3 For Buildings Other than Residences

28.3.1 The requirements for fitments for drainage and sanitation in the case of buildings other than
residences shall be in accordance with Tables given in Appendix-M (1 to 14). The following shall
be, in addition, taken into consideration:

124
 a) The figures shown are based upon one (1) fixture being the minimum
required for the number of persons indicated or part thereof.
b) Building categories not included in the tables shall be considered separately by the
Metropolitan Commissioner.
c) Drinking fountains shall not be installed in the toilets.
d) Where there is the danger of exposure to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or
irritating material, washbasin with eye wash jet and an emergency shower located in an area
accessible at all times with the passage / right of way suitable for access to a wheel chair,
shall be provided.
e) When applying the provision of these tables for providing the number of fixtures,
consideration shall be given to the accessibility of the fixtures. Using purely numerical basis
may not result in an installation suited to the need of a specific building. For example,
schools should be provided with toilet facilities on each floor. Similarly toilet facilities shall
be provided for temporary workmen employed in any establishment according to the needs;
and in any case one WC and one washbasin shall be provided.
f) All buildings used for human habitation for dwelling work, occupation, medical care or any
purpose detailed in the various tables, abutting a public sewer or a private sewage disposal
system, shall be provided with minimum sanitary facilities as per the schedule in the tables.
In case the disposal facilities are not available, they shall be provided as a part of the building
design for ensuring high standards of sanitary conditions in accordance with this section.
g) Workplaces where crèches are provided, they shall be provided with one WC for 10 persons
or part thereof, one washbasin for 15 persons or part thereof, one kitchen sink with floor tap
for preparing food / milk preparations. The sink provided shall be with a drinking water tap.
h) In all types of buildings, individual toilets and pantry should be provided for executives and
for meeting / seminar / conference rooms, etc. as per the user requirement.
i) Where food is consumed indoors, water stations may be provided in place of drinking water
fountains.

29.0 SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAY STRUCTURES

29.1 The display of advertising signs on buildings and land, shall be in accordance with Part 10, Section-
2 "Signs and outdoor display structures" of National Building Code of India as amended from time
to time and, shall be in accordance with respective rules/by-laws, directive given by Government,
and also rules/by-laws framed by the PMRDA in this regards from time to time.

Prohibition of advertising signs and outdoor display structure in certain cases - Notwithstanding the
provisions of sub-regulations no advertising sign or outdoor display structures shall be permitted on
buildings of architectural, aesthetical, historical or heritage importance as may be decided by the
Commissioner or on Government Buildings save that in the case of Government buildings only
advertising signs or outdoor display structure may be permitted if they relate to the activities for the
said buildings‗ own purposes or related programmers.

125
 PART - VIII

SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CERTAIN BUILDINGS

30.0 PROVISIONS OF FACILITIES FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED PERSONS

Provisions for Barrier Free access in buildings for differently abled persons (―Divyang‖) shall
be as given in Appendix-N

31.0 INSTALLATION OF SOLAR ASSISTED WATER HEATING (SWH) SYSTEM/ ROOF

TOP PHOTOVOLTAIC (RTPV) SYSTEM
SWH or RTPV systems shall be mandatory in all types of buildings to be constructed on plot area
of more than 4000 sq m
In order to facilitate the installation of SWH/RTPV System, the new buildings shall have
the following provisions:
i. All such buildings where SWH/RTPV are to be installed will have open sunny
roof area available for the installation of SWH/RTPV.
ii. The roof loading adopted in the design of such building should be atleast 50 kg
per sq.m. for the installation of SWH/RTPV.
iii. At least 25% of the roof area shall be utilized for installation of the SWH/RTPV system.
iv. Precaution should be taken that architectural elevation treatment should not cast
shadow on terrace space. As far as possible, parapet of south, east and west sides
of the terrace shall be of railing type (above 1 feet) such that it will not cast
shadow on the solar collectors and maximum terrace space can be utilized.
v. All such new buildings installed with SWH shall have an installed hot water line
from the rooftop and insulated distribution pipelines to each of the points where
hot water is required in the building.

32.0 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The provision for Rain Water Harvesting shall be made as under:
i. All the layout open spaces/amenity spaces of housing societies and new
constructions/ reconstruction/ additions on plots having area not less than
500sq.mt., in non-congested areas shall have one or more Rain Water Harvesting
structures having a minimum total capacity as detailed in Schedule.
Provided that the Commissioner may approve the Rain Water Harvesting
structures of specifications different from those in Schedule, subject to the
minimum capacity of Rain Water Harvesting being ensured in each case.
ii. The owner/society of every building mentioned in the (a) above shall ensure that
the Rain Water Harvesting System is maintained in good condition for storage of
water for non- potable purposes or recharge of groundwater at all times.
iii. The Authority may impose a levy of not exceeding Rs.1000/- per annum for
every 100 sq.mt. of built-up area for the failure of the owner of any building
mentioned in the (a) above to provide or to maintain Rain Water Harvesting
structures as required under these regulations. Failure to provide Rain Water
Harvesting System shall deem to be breach of the conditions on which the
development permission has been granted.

126
 SCHEDULE
Rain Water Harvesting in a building site includes storage or recharging the ground water
by rainwater falling on the terrace or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.
1. The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from terrace and the
paved surface.
i) Open well of a minimum 1.00 mt diameter and 6mt in depth into which rain water
may be channelled and allowed to filter for removing silt and floating material. The well
shall be provided with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be used for
non-potable domestic purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering the garden etc.
ii) Rain Water Harvesting for recharge of groundwater may be done through a bore-well
around which a pit of 1m width may be excavated upto a depth of at least 3m and refilled
with stone aggregate and sand. The filtered rain water may be channelled to the refilled
pit for recharging the bore-well.
iii) An impressive surface/underground storage tank of required capacity may be constructed
in the setback or other open spaces and the rain water may be channelled to the storage
tank. The storage tank shall always be provided with ventilating covers and shall have
drawn-off taps suitably placed so that rain water may be drawn off for domestic, washing,
gardening and such other purposes. The storage tank shall be provided with an overflow.
iv) The surplus rain water after storage may be recharged in to ground through percolation
pits or trenches or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geo-morphological
and topographical conditions, the pits may be of the size of 1.20 m width X 1.20 m length
X 2 m to 2.50 m depth. The trenches can be of 0.60 m width X 2 to 6 m length X 1.50 to
2 m depth. Terrace water shall be channelled to pits or trenches. Such pits or trenches shall
be back filled with filter media comprising the following materials:
a) 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer upto 50% of
the depth.
b) 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer upto 20% of the depth.
c) Coarse sand as upper middle layer upto 20% of the depth.
d) A thin layer of fine sand as top layer.
e) Top 10% of the pits/trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in this
portion in such a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad.
f) Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits/trenches
and the cement mortar plastered. The depth of wall below ground shall be such
that the wall prevents lose soil entering into pits/ trenches. The projection of
the wall above ground shall at least be 15 cm.
g) Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits/trenches.
h) If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a
sufficient depth shall be removed and refilled with coarse sand to allow
percolation of rain water into ground.
v) The terrace shall be connected to the open well/bore-well/storage tank/ recharge pit/trench
by means of HDPE / PVC pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be provided to
enable the first washing from roof or terrace catchment, as they would contain undesirable
dirt. The mouth of all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito (insect) proof
wire net. For the efficient discharge of rain water, there shall be at least two rain water
pipes of 100 mm dia. for a roof area of 100 sq.m.

127
 vi) Rain Water Harvesting structures shall be sited as not to endanger the stability of building
or earthwork. The structure shall be designed such that no dampness is caused in any part
of the walls or foundation of the building or those of an adjacent building.
vii) The water so collected/recharged shall as far as possible be used for non-drinking and
non- cooking purpose. Provided that when the rain water in exceptional circumstances
will be utilised for drinking and/or cooking purpose, it shall be ensured that proper filter
arrangement and the separate outlet for bypassing the first rain water has been provided.
Provided further that, it will be ensured that for such use, proper disinfectants and
the water purification arrangements have been made.

33.0 REGULATION FOR WASTE WATER RECYCLING

33.1 Type of Waste Water
The Waste Water is of following types:--
i. Black Water.- means Waste Water from W.C. Urinals and M.S.W.
ii. Grey Water.–means Waste Water from Bathrooms, Sinks, Shower and Wash Areas etc.
iii. Apart from Residential Waste Water, Waste Water generated from Industrial,
Medical, Commercial and Waste generated from Garbage shall also be treated as
per the guidelines given by the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.

33.2 APPLICABILITY
These Regulations shall be applicable to all Developments/ Redevelopments/part Developments
for the uses as mention under (C-1) to (C-6) shall have the provision for treatment, recycling and
reuse of Waste Water. The applicant shall along with his application for obtaining necessary layout
approval/ building permission shall submit a plan showing the location of Waste Water Treatment
Plant, furnishing details of calculations, references, implementation, etc. This Plan shall
accompany with the applicant‘s commitment to monitor the system periodically from the date of
occupation of the respective building.

33.3 REGULATIONS
33.3.1 (C-1) For Layout Approval/Building Permission
(i) In case of Residential layouts, area admeasuring 10000 sq.m. or more, in addition to
10 % open space, prescribed in the bye- laws, a separate space for Waste Water Treatment
and Recycling Plant should be proposed in the layout.
(ii) On the layout Plan, all Drainage lines, Chambers, Plumbing lines should be marked in
different colour and submit the layout for approval to the PMRDA.
(iii) The Recycled Water shall be used for Gardening, Car Washing, Toilet Flushing, Irrigation,
etc. and in no case for drinking, bathing, washing utensils, clothes, etc
(iv) In the Estimate of Waste Water Recycling Plant only provision for basic civil work
and required machinery will be proposed by the PMRDA other than these provisions,
additional machinery, plumbing, Water tank pipe, landscape should be provided by Owner
or Developer on his Own Cost.
(v) A clause must be included by the Owner/ Developer in the purchase agreement that
the purchaser, Owner of the Premises/Organization or Society of the purchasers shall
ensure that:

128
 a. The Recycled Water is tested every six months either in Municipal Laboratory or in the
laboratory approved by PMRDA or by State Government and the result of which shall be
made accessible to the Competent Authority/ EHO of the respective Ward Office.
b. Any recommendation from testing laboratory for any form of corrective measures that
are needed to be adopted shall be compiled. Copy of any such recommendation and
necessary action taken shall also be sent by the testing laboratories to the Competent
Authority/ EHO of respective Wards.
c. Maintenance of Recycling Plant should be done by the Developer or Housing Society or
Owner.

33.3.2 (C-2) Group Housing/Apartment Building

In case of Group Housing if the area admeasuring 4000 sq.m. and above or if consumption of
Water is 20,000 litres per day or if a multi-storeyed building where there are 20 or more tenements
then Waste Water Recycling Plant as mentioned in (C-1) above should be constructed.
33.3.3 (C-3) Educational, Industrial, Commercial, Government, Semi-Government Organizations,
Hotels, Lodgings etc.
For all above buildings having built-up area 1500 sq.m. or more or if Water consumption is 20,000
litre per day whichever is minimum, then provision for Waste Water Treatment Plant as
mentioned in (C-1) is applicable.
33.3.4 (C-4) Hospitals
Those Hospitals having 40 or more beds, Waste Water Recycling Plant as mentioned in (C-1) is
applicable.
33.3.5 (C-5) Vehicle Servicing Garages
All Vehicle servicing garages shall ensure that the Waste Water generated through washing of
vehicles is treated and recycled back for the same use as mentioned in (C-1)
33.3.6 (C-6) Other Hazardous uses
All other Establishments/ Buildings where chances of Waste Water generated containing harmful
chemicals, toxins are likely and where such water cannot be directly led into public sewers, the
concerned Competent Authority may direct the Owners, users of such Establishments, Buildings
to treat their Waste Water as per the directions laid in (C-1)

33.4 INCENTIVE
The Owner/Developer/Society setting up and agreeing to periodically maintain such Waste Water
Treatment and Recycling Plant entirely through their own expenditure shall be eligible for an
incentive in the form of fiscal benefits in Property Tax to the extent of 5% to Tenement
holder/Society.

33.5 Penalty Clause

(i) Any person / Owner / Developer / Organization / Society violating the provisions of these
bye-laws, he shall be fined Rs. 2,500/- on the day of detection and if the violation
continues, then he shall be fined Rs.100/- for every day as concrete action after written
Notice from PMRDA.
(ii) If any person / Owner /Developer / Organization / Society fails to operate as determined
by the Authorised Officer of the PMRDA and from the observations of test results
and/or physical verification of the Recycling plant, then he will be charged a penalty of
Rs.300/- per day and disconnection of Water connection also.

129
34.0 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

It shall be mandatory for:

i. Housing complexes, Commercial establishments, hostels, hospitals having
aggregate built-up area more than 4,000 sq.m. or more;
ii. All three star or higher category hotels;
to establish a dedicated Solid waste management system to treat 100% wet waste and home-
compostable plastic being generated in such buildings.
The treatment of wet waste shall be done through an organic waste composters/ vermiculture
pits or other similar technologies of suitable capacity installed through reputed vendors.
The disposal of dry waste, e-waste, hazardous waste shall be carried out through
authorised recyclers or any other system as specified by the Metropolitan Commissioner.

35.0 INCENTIVE FOR GREEN BUILIDNGS

The PMRDA shall strive to promote green building concepts within the PMR area. In order
to do so it may empanel agencies of repute as listed/ recognised by the State / Central
Government. The following incentives shall be provided for green rated buildings.
i. Green buildings shall be entitled for incentive FSI as below:
GRIHA Three star / IGBC Silver or equivalent rating – 3% incentive FSI on basic FSI.
GRIHA Four star / IGBC Gold or equivalent rating – 5% incentive FSI on basic FSI.
GRIHA Five star / IGBC Platinum or equivalent rating – 7% incentive FSI on basic
FSI.
Provided, achieving minimum GRIHA Three star / IGBC Silver or equivalent rating
for construction projects shall be mandatory for all buildings belonging to Government,
Semi- Government, local bodies and public sector undertakings.
ii. Incentive FSI will be awarded after pre-certification from the empanelled
agency. This FSI shall be exclusive of the limits specified in this DCPR.
iii. In case that the developer fails to achieve committed rating as per pre-
certification at the time of final occupancy, a penalty shall be imposed at the
rate 2 times of the land cost as per ASR for the incentive FSI for the rating not
achieved.

130
 PART - IX
SPECIAL SCHEMES/ ACTIVITIES

36.0 SPECIAL REGULATION FOR DEVELOPMENT OF "INTEGRATED TOWNSHIP

PROJECT (ITP)"

(Modifications suggested in the earlier sanctioned Integrated Township Project Regulations

sanctioned vide notification dated 26/12/2016. Modifications are shown as bold letters,
strikethrough in the following Draft Regulations).

1. Applicability:-

These regulations shall be applicable to the areas under Regional Plan / Development Plans including areas
under jurisdiction of SPAs and ADAs within Regional Plan / Development Plan sanctioned under the
provisions of Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 (hereinafter referred to as ―the said
Act”). These Regulations shall also be applicable to all Local / Planning Authority areas. These
Regulations shall be applicable only after final sanction by Government under the related Section 20 (4) of
the said act. Till then existing regulations shall remain in force.

Provided that, if the Development Control Regulations regarding development of Integrated Township
Project for an area over which a Planning Authority /Special Planning Authority/Area Development
Authority has been appointed or constituted or deemed to have been appointed are yet to be sanctioned,
then in considering the application for permission, these regulations, shall be applicable, mutatis mutandis,
till such Authority adopts the Regulations in this regard.

If the ITP falls within the jurisdiction of more than one authority then in such cases Government will can
issue directives at the time of Locational Clearance or at any time regarding which authority will give
permission and supervise the project implementation of these regulations subject to terms and
conditions as may be specified.

2. Requirements of Site:-

The area proposed for Integrated Township shall fulfill the following requirements:-

i) Any suitable area having area of 40 hect. (100 Acres) or more at one place.

ii) The area shall be one, contiguous, unbroken and uninterrupted. Provided that, such area if divided by
one or more water courses (such as nalas, canals, etc.), existing or proposed roads of any width or
by railways etc., shall be treated as one, contiguous, unbroken and uninterrupted, subject to
condition that the Project Proponent/s shall construct necessary connecting roads or bridges as per
site requirements at his own cost with due permission from concerned authorities. Integrated
Township area may also include;

a) Lands in afforestation zone provided that such land is not a forest land and subject to no
construction being allowed on land having slope more than 1:5.

b) Lands area under notified SEZ subject to denotification from concerned authority before granting
LoI.

c) Lands within the buffer zone of National Park subject to restriction on development permissible in
such buffer zone and subject to NOC of Forest Department.

d) Tribal land if permission granted under MLR code, Government lands allotted to project
proponent subject to clause 13.2.

e) Private forest land that have been restored back after completion of section 22(a) Enquiry of
Maharashtra Private Forest Act, 1975 shall be allowed to be part of the ITP with the condition
that development permission shall be granted on such land only after necessary permission under

131
 the provision of forest conservation Act, 1980.

f) Eco-sensitive Zone notified subject to all restriction on development and FSI permissible in such
buffer zone.
g) Areas under flood line / flood zone subject to clearance from Water Resource Department.
h) Areas under Hill Top / Hill Slope Zone, Buffer Zone etc. as shown on Regional Plan / Development
Plan / Development Plan subject to condition as mentioned in Clause 7.1.3. However total of
these areas shall be restricted to maximum 40% of total area under ITP.

iii) If the Integrated Township area is more than 200 Ha., it can be segregated as long as each parcel
is more than 40 Ha. and is located within a radius of 5 kms. Provided that the land use mix is
maintained in each parcel.

iii)iv) The area shall have an access by means of an existing, or proposed road having minimum width of
18 mt In case of proposed road, such area shall have an access by existing road having width 12 m.
for the purpose of declaration locational clearance and LoI of such project to be ―Integrated
Township Project‖ (ITP) but it is necessary to the project proponent to have an existing access
of 18 mt before sanction of Commencement Certificate beyond 25% of project.
iv)v) Such area The ITP Area shall not include the area under:-

a) Notified forest, (excluding the private forest land subject to NOCs of forest Department.)

b) Water bodies like river, creek, canal, reservoir, etc. Mangroves, Tidal Zone, Mud Flats

c) Lands belonging to Tribal

d) c) Such area shall not include The area under Notified National Parks.

e) d) Defense Estates

f) e) Cantonment Boards

g) Such area shall not include the area under Eco-sensitive Zone Notified under Environmental
(Protection) Act, 1986.

h) f) Any restricted area.

i) g) Quarry Zone, Notified SEZ, designated port/harbour areas, wildlife Corridor and biospheres
reserves, Gaothan/Congested Area.
j) h) The historical and archeological places notified under the relevant act.

k) i) Any other area that may be declared by the Govt. of Maharashtra from time to time.

3. Ownership of Lands:-

The project proponent/s shall have the ownership of all the land parcels under project.
(Explanation - for this clause, ownership includes rights accrued vide one or more registered Development
Agreement/s or Power of Attorney (PoA) for such development and disposal, on behalf of land
owner/owners).

4. Permission and Declaration of Project by State Government:-

4.1 The Project Proponent/s shall apply to the State Government for obtaining permission and declaration
of such project to be a ―Integrated Township Project‖. Such application shall be accompanied by
the following attested documents in two sets:-

a) Details of ownership of land viz. extracts of V.F.No. 7/12 or Property Register Cards, in original having
date not more than six months prior to the date of submission. In case of rights accrued through
registered Development Agreement or PoA, attested copies of such documents.

b) Self-attested list of S.No./G.No./CTS showing name of owner as per record of rights, total area of such
land parcel, area owned by the applicant in such land parcel, the name of person/ company owning the
132
 Development Rights, area proposed to be included in project from such land parcel.

c) Part plan of sanctioned Regional Plan / Development Plan, showing all the lands falling in the project.

d) No Objection Certificate from the officer at Divisional level, Water Resources Department in respect of
lands falling in ―Command Area‖ of any Irrigation Project unless these powers are exercisable by the
higher authority.

e) Village maps showing the lands falling in the project.

f) Certificate from concerned Forest Officer not below the rank of Dy. Conservator of Forests at Divisional
level (unless these powers are exercisable by higher authority), showing that the lands under project
do not form part of and not included in reserved forest or protected forest or non-classified forest or not
acquired under the provisions of the Maharashtra Private Forest (Acquisition) Act, 1975 and also,
confirming that such lands do not form part of the Notified National Parks, prohibited area of Notified
Wildlife Sanctuaries and Notified Bird Sanctuaries.

g) Certificate from the concerned revenue officer not below the rank of Tahasildar, showing the lands under
project do not include lands belonging to tribal or that tribal land included in ITP have necessary
permission under MLR code.

h) Certificate from the Director of Archaeological Department, Maharashtra State, showing that the lands
under project do not include monuments notified by the Archaeological Department, Heritage buildings
and Precincts. Such certificate should also mention the distance to be kept around such places, if any.

i) Receipt of processing fee (non-refundable) paid, at the concerned branch office of the Town Planning
Department, at the rate of Rs.5000/- per ha. for the current year with the yearly rise of Rs.500/- per ha.
starting from the month of January every year.

4.2 On receipt of an application under Clause 4.1 above, the Government may, after consulting the Director of
Town Planning, Maharashtra State, by notification in the Official Gazette, grant the locational permission
and declare such project to be a ―Integrated Township Project‖, subject to such general and/or special
conditions or, reject the application, under the provisions of Section 18(3) of the said Act, within a period
of 90 days from the date of receipt of application or reply from the Project Proponent/s in respect of any
requisition made by the Government, whichever is later. If the project proponent fails to comply with
the conditions specified while granting location clearance within the specified time limit, then in
such cases location clearance given earlier stands automatically cancelled and no refund or
adjustment of premium / fees / expenses etc. shall be eligible.

(Explanation - In circumstances described in proviso of Clause 4.2, such grant of permission and
declaration of project shall be made under the provisions of Section 18(3) read with Section 44(2)
of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 )

4.3 Every such permission and declaration shall remain in force for a period of two years, if not applied for
Letter of Intent under Clause 5, from the date of issue of Locational Clearance Notification and thereafter
it shall lapse.

Provided that, the Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, Pune may, on application made by
Project Proponent/s before expiry of the above period extend such period by two years in aggregate.
Provided also that, it is not mandatory on Project Proponent/s to submit all the papers afresh as prescribed
under Clause 4.1, however the affidavit regarding the ownership of land about any dispute shall be
mandatory.

4.4 Such lapse shall not bar any subsequent application for fresh proposal.

4.5 The Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, on the request of Project Proponent/s, by notification in
the Official Gazette, may grant to add or delete any area, not exceeding 25% of the total area under
Locational Clearance, subject to condition that the remaining area shall not be less than 40 Hect.The
permissible FSI and other parameters shall increase or decrease accordingly.
5. Letter of Intent (LOI) by the Collector:-

5.1 The Project Proponent/s shall apply to the Collector for obtaining the Letter of Intent for such project.
133
 Such application shall be accompanied by the ownership documents as prescribed in Clause 4.1(a)
& 4.1(b) and with locational clearance notification issued by the Government also the
documents as may be directed by the Collector in respect of ownership only.

5.2 The Collector shall verify and satisfy himself that Ownership and Development Rights of all the lands
under project are with the Project Proponent/s before issuing the Letter of Intent.

5.3 On receipt of an application under Clause 5.1 the Collector shall grant the Letter of Intent for the whole
area or separately for any part thereof, which shall not be less than 40 Ha. at the first instance,
subject to conditions as may be deem fit, or reject the application, within a period of 45 days from
the date of receipt of application or reply from the Project Proponent/s in respect of any requisition
made by the Collector, whichever is later.

Provided that, in case of rejection, the Collector shall state mention the grounds for such refusal.

5.4 Every such Letter of Intent shall remain in force for a period of two year, if not applied for
Development Permission under Clause 6, from the date of issue of Letter of Intent, unless renewed.
Provided that, the Collector may, on application made by Project Proponent/s before expiry of the
above period extend such period by two years in aggregate. Provided also that letter of intent
granted by collector under earlier regulations may also be extended subject to other conditions of
these regulations.

6. Master Layout Plan Approval by the Collector:-

6.1 The project proponent/s shall apply to the concerned Collector for obtaining the approval to the Master
Layout Plan of the entire area as per Letter of Intent. Such application shall be accompanied by the
documents in two sets as prescribed below:-

a) Attested copy of Gazette Notification issued by the Government under Clause 4.2.
b) Attested copy of Letter of Intent issued by Collector under Clause 5.
c) Part plan of sanctioned Regional Plan / Development Plan, showing the lands under the Master Layout
Plan.
d) Village Map showing the lands under the Master Layout Plan.
e) In case, project has no access from existing road having right of way of 18 m. then documents showing
the ownership of Project Proponent/s in lands proposed for 18 m. wide access road.
f) Bank Guarantee of requisite amount as prescribed in Clause 12.6
g) Undertaking and Affidavit as may be prescribed by the Collector.
h) Copies of Master Layout Plan with or without Building Plans in three sets with sign of
owner/developer and architect.
i) Contour map showing contour levels of lands under Master Layout Plan. Trueness of the contour shall
be certified and attested by the surveying agency and the Project Proponent/s under their signature and
seal.
j) Colored satellite google earth image showing lands under Master Layout Plan.
k) Phased Program for development of physical infrastructure with amenities under project.

6.2 If the application is not accompanied by the documents mentioned in Clause 6.1, the Collector shall
return convey the same to the Project Proponent/s immediately within 10 working days giving specific
time period for fulfilment of such documents and if the same are not submitted by the said
project proponent in given time then return the proposal at his level only.

6.3 On receipt of application, complete in all respects, as prescribed under Clause 6.1, the Collector shall
forward the same to the concerned Divisional Joint Director of Town Planning for technical
consultation within 10 working days.

6.4 The office of the Divisional Joint Director of Town Planning shall send its remarks to Collector within
two months from the receipt of proposal from the Collector or receipt of reply from the Project
Proponent/s in respect of any requisition made by him, whichever is later. Such master layout
approval will be given with the condition that project proponent will not commence work without
environmental clearance. Such environmental clearance shall be submitted at the time of sanction to
the building permission. Sanctioned master Plan layout alongwith complete set of drawings shall be
endorsed to the concerned branch office of Town Planning Department, for the inspection purpose at
the time of Occupancy Certificate further permissions.
134
 6.5 Approval to the Master Plan:- The Collector shall grant approval to the master layout or reject the
application, under Section 18 of the said Act, within one month from the receipt of reply from the
Divisional Joint Director of Town Planning as mentioned in 6.4.

6.6 Approval to the building plan:- Detailed building permission under the master layout plan
sanctioned as per clause 6.5 shall be granted by the Assistant Director of Town Planning/Town Planner
of concerned Branch within 30 days from the receipt of the proposal from the project proponent as
mentioned in 6.6.1.

6.6.1 - The Project Proponent/s shall apply to the concerned head of the Branch office of the Town
Planning Department, for grant of building permission, alongwith all relevant documents and attested
copy of Environment Clearance for the project from MoEF or the Authority empowered by the MoEF.

6.6.2 - The Project Proponent/s shall submit the certificate of Architect regarding completion of plinth
stating that the construction of plinth is as per the approved building Plans to the concerned branch
office of the Town Planning along with approved Plan. The Branch Office of the Town Planning
verify the same within stipulated time period. If it is found that the construction of plinth is not as
per the building permission sanctioned, the said office shall reject such plinth checking certificate. In
such circumstances, the Project Proponent/s shall either demolish the said plinth and also the action
against the Project Proponent/s and the concerned architect or get the revised plan sanction
according to changes. shall be initiated by the Collector/Appropriate Authority. If it is found that the
construction of plinth is as per the building permission sanctioned, then grant the plinth checking
certificate is not necessary.

7. Planning Considerations:-

7.1 Permissibility in respect of Zoning:-

7.1.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in any regulation for the time being in force, the project to be
notified under this regulation may be permissible in any land-use zone/s of sanctioned Regional
Plan / Development Plan, excepting areas mentioned in Clause 2(iv).

7.1.2 For the areas falling in zones, other than residential, commercial and U1 & U2 zone as per the
sanctioned Regional Plan / Development Plan, the Project Proponent/s shall have to pay a premium
for permitting project in such zones at the rates prescribed below:-

Sr. Type of Zone Premium Revised

No. Charges Premium
a Afforestation Zone, Hill Top & Hill 20 % 10 %
Slope Zone as shown on Regional Plan /
Development Plan subject to clause 2 (ii)
b Public / Semi-public Zone, Industrial 10 % 5%
Zone, TH & LP
c Agriculture/ No Development Zone/G1 15 % 8%
zone / Low Density Residential Zone /
Buffer Zone of ESZ and other zones
excepting at Sr. No. a & b above.

(Explanation: Premium charges shall be calculated by considering the agriculture land rate of the said land
as prescribed in Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) without applying the guidelines. If agriculture land
rate is not mentioned in ASR, in such cases the premium is calculated considering guideline of ASR
for converting into agriculture rate. Out of total premium 20% 10 % shall be paid at the time of
Locational Clearance, 20% 10 % paid at the time of letter of Intent, 20 % at the time of sanctioning of
Master Layout Plan and remaining 40 % 60 % shall be in four equal instalments per year and subject to
interest as decided by the authority)

7.1.3 Restriction on development - No construction shall be permitted on the lands within the HFL. Also on
Land in Hill Top & Hill Slope Zone and on lands having slope equal to or more than 1:5 in the said Project,
whether specifically marked as such on the Regional Plan / Development Plan or not. No development of
any sort and activity involving cutting / leveling / filling shall be permissible on such sloping lands.

135
 Provided that, it shall be permissible to use such lands for Plantation, Park, Garden purposes, access road to
township development with minimum cutting and other users as otherwise permissible in respective
Regional Plan / Development Plans and the FSI of such lands shall be permissible to the extent as
prescribed in Clause 7.2.

7.1.4. In the Buffer zone of notified ESZ and in ESZ‟s, only those development activities and FSI as
permissible under MoEF notification of the ESZ (as amended from time to time) under Environment
Protection Act, 1986 shall be permitted. All the development in this buffer zones shall be in
accordance with MoEF notifications.

7.2 Permissible Floor Space Index (FSI):-

7.2.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in any regulation for the time being in force, if premium as mentioned
in 7.1.2 is paid by the proponent then the basic permissible FSI for such project shall be 1.0 to be
calculated on Gross Plot Area under Master Layout Plan without deducting any areas under the slopes, etc.
to be calculated on Gross Plot Area.

7.2.2 Further, additional FSI on payment of premium built up area as mentioned below shall be permissible on
payment of premium at the rate of 20 % 10% of the weighted average land rate of the said land as
prescribed in Annual Statement of Rates for the relevant year, without applying the guidelines therein.
Such premium shall be paid at the time of Building permission.

Area under Township Additional built-up area on

payment of premium
40 hec. and up to 200 Hector. Up to 70 % of basic permissible FSI

More than 200 hec. and up to 500 Hector Up to 80 % of basic permissible FSI

More than 500 hec. Hector Up to 100 % of basic permissible FSI

7.2.3 Over and above the FSI as prescribed above, an additional FSI in lieu of construction of tenements for
social housing shall be permissible as prescribed in Clause 9, without charging premium.

7.2.4 It shall be permissible to utilise the maximum permissible built-up area as prescribed above,
anywhere in the area under sanctioned Master Layout Plan.
7.3 Mandatory Town-Level Amenities - Area and FSI Allocations:-

Master Layout Plan shall provide for town-level area and FSI allocation, to be kept at one or more places,
as follows:-

a) Spaces for Recreation:-

Sr. No. Particular Minimum Area Conditions

s Required
i Garden/s 5% of Master Layout Out of this at least 1000 sq. mt. area shall be kept
and Area.(out of this 50% area open for Town Plaza/Town Square. Such area shall
Parks/s may be allowed on Hill be kept open and may be allowed to be proposed at
Top Hill Slop Zone and suitable places. Major public amenities/activities
Buffer Zone of ESZ) shall be cluster around this area.
ii Playgrou 7.5% of Master Layout Maximum 10% of area under Play Ground which
nd/s Area (may be allowed in may accommodate indoor games, stadiums and allied
Buffer Zone of ESZ users only.
having slope less than
1: 5)

(Note - These spaces shall be exclusive of open spaces to be required at sector-level layouts.
Notwithstanding anything contained in DCR of the authorities, 10% open space shall be
provided in sector level layout)

b) Spaces for combined School/s (Primary School/s + High School/s) -

136
Sr. Particulars Minimum Area Minimum Built-up Area
No. Required required
i For Master Layout area of 40 Ha. 5,000 sq.m. 5,000 sq.m.
ii For Master Layout area more To be increased proportionately with increase in Master
han 40 Ha. Layout area and be proposed at one or more locations, as per
requirements.

Note-
a) The requirements prescribed above are by considering School to be run in double shift,

b) Requirement of plot area and built up area shall be exclusive of Play Ground spaces. Hence it is
mandatory to show separate Play Ground adjoining to school building at the rate of 7 sq. m. /
student. 40% area to be kept open for Play Ground purpose

c) Community Health Care Facilities:-

Primary and Secondary Health Care Facilities like Dispensary, Maternity Home, Hospital etc.

Sr. Particulars Minimum Minimum Built-up Area

No. Area Required required
i For Master Layout area of 40 Ha. 1,000 sq. m. 1500 sq. m.
ii For Master Layout area more than To be increased proportionately with increase
40 Ha. in Master Layout area and be proposed at one
or more locations, as per requirements.

d) Community Market:-
Sr. Particulars Minimum Area Minimum Built-up Area
No. Required required
i General Market including Mutton and Fish Market
For Master Layout area up to & 1000 sq. m. As per requirement
inclusive of 200 Ha.
For Master Layout area more than To be increased proportionately with increase in Master
200 Ha. Layout area and be proposed at one or more locations,
as per requirements.
ii Fish Market & Vegetable Market
For Master Layout area up to & 1000 sq. m. As per requirement
inclusive of 200 Ha.
For Master Layout area more than To be increased proportionately with increase in Master
200 Ha. Layout area and be proposed at one or more locations,
as per requirements.

Note- Users mentioned in (i) & (ii) above may be clubbed together for convenience purpose, without
altering the requirements in plot area and built-up area.

e) Public Assembly Facilities:- Town Hall and/or Auditorium including Library

Sr. Particulars Minimum Area Minimum Built-up Area required

No. Required
i For Master Layout area up to & 5000 Sq.mt 5000 Sq.mt
inclusive of 100 Ha
ii For Master Layout area more 10000 sq. mt. 10000 sq. mt.
than 100 hac. and up to 200 Ha.
iii For Master Layout area more To be increased proportionately with increase in Master
than 200 Ha. Layout area and be proposed at one or more locations,
as per requirements.

f) Economic Activities:-

Economic activities including users such as Market, Multiplex, Mall, Information Technology &
Information Technology enabled Services (IT & ITeS) including SEZs, Essential Shopping,
137
 Recreational Centers, Trade & Commerce, Education, Hospitals, Non-polluting Industries, Service
Industries, Entertainment, Tourism, Star Category Hotels, Convention Centers, Gymnasiums, Socio-
economic activities, such as workshop, hostel for Autistic persons and Mentally Retarded challenged
persons old age home etc. except independent residential tenements, etc. as per requirements.

Sr. Particulars Minimum Area Minimum Built-up Area

No. Required required
i For Master Layout area of 40000 sq. mtr. 80000 sq. mtr.
40 Ha.
ii For Master Layout area To be increased proportionately with increase in Master
more than 40 Ha. Layout area and be proposed at one or more locations, as
per requirements.

Note-

i) Users as mentioned in b, c, d, e & f may be clubbed together, in Economic Activities Component, subject
to condition that, total built-up area should not be less than the summation of minimum required
for all such users, irrespective of their individual plot area requirements.

ii) The required parking spaces for all such amenities as per norms shall be provided in same plot.

g) Public Utilities:-

For Master Layout area up to & inclusive of 200 Ha.

Sr. Particulars Minimum Area Required Permissible Built-up Area

No.
i Fire Brigade Station- 3000 sq.m. or as prescribed As per recommendations of
by the Director of Fire the Director of Fire Services,
Services, Maharashtra Maharashtra State/Chief fire
State/ Chief fire Officer of Officer of the concern
the concern Authority. Authority.

ii Sewage Waste Management 4000 sq.m.

Project (SWMP) As per requirements
iii Cremation Ground 2000 sq.m. As per requirements
iv Burial Ground 2000 sq.m. As per requirements
v Bus Station / Transport Hub 3000 sq.m.
vi Police Station 1000 sq.m.
vii Electric Sub-station As per requirement
viii Other Public Utilities As per requirement
ix Public Parking Facilities As per prevailing DCR
x Solid waste management As per requirement

Note: i) If the facility of Cremation Ground/ Burial Ground is available in the village where the Township
is located in such case these requirements need not be insisted subject to NOCs of respective Gram
Panchayat.

ii) If Police Station is available within 1k.m. area from the proposed Township, then such facility
need not to be provided.

h) Transport & Communication:-

i) The entire area of the project shall be well-knitted with proper road pattern, taking into consideration the
linkages with existing roads within the project and outside area as well. All such roads shall be
developed by the Project Proponent/s as per standard prescribed by the Indian Road Congress.

ii) The width of the -

i) Classified Road should not be less than as may be prescribed by concerned public authority;

ii) Main / Arterial / Ring Road should be minimum right of way of 18 mt.

138
iii) Other Sub-Arterial roads, Collector streets, local streets, etc., shall be proposed as per the
requirements to cater to the need of occupancies on such roads including for pedestrians.

iv) Network of cycle track in entire Township area of minimum width of 3 meter shall be provided
without clashing with the vehicular traffic.

iii) It may be permissible for Project Proponent/s, to realign the Regional Plan / Development Plan Roads,
and earlier existing roads passing through the project area, without changing the entry and exit
points of such roads.
iv) All the Regional Plan / Development Plan Roads and all the Main / Arterial / Ring Roads, shall always
be open for general public, irrespective of the fact that, they resides in the project or not.

General Note for Amenities (a) to (h):

i) The requirements prescribed above for items (a) to (f) are by considering FSI proposed for the project is
only 1.0. If the FSI proposed is increased or decreased then the only built up area requirement shall
be increased or decreased proportionately.

ii) The requirements prescribed above for items (g) are for Master Layout area up to & inclusive of 200 Ha.
It shall be increased or decreased proportionately and may be proposed at one or more locations, as
per requirements.

7.4 Residential Activities:-

Sr. Particulars Area Built-up Area

No.
i Residential Activities (including The land excluding Remaining built-up area
lands required for social housing, the land required subject to minimum 60% of
infrastructure such as water storage, for purposes as the total proposed built-up
drainage and garbage disposal, etc.) shown 7.3 (a) to (h). area.

7.5 Share of Local/Planning Authority-

The Integration of Integrated Township Projects included in the Local/Planning Authority, an

area @ 2% of the gross area shall be earmarked and shall be handed over free of cost to the
respective Authority for Development of the City Level Facilities.

For determining eligibility of ITP, the above 2% area shall be considered in area calculation.
This area shall not contain area under hill slopes, and shall be accessible by major road. Base
FSI of such 2 % land shall be made available to the applicant on remaining land.

8. Development Control Regulations:-

For those aspects which are not covered under this regulation, the prevailing provisions as prescribed in
the Standardised Development Control and Promotion Regulations for Regional Plan / Development
Plans in Maharashtra or DCR of Respective Authorities, shall apply mutatis-mutandis. The provisions
of MoEF CRZ notifications amended from time to time shall also be applicable.

However where in prevailing DCR of the respective authority the maximum height of building is
not mentioned in such cases the maximum height shall be allowed subject to provisions of National
Building Code and Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life safety measures Act 2006 and also any
restriction imposed by Chief Fire Officer.

9. Social Housing:-

9.1 The Master Layout Plan shall provide sufficient space for construction of small tenements for persons
from EWS and LIG categories (hereinafter referred to as the ―Social Housing Component‖), as a social
responsibility with FSI as mention in Clause No 9.3. Out of this Social Housing Component 25 % FSI
shall be utilised exclusively for construction of EWS tenements and remaining 75 % FSI shall be used
for LIG tenements. Out of the total tenements constructed as Social Housing component, one third
(1/3rd) tenements shall be kept for Rental Housing tenements which will be disposed on Rent only by
139
 the project Proponents.

9.2 Social Housing tenements shall be constructed with carpet area as specified by the MHADA for EWS
and LIG category respectively.

9.3 The minimum Social Housing component shall be constructed at 15% of the Residential basic FSI of
the area available for Residential Development as prescribed in Clause 7.4 (hereinafter referred to as
the ―Social Housing component‖).

9.4 Social Housing tenements shall be constructed as per the general and special specifications prescribed
by concerned unit of MHADA for their projects.

9.5 The Project Proponent/s, after getting commencement certificate of Social Housing component as
mentioned above shall immediately intimate to MHADA regarding the numbers of Social Housing
Component to be disposed by them to the allottee. Upon such intimation, MHADA within a period of
six months, from the date of receipt of such intimation after following procedure of lottery system
shall prepare the list of the allottees and forward it to the Project Proponent/s. The project proponent
shall dispose of such EWS housing tenements to the allottees at the rate fixed by the MHADA from
time to time. at the construction cost mentioned in ASR applicable of the year of disposal plus
20% additional cost. Out of this 20% additional cost, 10% shall be paid to MHADA towards
administration charges.

If the allottees fails to deposit the amount within specified time limit, then the allotment shall
stand cancelled and MHADA can give fresh names of allottees from waiting list within one
month.

Provided that if the MHADA is unable to provide the list of the allottee as mentioned above then the
project proponent shall dispose of such social housing tenements in the market at the rate fixed by the
MHADA from time to time at the construction cost in ASR applicable to the land of the year of
disposal plus 10% additional cost.

9.6 Every Occupation Certificate for the regular tenements shall be granted only alongwith the Occupation
Certificate in proportionate with Social Housing component.

9.7 Amalgamation of such Social Housing tenements shall not be permitted in any case.

9.8 The purchaser of tenement under social housing shall deposit an amount equivalent to 10% of the
construction cost of tenement, as prescribed in Annual Statement of Rates prevailing at the time of
occupation, with the Project Proponent/s as one-time maintenance deposit for onsite infrastructure
maintenance.

9.9 The Project Proponent/s shall maintain the premises and common spaces outside the building/s of social
housing including concerned all basic infrastructure and amenities, in good condition in the same
manner with the maintenance of remaining area of the project.

9.10 The purchaser of tenement under social housing shall have to pay all the government taxes, duties like
stamp duty, VAT, service tax, etc. at actual, to the Project Proponent/s, as per the requirement, from
time to time.

10 Liability of Project Proponent/s:-

10.1 The entire project shall be an integrated one with all facilities within the boundaries of such project.
All the on-site infrastructure i.e. internal roads, approach road, street lights, water supply and drainage
system shall be mandatory and constructed / maintained in future by the Project Proponent/s. Proposed
internal roads and Open Spaces in the layouts shall be used only for ITP.

10.2 The Regional Plan / Development Plan Roads & Reservations which are included in ITP shall be
Developed by project proponent and after development made available to the general public. Such
reservations may be allowed to shift within 500 mt. (within Township Area Only) in consultation with
Director of Town Planning M. S. Pune.

10.3 It shall be the responsibility of the Project Proponent/s to develop and maintain all the infrastructure
140
 in good condition till handing over to the appropriate authority. at his own cost and management,
during and after completion of the project.

Provided that, the Project Proponent/s may shall handover the infrastructure, for maintenance purpose,
only after the completion of the project, to the Urban Local Body or appropriate authority, when
constituted in the area comprised by the project along with the unutilized corpus fund collected for
maintenance purpose.

10.4 Project Proponent/s shall mandatorily provide facilities for making the project SMART -

i) For the people residing in the project area, an efficient and timely public transportation system up to the
nearest public transportation station/hub/depot/stand. He shall develop it himself or tie with
Government / Semi Government or private transport agency for such efficient public transportation. The
number of buses and trips will be decided by MSRTC / Local Transport Authority.

ii) Continuous unobstructed footpath of minimum 2 m. width on either sides of all street / roads width
ROW 12 m. or more.

iii) Dedicated and physically segregated bicycle track with a width of 3 mt. or more, should be provided for
entire Township Area.

iv) Pedestrian friendly pathways, encouragement to non-motorized transport, intelligent traffic

management, non-vehicle street / zones, smart parking, energy efficient street lighting visible
improvement in the area i.e. replacing existing overhead electric wiring with underground wiring,
encroachment free public areas,

v) Arranging generation of power through non-conventional energy sources like solar, wind and other
shall be mandatorily provided with at least 10% of total requirement of common physical
infrastructure of the project;

vi) To provide energy management by adopting advanced technology like installing Solar Water Heating
System, Solar Lamps/Lights in common areas, LED Lamps, auto-operated street lights, solar pumps,
etc. all external lighting shall be of LED, Solar Water Heating System, Solar Lamp shall be
compulsorily provided;

vii) To provide effective water management by adopting water harvesting techniques like rain water
harvesting, recycling of used water, metered water supply to the users under project, double plumbing
pipeline .The recycled water shall be used for flush system, gardening, carwash and industrial use;

viii) To provide effective safety & security measures like CCTV surveillance at strategic locations,
centralized control room, etc.;

ix) Arranging smart and fast internet/broad band connectivity to all residences, e-governance online
system for grievance redressed;

x) Encouraging and providing platform for citizens participations in decision making about public
community issues.

xi) Arranging real time environmental monitoring i.e. air pollution, noise pollution etc. shall be observed

xii) Encouraging and providing platform for e-DCR for building plans with BIM, 3-D maps on GIS of
the utility services network and properties in the city, central command, control and emergency
response center for all infrastructure facilities. Project Proponent/s shall also provide urban design
concept plans along with Master Plan.

xiii) It shall be obligatory on the part of Project Proponent/s to provide and be provided for, the
infrastructure and green building norms that are necessary as per the guidelines as may be laid down
by the Government, under the policy of development of ‗Smart City‘ from time to time.

xiv) Ensure that the buildings have at least 3 star ratings from GRIHA.

10.5 Project Proponent/s shall also mandatorily provide for:-

141
a) Water Supply - Safe and potable drinking water at the rate of 90 liters per capita per day, exclusive of
requirement of water for firefighting and gardening purposes. The storage capacity of the same shall be
at least 1.5 times of the actual required quantity as determined by expected population (Resident and
Floating) and other uses. The Project Proponent/s would be required to develop proper internal
distribution with double pipe plumbing for reuse of treated water at appropriate places and
maintenance system along with smart metering and shall specially undertake rain water harvesting,
groundwater recharging and waste water recycling within the project.

Provided that, the Project Proponent/s should not use groundwater as a source of water, to meet the
above requirement.

b) Drainage and Garbage Disposal:- The Project Proponent/s shall make suitable and environment
friendly arrangements for the disposal and treatment of sewage and solid waste generated in the project
at source, as per the norms of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. The Project Proponent shall
provide zero discharged in ITP for solid as well as liquid based.

The Project Proponent/s should provide facilities for water conservation by different means such as
Rain Water Harvesting, Recycling of Waste Water, etc. and also set-up, in the project area itself, the
Solid Waste Management Project (SWMP) with a sufficient capacity for processing of 100% garbage
and solid waste so that it should be zero liquid discharge to city from the area.

c) Power:- The Project Proponent/s shall ensure continuous and quality power supply for the project area.
The Project Proponent/s may draw the power from any existing supply system or may go in for
arrangement of captive power generation with the approval from the concerned authority. If power is
drawn from any existing supply system, the Project Proponent/s shall, before commencement of
development, procure a firm commitment of power for the entire Township from the power supply
company.

11 Occupancy Certificate and sale permission:-

11.1 Application for obtaining the Occupancy Certificate for project, in full or part shall be submitted by
Project Proponent/s to the Collector. Such application shall be accompanied by -

a) All the relevant documents alongwith coloured satellite Google Earth image showing the area under
Master Layout Plan;

b) Documents showing compliance of the conditions prescribed while according sanctions from time to
time;

c) Appropriate declaration/s and undertaking/s made by the Project Proponent/s and his technical
personnel‘s;

d) Any other requirement as may be prescribed by the Collector.

11.2 On receipt of application as prescribed under Clause 11.1, the Collector shall forward the same to the
concerned branch office of Town Planning Department for technical consultation, within 10 working
days.
11.3 The concerned branch officer of the Town Planning Department shall send his remarks to the
Collector within one month from the receipt of proposal from the Collector or receipt of reply from the
Project Proponent/s in respect of any requisition made by him, whichever is later.

11.4 The Collector shall grant Occupancy Certificate or reject the application giving specific reason within
one month fifteen days from the receipt of reply from the concerned branch office of Town Planning
Department.

11.5 The Collector, before issuing the Occupancy Certificate for the project as a whole, shall verify and
satisfy himself about the completion of erection / development / construction of all the basic required
infrastructure in Master Layout plan. In case, an application for part occupancy, such completion shall
be as prescribed in phase programme.

142
12. General Stipulations:-

12.1 Development of basic infrastructure and amenities shall be completed by the Project Proponent/s to
the satisfaction of the Collector either for whole or as per phases, of the project.

12.2 It shall not be mandatory for the Project Proponent/s to provide Amenity Space as otherwise required
as per regulation of Regional Plan / Development Plan, if any.

12.3 The Project Proponent/s shall plant indigenous trees at the rate of at least 150 trees per ha. and
maintain it properly. The certificate to that effect issued by the Deputy Conservator of Forest or an
Officer nominated by him for this purpose shall be produced by Project Proponent/s at the time of
application for Final Occupation Certificate under Clause 11.

12.4 In circumstances described in Clause-1, All the powers and functions, that are supposed to be
exercised by the Collector under this regulation shall be exercised by the Chief Officer / Chief
Executive Officer of the concerned Planning Authority wherever applicable, excepting the powers to
grant Letter of Intent under Clause-5 of this regulation.

Provided that, before grant or refusal to the Master Layout Plan, the Chief Officer / Chief Executive
Officer of the Authority shall, consult the, concerned Divisional Joint Director of Town Planning as
prescribed in Clause-6.3 and 6.4, if the Planning Officer posted in such Authority is below the rank
of Joint Director of Town Planning, and to the concerned branch office of Town Planning as
prescribed in Clause-6.6 and 11, if the Planning Officer posted in such Authority is below the rank of
Assistant Director of Town Planning.

12.5 All the amounts of scrutiny fees, charges, premium etc. payable to the Government shall be deposited
with the concerned Branch office of the Town Planning. In circumstances described in proviso of
Clause 1 above, 50% of such amount shall be deposited with the concerned Branch office of the
Town Planning, and 50% to the concerned Planning Authority.

12.6 The Project Proponent/s shall submit a bank guarantee of an amount equal to the 15% of estimated
development cost required for development of the basic Physical infrastructure such as roads, water
supply, drainage & garbage disposal, Trunk installations for power supply, fire brigade station &
fire engines. Such development cost be worked out as per respective phases taking into consideration
the phased programme for development of infrastructure with amenities under project as submitted
and as required under clause 6.1.Certificate regarding estimated development cost shall be produced
by the respective Architect of the project.

12.7 The Project Proponent/s shall construct and maintain the Fire Station at their cost .The project
proponent post a well-trained staff at fire station as per the recommendations of the Director of Fire
Services, Maharashtra State/chief fire officer of the concerned Authority. The amount of all
expenditure on such staff shall be the responsibility of the Project Proponent/s. After completion of
fire station and as per requirement such fire brigade/station shall be handed over to the nearest
respective authority on the terms and condition decided by the respective authority and project
proponent.

12.8 Developer shall complete the Special Township Project within 10 years or such period as allowed
by the Government from the approval to the master plan. Developer shall develop and maintain the
all infrastructure (internal street light, roads etc.) up to the completion of the STP project. Within
such period or till the authority is formed as per clause no.12.9, the concession in property tax
levied by the respective Grampanchayat or the respective Planning Authority shall be 66%
50% of normal rate as prescribed under the Grampanchayat Act or under Maharashtra
Municipal Council, Nagar Panchayat and Industrial Town ship Act 1965 or Maharashtra Municipal
Corporation ACT. Such property tax shall be levied after the actual possession or issuing of
Occupancy Certificate whichever is earlier. Respective Grampanchayat /Planning Authority shall
provide mandatory provisions like Birth and Death Registration Certificate etc. for the same period in
such STP. Provided that the utilities like fire brigade, police station/chauki etc. shall be handed over
to the nearest respective Authority at the terms and condition decided by the respective authority.

12.9 A local Authority shall be formed under section 3 read with section 341 of the Maharashtra
Municipal Council, Nagar Panchayat and Industrial Town ship Act 1965 according to population of
such town ship. The newly formed respective authority shall take over the operation maintenance of
143
 infrastructure in the Integrated Township Project area with the previous approval of Government.
However, if the area under ITPs merged in any Local Authority then operation and maintenance of
infrastructure in such Integrated Township Project area shall be made by the respective Local
Authority.

12.10 Licensing to the Project Proponent/s - The respective Authority shall provide licenses to the Project
Proponent/s for telephone Connection, Power and other utilities in the Town ship area. After granting
the license from the respective Authority, the project proponent/s shall provide utilities in the Town
ship area as per the conditions laid down by the respective authority.

12.11 It shall be mandatory for the Project Proponent/s to provide at least 9 mt. vide appropriate width of
road to the land not owned by the project proponent which is surrounded by the Township Area

13. Special Concessions:-

13.1 Deemed conversion for Non-Agricultural (N.A.) Use:- The lands under approved Master Layout
Plan shall be considered as deemed N.A. No separate permission shall be required under the provisions
of Maharashtra Land Revenue Code, 1966. The amount of nonagricultural assessment shall be
exempted to the extent of 50% of the normal rate for the land under Integrated Township
Project.

13.2 Grant of Government land: - The Government land/s, if surrounded or adjacent by the lands owned
by the Project Proponent/s, may preferably be granted to the Project Proponent/s, as per the rules and
regulations to that effect, by the Revenue and Forest Department of the State Government. Maximum
10% of the total area under township shall be allowed to be included in such township.

13.3 Concession in Stamp Duty:- For the purchase of land by project proponent for township area or
first transaction, from Project Proponent/s to Purchaser, of any unit under any user, from approved
Master Layout Plan or subsequent building plan under this Regulation, concession to the extent of
50% of stamp duty as otherwise required under the Mumbai Stamp Act, shall be granted. This
concession will be available only at one stage i.e. either at the time of land purchase or at the
time of sale of units. Also, if the project proponent assigns the rights to his own subsidiary
companies for the running of the Amenities in such Township project as per the approved plan
in such cases concession of 50 % of stamp duty as otherwise required under the Mumbai
Stamp Act, shall be granted.

13.4 Exemption in payment of Development Charges:- The amount of Development Charges under sub-
section (3) of Section 124F of the said Act shall be exempted to the extent of 50% for institution of
use or, change of use of any land or building or, development of any land or building, proposed for
project undertaken by a Project Proponent/s under this Regulation.

13.5 Relaxation from Mumbai Tenancy and Agriculture Land Act:- The condition that, only the
agriculturist will be eligible to buy the agriculture land shall not be applicable to the Project
Proponent/s for purchasing agriculture land for Integrated Township under this Regulation.

13.6 Exemption from Ceiling for holding agriculture land:- The limit for holding agriculture land,
stipulated in the Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling and Holdings) Act, 1961 shall not be
applicable to the Project Proponent/s for development of Integrated Township Project under this
Regulation.

13.7 Exemption from scrutiny fee:- The amount of scrutiny fee shall be exempted to the extent of
50% of the normal rate for building permission under Integrated Township Project.

13.8. Exemption from royalty on minor minerals:- The amount of royalty on minor minerals as per
the Maharashtra Minor Mineral Extraction (Development and Regulation) Rules shall be
exempted to the extent of 50% for the earth which is extracted while developing the land within
Township area and fully exempted if the said excavated material is used in the same project.

144
14. Transition Policy:-

14.1 It shall be permissible for the Project Proponent/s, to whom Special Township Project has already
been notified granted location clearance and / or LOI or the project is ongoing wherein part
Occupancy Certificate is granted before 26/12/2016 to -

a) Continue such Integrated Township Project under the erstwhile regulations under which LC is granted
without considering these regulations and for that limited purpose erstwhile regulations for
Integrated Township Project shall remain in force;

b) If the project proponent wish to develop township according to this regulations then he may apply for
grant of Letter of Intent or Master Layout Plan as the case may be wherever required, under this
regulation and allow to be developed .subject to payment of premium as prescribed in Clause 7.1 and
7.2, wherever applicable. The premium already paid may get adjusted as per the percentage
mentioned in clause no.7.1 and 7.2 of this regulations.

14.2 If in case as described in Clause 14.1(b), the construction of the project is on-going and the
Occupation Certificate, either in fully or partly has granted or not been granted, it shall be permissible
for the Project Proponent/s to choose an option to prefer this regulation subject to payment of premium
as prescribed in Clause 7.1 and 7.2. In such cases premium shall be calculated on balance area.

15. Appeal: - Anyone aggrieved by an order passed under prevailing byelaws may within forty days of the
date of communication of the order prefer an appeal to the Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra
State, Pune. The appeal shall be cleared decided within 60 days.

16. Control by the State Government - Director of Town Planning M.S Pune is authorised on behalf of
Government to monitor the Township Project and submit his report once in six months to Government.

17. Government may relax any provisions from these regulation considering the site condition of the
particular project.

18. Read the concern Planning Authority / Special Planning Authority constituted under relevant
Acts instead Collector, wherever applicable.

19. The rate of premium mentioned in the Regulation No.7.1.2 and 7.2.2 can be revised by the
Government from time to time.

37.0 REGULATION FOR INCLUSIVE HOUSING

37.1 (a) For the sub-division or layout of the land admeasuring 10000 sq.mt. or more for residential
purpose minimum 20% of the net plot area shall have to be provided,

i) Either in the form of developed plots of 30 to 50 sq.mt. size for Economically Weaker Sections/
Low Income Groups (EWS/LIG), (hereinafter referred to as "affordable plots") in which plots of
30 sq.mt. size shall be kept for EWS; or,
ii) In the form of equivalent 20% net plot area, for constructing EWS/LIG tenements;

(b) The Land Owner/Developer shall sell the said affordable plots as mentioned at (i and ii ) to
MHADA at the land rate prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates prepared by the Inspector
General of Registration, Maharashtra State, Pune. If MHADA declines to purchase the same within
a reasonable time of six months, then he can sale the affordable plots in the open market.

37.2 For a plot of land, admeasuring 10000 sq.mt. or more to be developed for a Housing Scheme
consisting of one or more buildings (hereinafter referred to as 'the said Scheme'), EWS/LIG
Housing in the form of tenements of size ranging between 30 to 50 sq.mt, (hereinafter referred to
as 'affordable housing tenements') shall be constructed at least to the extent of 20% of the basic
zonal F.S.I., subject to the following conditions:-

a) The built-up area of the EWS/LIG tenements constructed under the Scheme shall not be counted
towards F.S.I.

145
 b) The Land Owner / Developer shall construct the stock of the affordable housing tenements in the
same plot and the PMRDA shall ensure that the Occupation Certificate for the rest of the
development 'under the said Scheme is not, issued till the Occupation Certificate is issued for the
Affordable Housing tenements under the said Scheme.
Provided further that the Affordable Housing tenements of equivalent value as per ASR subject to
minimum 20 % of built-up area as per original location may also be provided at some other
location (s) within the same village.

c) The Project Proponent/s, after getting the Commencement Certificate for the scheme, shall
immediately intimate to MHADA regarding the numbers of affordable housing tenements to be
disposed by them to the allottee. Upon such intimation, MHADA within a period of six months
from the date of receipt of such intimation shall duly after following procedure of lottery system
prepare the list of the allottee and forward it to the Project Proponent/s. The project proponent shall
dispose of such EWS housing tenements to the allottees at the construction cost in ASR applicable
to the land under the Scheme plus 20 % additional cost. Out of this 20 % additional cost, 10 % shall
be paid to MHADA towards their administration charges.

d) There shall be no obligation to construct affordable Housing tenements in the redevelopment

project of any co- operative Housing Society in which the carpet area of all existing individual
residential tenements does not exceed 80 sq.mt.

e) In case of Redevelopment of Individual bungalow these provisions shall not apply. However if
redevelopment proposed on area more than 10000 sq.mt. these provisions shall be applicable.

f) There shall be no obligation to construct affordable housing tenements in accordance with these
provisions in any Housing Scheme or residential development project wherein, owing to the
relevant provisions of the Development Control and Promotion Regulations, 20% or more of the
basic Zonal FSI is required to be utilized towards construction of residential tenements for the
EWS/LIG and also for the development / redevelopment of any land, owned by the Government or
any Semi-Government organization. Provided such development / redevelopment is undertaken by
the Government or such Semi- Government Organization by itself or through any other agency
under
BOT or PPP model.

Provided that in case of Development of reservations of Public Housing, Housing for Dishoused,
Public Housing / High Density Housing and the EWS/LIG tenements constructed under
the provisions of any other Act, these provisions shall not be applicable.

37.3 Amalgamation of affordable plots / affordable tenements shall not be allowed.

37.4 These provisions shall be applicable prospectively and shall not be applicable to any Housing
Scheme or residential development project wherein Commencement Certificate for full area had
been issued prior to the date of coming into force of these provisions and was valid on such date. In
case of revised approval this provision shall not be applicable. However, in case of part
Commencement Certificate or revision of proposal where newly proposed area is more than 10000
sq.mt. then to that extent these regulations shall apply.

38.0 Tourism Development

38.1 The Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA shall allow the development of tourism activities as per
following terms and conditions.

38.2 These regulations shall be applicable for Tourism Development in No Development Zone as set out
herein below.

38.3 Tourism Development Project may be developed by individual or company or partnership firm or
Government / Semi-government Organisations / Corporations

38.4 Size of plot & FSI – Minimum requirements regarding the size of the plot for Tourism Development
Project and other features, shall be as follows:

i) Tourism Development Project shall be granted FSI as permissible as per Table No. 26 of
146
 these regulations.
Table No. 26

No Development Zone
Total Area Max. TD Project Area Max. built up area permissible (FSI)
Area in hectare Area in hectare Area in sq. m.
2.0 1.0 5000 square meter
2.00-3.00 1.1 5500 square meter
3.00-4.00 1.2 6000 square meter
4.00-5.00 1.4 7000 square meter
5.00-6.00 1.6 8000 square meter
6.00-7.00 1.7 8500 square meter
7.00-8.00 1.8 9000 square meter
8.00-9.00 1.9 9500 square meter
9.00-10.00 2.0 10000 square meter
Above 10.00
1/5th of the holding Half of the area of TDZ (0.5 FSI of
TDZ
area.)
Note:
i) After deducting the area of Tourism Development, remaining land in No Development shall be
entitled for FSI as permissible in respective zones.
ii) For plots each more than 2 hectares in area in No Development Zone, no sub-division
of plots shall be permitted.

38.4(a) Smaller Plots: - For existing landholders having smaller plots in No Development
Zone, the provisions of promotion of tourism through bed & breakfast type of the arrangement
for tourism shall be permissible. There shall be the same FSI as in No Development Zone for
plots, according to Development Control Regulations.

38.5 Prohibition Tourism Development Project - Lands falling in categories specified below shall not
be allowed for Tourism Development projects:
a) Lands affected beyond permissible levels by pollution in land, water or air, as may be
decided and certified by the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.
b) Areas from No Development Zone directly abutting the Residential Zone without being
separated by road having width not less than 18 m.

38.6 Infrastructural Facilities – All the infrastructural facilities required in site as specified by the
Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA shall be provided by the developer at his own cost on the site.
Proper arrangement for treatment and disposal of sewage and sullage and solid waste shall be made
to the satisfaction of Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA & Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.
No untreated effluent shall be allowed to pass into the sea or any water body.

38.6(a) Reserved sites for TDZ – Where the lands are located in unique/unusual area, particularly
suitable for development of tourism in view of existing water body, scenic beauty, tree plantation
or geological formation etc. but are designated/ reserved in the Regional Plan for the purpose of
park or gardens or recreation ground or private garden or private recreational ground, it can be
specified as Tourism Development Zone. The minimum area of such site, however, shall not be
less than 1.00 Ha. The floor space index available for development in such a site shall be 0.20.
This FSI is to be consumed on only 15% of the area of the lands declared as Tourism
Development Zone; out of the site designated for open user such as Recreation Ground, Parks
etc.

38.7 Environment & Education – Places where rare species of migratory birds are known to visit and
where there is a heritage of flora & fauna shall be given preference in development of Tourism
Development Projects. Actions shall be taken by the developer for creating environmental awareness
among the local population & especially among school going children in nearby area as directed by
Metropolitan Commissioner, PMDRA.

147
 38.8 In addition to above tourism development shall be permitted as following as per table no. 27 in the
Afforestation Zone:

i) Permissible Use
The following building user will be permissible in the Tourism Development Zones (T.D.Z.) an
indicated in Table No. 27
a) Conventional hotels, including cottages for Tourist.
b) Canteens/restaurants and tea stalls including pan and cigarette booths;
c) Baths and toilets for camping sites providing for tents/caravans;
d) Public utilities and services like information centre, tourist reception centre, telephone
booths, first aid centre, structures for recreation purpose such as health farms, water sports
facilities, marine jetties and pantoons for docking of boats, swimming pools, boat house,
badminton halls and the like.
ii) Minimum area of plot and maximum built up area etc, should be governed by the rules given in
Table No. 27.
Table No. 27

Sub-Zone Minimum area of Maximum built up area Maximum height

plot/land (inclusive of temporary of structures
structures)

1 2 3 4
1) Tourism 1 hect. (0.4 hect in F.S.I. of 0.10 in 1) Within a belt of
Development Zones case of case of tourist 100 to 300 mtrs.
around lakes (a belt development by resort with From HFL/FSL of
of 500 mtrs from local residents) minimum 10 rooms the Lake only
FSL/HFL of Lake) accommodation Ground floor
and ancillary users. structures with
Provided further maximum height of
that in case of 5 mtrs with
Tourist Resort slooping roof.
Development undertaken by 2) Within a belt of
local residents, concessional 300 to 500 mtrs.
FSI of total 0.15 will be From HFL/FSL of
permitted for their already the lake Ground +
developed plots comprising one with maximum
extension of existing 9 mtr. height.
building. For Farm
House/Forest House
development 100 sq.mt. per
0.4 hect. Of plot + 50 sq.mt.
per 0.4 hect. For ancillary
structures

148
 2) Lands falling within 1 hect. (0.4 hect) F.S.I. of 0.10 in case of Ground + one with
the belt of 200 mtrs in case of tourist resort maximum height of
to 1.5 km from the development by with minimum 10 9 mtrs.
historical local residents. rooms accommodation and
monuments and ancillary users. Provided
places of further that in
archeological case of Tourist
importance. Resort
Development undertaken by
local residents, concessional
FSI of total 0.15 will be
permitted for their already
developed plots
comprising extension
of existing
building. For
Farm
House/Forest House
development 100 sq.mt.
per 0.4 hect. Of plot + 50
sq.mt.
per 0.4 hect. For ancillary
structures
3) Afforestation 1 hect. 100 sq. mt. per 0.4 hect. of Only Ground floor
Zones (except Govt. plot + 50 sq. mt. per 0.4 hect. with maximum
reserved forests) for ancillary structures. height of 5 mt. and
catchment areas of the sloping roof.
lake & area in the 500 mt.
to 1500 mt. belt around
lakes (where low density
is essential).

iii) Tree Plantation: Maximum number of appropriate species of trees, preferably 500 trees per hect.
(except where the forest department‘s certificate is obtained about larger area per tree being
required for the selected species) should be given only after a certificate from the competent
forest authority about the survival of the required number of trees is obtained.
iv) Further restrictions about building – No building including temporary structures, nor and
camping ground will be permitted in areas having slopes steeper than 1 in 5. Similarly, no
structures including temporary structures and tents/caravan sites (except boat house and jetties)
will be permitted in the belt of 50 mtrs, from the High Flood Level of lakes and 200 mtrs. From
boundary of protected monuments and temples of tourist importance. However, temporary
removable ground floor structures including tents, camping grounds may be permitted in the belt
of 50 mtrs. to 100 mtrs from HFL/FSL of the lake. Provided further that, no toilet Blocks (Bath,
W.C.etc) are allowed within 100 mtrs from HFL/FSL of the lake.
v) Treatment of effluent etc. – Proper arrangement for treatment and disposal of sewage and sullage
and solid wastes shall be made to the satisfaction of the Water Pollution Control Board. No
treated/untreated effluent should be allowed to pass into the lake waters.
vi) Open spaces along all sides – Minimum Open Spaces on all sides shall be 10 mtrs.
vii) No basement shall be allowed in the construction of Tourist Resorts within the belt of 100 to
500 mtrs. from the HFL of the lake.
viii) In order to prevent clustered development, a notional plot of minimum 1000 sq. mt. shall be
designated to each cottage.
ix) Other features of buildings- Normal Rules shall apply in respect of building features other
than the above. However, the construction shell be consistent with the surrounding landscape
and local architectural style.

149
39.0 Innovative Development Proposals: If any development proposal is submitted by the owner or
developer, consisting of new concepts, innovative ideas, then such proposal may be approved by
the PMRDA in its Authority meeting, if it is, otherwise, in accordance with the spirit of these
regulations.

40.1 Research and Development Centers as approved by the authorities identified by the PMRDA
in any Zone excluding Hill Top Hill Slope Zone and Eco sensitive zone shall be allowed on
following conditions:
a) The area of land shall be minimum 2 hectare.
b) The basic permissible FSI shall be as per residential zone and additional incentive FSI of
100% of basic FSI shall be allowed free of premium.
c) Out of the total allowable FSI, not more than 25 % shall be used for supplementary activities
such as office use, staff Quarters, guest houses, convenience shopping, banking, clinics,
library, health facilities and other amenities.
d) At least 80 trees per hectare shall be planted and maintained.
e) The violation of any of above (a) to (d) clauses shall lead to cancellation of permission.

40.2 Ropeway Projects: The landings of any rope way approved by competent authority shall be allowed
in any excluding hill top hill slope / Eco sensitive zone of the plinth area not exceeding 1000 sq.mt.
subject to other compliances and other utilities like water, drainage, sanitation as per these
regulations.
The pylons/foundations for the rope way may be allowed as per the structural design requirement on
the land / water following in any zone provided that the project proponent holds the rights to erect
such structures and also provided that no habitable use is allowed under the pylons.
a) Following users shall be permitted in the landing areas
i) Ticketing,
ii) Tourist facilitation center,
iii) Service facilities/ utilities,
iv) Restaurants/cafes,
v) Souveniour shops,
vi) Museums
vii) Amphitheaters.

40.3 Planetarium / Astronomical / Astrophysical Facilities / Projects:

These facilities may be allowed in any zone excluding Hill Top and Eco sensitive zone. It shall be
used as an entertainment and learning center featuring shows about space in a domed or any specially
designed theatre and star gazing and any such similar astronomical and astrophysical facilities for
laboratory and large-scale research projects as well as for recreation subject to other compliances
and other utilities like water, drainage and sanitation as per these regulations
i. The area shall be minimum 2 hectares.
ii. Permissible FSI shall not exceed 0.1.
iii. There shall be no restrictions on sizing of various functional parts for planetarium /
Astronomical / Astrophysical facilities only.

40.4 Trekking Routes / Nature Trails / Nature Walks:

These facilities may be allowed in any zone including Hill Top Hill slope and Eco Sensitive zone.
One unit of following users shall be permitted along PMRDA recognized nature treks / nature walks
at both the ends in case of minimum length of 10 kms and only at the beginning in case of total
length not exceeding 5 kms subject to other compliances and other utilities like water, drainage,
sanitation as per these regulations.
a) Utilities including drinking water, toilets,
b) First aid cabin,
c) Emergency log room,
d) Pantry facility not exceeding 10 sqm.
Provided that for every intermediate 10 kms length of trek one unit of utilities mentioned in (a) above
may be permitted.

40.5 Proposed Town Planning Scheme (TPS) Area:

40.5.1 These Regulations shall be applicable for the TP Scheme Notified areas in the PMRDA Area.

150
41.0 SPECIAL REGULATIONS:

41.1 SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TOURIST RESORTS/ HOLIDAY

HOMES/ TOWNSHIP IN HILL STATION TYPE AREAS: The developments under the Hill
Station Policy shall be governed by the Special Regulations as sanctioned by Government vide
notification no. TPS-1896-1231-CR-123-96-UD 13, dated 26/11/1996 and its amendments
by the Government from time to time.

41.2 SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENTS WITHIN 10 KMS OF TAMHINI

GHAT: These regulations shall be governed by the Special Regulations as sanctioned by the
Government vide notification no. WLP.2012/C.R. 325/F-1 dated 03/05/2013 and its amendments
by the Government from time to time.

42.0 Commercial use of lands owned by Zilla Parishad, Panchayat Samiti & Gram Panchayat:

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Regulations or the Development Plan/Regional Plan,

the land owned by Zilla Parishad, Panchayat Samiti & Gram Panchayat (excepting the lands reserved
for the appropriate authority other than Zilla Parishad, Panchayat Samiti & Gram Panchayat) shall
be allowed to be developed for commercial use up to the maximum extent of 33% of the Floor Space
Index available & subject to the general restrictions applicable otherwise to such development &
also in accordance with Rural Development and Water Conservation Departments Resolution No.
Sankul 2004/ Pra.Kra.54/ Para – 8, dated 30-04-2004 & as may be modified from time to time subject
to the following conditions. –
i) The lands must be owned by Zilla Parishad / Panchayat Samiti / Gram Panchayat as the case may
be.
ii) These lands are not reserved for any other appropriate authority in Development Plan/Regional Plan
Town Planning Schemes.
iii) Independent access of appropriate width shall be separately provided for each commercial user and
original user.
iv) Parking requirement as prescribed for each type of user shall have to be provided

43.0 CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE BUILDINGS / PRECINCTS / NATURAL FEATURES

43.1 Applicability:
This regulation will apply to those buildings, artefacts, structures, areas and precincts of historic
and/or architectural and /or cultural significance (hereinafter as ―Listed Buildings/Heritage
Buildings and listed precincts/Heritage precincts‖) and those natural features of environmental
significance including scared graves, hills, hillocks, water bodies(and the areas adjoining the
same) etc.

43.2 Preparation of List of Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and Natural Features.
The Metropolitan Commissioner on advice of Heritage Committee shall prepare heritage list and
shall issue public notice in the local newspapers declaring his intention to include the buildings,
artefacts, areas and precincts of historic and /or cultural significance and the list of natural features
of environmental significance, including sacred graves, hills, hillocks, water bodies etc. and invite
objections and suggestions from any person in respect of the proposed inclusion within a period
of 30 days from the date of such notice.
The Metropolitan Commissioner shall issue notice to the owner of the buildings, artefacts,
areas and precincts of historic and/or cultural significance etc. and invite objections and
suggestions from such person in respect of proposed inclusion within 30 days from the date of such
notice.
The Metropolitan Commissioner, in respect of any objections or suggestions, shall decide the same
after giving hearing to the objections and send to the Government for approval. Government will
sanction the said heritage list with modification, if required. This list will be called Final Heritage
List.

151
 Thereafter, the Metropolitan Commissioner may amend the Final Heritage List from time to time
as and when required, on the advice of the Heritage Committee. In such case it shall not be
necessary to take approval from Government, but the procedure as laid down above in this
regulation regarding publication and objection / suggestion shall be followed before finalising it.

43.3 Restriction on development, Redevelopment/repairs etc.

No development or redevelopment or engineering operations or addition, repairs renovation
including the painting of buildings, replacement of special features or plastering or demolition
of any part thereof of the said listed buildings, or listed precincts or listed natural features shall be
allowed except with the prior written permission of the Metropolitan Commissioner. Before
granting any such permissions, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall consult the Heritage
Conservation Committee to be appointed by the State Government (hereinafter referred to as ‗the
said Heritage Conservation Committee‗) and shall act on the advice of the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
Provided that before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations/addition to listed
buildings (or buildings within listed precincts) objections and suggestions from the public shall be
invited and duly considered by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
Provided that, in exceptional cases for reasons to be recorded in writing the Metropolitan
Commissioner himself may overrule the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
If the application for development, alteration, modification of the Heritage precincts or listed
building is rejected under this regulation or while granting such permission any conditions are
imposed on the owner which deprives him to use the FSI, the said owner shall be compensated by
grant of Development Right Certificate.

43.4 Incentive uses for Heritage Buildings.

After the commencement of this Regulation, the Heritage Precincts or the Listed Buildings shall
not be permitted to be used for any commercial or office purpose except with the permission of the
Heritage Conservation Committee. However, in cases of buildings included in the Heritage
Conservation List, if the owner /owners agree to maintain the listed Heritage Building as it is in
the existing stage and to preserve its heritage with due repairs, the owner/owners may be allowed
with the approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee to convert part of the whole of the non-
commercial area to commercial /office use. Provided that, if the heritage building is not maintained
suitably or if the heritage value of the building is allowed to be spoiled in any manner, the
Metropolitan Commissioner shall withdraw the permission forthwith.

43.5 Grant of Transferable Development Rights to owners/lessees of heritage

buildings/heritage precincts.
If the owner is deprived of using FSI on the said plot or development permission is granted to him
with conditions which deprive him of use of FSI, then he shall be entitled for TDR as decided by
the Commissioner in consultation of Heritage Conservation Committee. The utilization of this
TDR shall be as per TDR Regulation.

43.6 Maintaining Skyline

Building included in heritage precincts shall maintain the skyline in the precincts (without any
high- rise development) as may be existing in the surrounding area, so as not to demolish or destroy
the value and beauty of the said heritage buildings/heritage precincts. The development within the
precincts shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the Metropolitan Commissioner on
the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.

43.7 Restrictive Covenants

Regulations existing as on date of this Regulation imposed under covenants terms and conditions,
on the leasehold plots either by State Government or by the PMRDA shall continue to be
imposed, in addition to the Development Control and Promotion Regulations. However, in case of
152
 any conflict with the heritage preservation interest/environmental conservation and the said
Development Control and Promotion Regulations, this regulation shall prevail.

43.8 Grading of the listed buildings/Listed Precincts.

The Metropolitan Commissioner shall classify the Heritage Precincts, Heritage Buildings in
―Grades‖ such as (I),(II), (III). The meaning of these grades and basic guidelines for development
permissions are as follows:
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III

(A) Definitions
Heritage Grade-I comprises Heritage Grade –II (A and B) Heritage Grade –III comprises
Buildings and precincts of comprises buildings and buildings and precincts of local
National or Historic importance, precincts of Regional importance for townscape, they
excellence in architectural style, importance, possessing special evoke architectural, aesthetic, or
design technology and material architectural or aesthetic merit, sociological interest though not
usage and/or aesthetics; associated or cultural or historical as in Heritage Grade –II. These
with a great historic event, significance though of a lower contribute to determine the
personality, movement or scale than Heritage Grade-I. character of the locality and can
institution. They have been and They are local landmarks, be representative of life-style of
are the prime landmarks of the which contribute to the image a particular community or
city and of National importance. and identity of the region. region and, may also be
They may be the work of distinguished by setting on a
master craftsmen or may be street line or special character of
models of proportion and the façade and uniformity of
ornamentation or designed to height width and scale.
suit a particular climate.

(B) Objective
Heritage Grade-I richly deserves Heritage Grade-II deserves Heritage Grade-III deserves
careful preservation. intelligent conservation. intelligent conservation (though
on a lesser scale than Grade-II
and special protection to unique
features and attributes.)
(C) Scope for Change
No interventions be permitted Grade-II (A) External, internal changes and
either on exterior or interior Internal changes and adaptive adaptive reuse would by and
unless it is necessary in the reuse and external changes large be allowed. Changes can
interest of strengthening and may by and large be allowed include extensions, and
prolonging the life of the but subject to strict scrutiny. additional buildings in the same
buildings or precincts or any part Care would be taken to plot or compound. However any
of features thereof. For this ensure the conservation of all changes should be such that
purpose absolutely essential and special aspects for which it is they do not detract from the
minimum changes would be included in Heritage Grade-II existing heritage building/
allowed and they must be in precinct.
accordance with the original. Grade-II (B)
In addition to the above,
extension of

153
 Additional building in the
same plot or compound, in
certain circumstances be
allowed, provided that, the
extension/additional building
is in harmony with (and does
not detract from) the existing
heritage buildings or
precincts especially in terms
of height, and facade.

(D) Procedure
Development permission for the Development permission for Development permission for the
changes would be given by the the changes / additional changes / additional
Metropolitan Commissioner on construction would be given by construction would be given by
the advice of the Heritage the Metropolitan the Metropolitan Commissioner
Conservation Committee. Commissioner on the advice of on the advice of the Heritage
Heritage Conservation Conservation Committee.
(E) Vistas/ Surrounding
Development
All developments in areas
surrounding Heritage Grade-I
shall be regulated and controlled
by ensuring that it does not mark
the grandeur of or view from
Heritage Grade-I

43.9 Signs and outdoor display structures

No display or advertising signs and outdoor display structures on listed building and / or the
Heritage Precincts shall be permitted except accordance with part X (sign and outdoor
display structure) National Building Code of India.
Prohibition of advertising signs and outdoor display structure in certain cases :
Notwithstanding the provisions mentioned above no advertising sign or outdoor display structures
shall be permitted on buildings of architectural aesthetic historic or heritage importance as may be
decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner, Committee or on Government buildings, save that in
the case of Government buildings only advertising signs or outdoor display structures may
be permitted if they relate to the activities for the said buildings‗ own purposes or related programs.
Provided that, if the Heritage Conservation Committee so advises, the Metropolitan
Commissioner shall refuse permission for any sign or outdoor display structure.

43.10 Composition of Heritage Conservation Committee

There shall be Heritage Conservation Committee for the PMR. This Committee shall be
constituted by the Metropolitan Commissioner. The committee shall comprise of the following
members:
i) Chairman Appointed by the Government Chairman
ii) Divisional/ District officer of Archaeological Survey of India Member
iii) Divisional/ District officer of Archaeological Survey of Maharashtra Member
iv) Joint Director, Town Planning, Pune Division Member
v) Conveyor INTAC Pune Chapter Member
vi) Heritage Conservation Architect having 10 years of experience and membership Member
of the Council of Architecture

154
vii) Historian having experience of 10 years in the field of History. Member
viii) Structural Engineer having experience of 10 years and Member
member of Institution of Engineers.
ix) Chief Engineer, PMRDA Member
x) Metropolitan Planner, PMRDA Member
secretary
The tenure of the Members of categories (vi) to (viii) above shall change after every three years
provided however that, the same person shall be eligible for reappointment as Member.
The Heritage Conservation Committee shall come into existence with effect from the date of its
publication in the official Gazette.
No act of the Committee done in good faith, shall be deemed to be invalid by reason only of
some defect subsequently discovered in the organization of the Committee or in the Constitution
of the Committee or in the appointment of the Member or on the ground that such member was
disqualified for being appointed.
The Chairman and in his absence the chosen Member of the Committee shall preside over the
meeting of the Committee.

43.11 The Terms of reference of the Committee :-

(i) To consider whether development permission should be granted under this Regulation
and the conditions of such permission.
(ii) To prepare a list or supplementary list of building artefacts, structures, areas precincts of
historic aesthetic architectural cultural significance and a supplementary list of natural
features of environmental significance including scared groves, hills, hillocks etc. water
bodies (and the areas adjoining the same) to which this regulation would apply.
(iii) To consider whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of any of
the Development Control and Promotion Regulations is called for.
(iv) To suggest amendments, changes or special regulations or modification to regulations for
listed buildings and the heritage precincts regulated under these regulations
(v) To consider on the extent of Development Rights to be granted to the owners of listed
Building of the Heritage Precincts.
(vi) To consider whether Development Rights Certificates may be allowed to be consumed
in a heritage precinct.
(vii) To consider whether to allow commercial /office user of any listed building of
Heritage Precincts and when to terminate the same.
(viii) To regulate erection of outside advertisement/bill boards.
(ix) To recommend guidelines to be adopted by those private parties who sponsor
beautification schemes at public intersection and elsewhere.
(x) To evaluate the cost of repairs to be given to the owners to bring the existing building
back to the original condition. For this purpose, the Committee may suggest ways to raise
funds through private sources.
(xi) To prepare special designs and elements and guidelines for listed buildings and control of
height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance of the buildings and to
suggest suitable design adopting new materials for replacements keeping the old form
intact to the extent possible.
(xii) To prepare guideline relating to design elements and conservation principles to be
adhered to and to prepare other guideline for the purpose of this regulation.
(xiii) To consider any other issue as may be required from time to time during course of scrutiny
of development permissions and in overall interest of heritage/environmental
conservation.

155
 In the absence of Heritage Conservation Committee, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall accord
development permissions based on these Regulations.

43.12 Heritage Conservation Fund

1. Heritage buildings included in the said list shall be maintained by the owners of the said buildings
themselves, with a view to give monetary help for such maintenance/repairs a separate fund may
be created which would be kept at the disposal of the Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA, who
will utilise these funds on the advice of the Heritage conservation Committee. The commissioner
may, in such cases disburse appropriate amount to the owner or may get maintenance/ repair work
done through PMRDA.

2. 2% of total development charges collected shall be transferred to the Heritage conservation fund.
3. The Metropolitan Commissioner shall have right to remove any unauthorized construction in the
property enlisted as heritage property as an encroachment for the PMR land and recover the
expenses of such removal/ demolition work form the owner as arrears of land revenue.
4. The Metropolitan Commissioner shall have right to enter into any such heritage property to repair
such property to avoid any damage or injury, and the amount shall be spent from Heritage
Conservation Fund and shall be recovered from the owner as arrears of Land Revenue.
5. If Heritage structure listed in Grade I needs conservation, preservation and immediate repairs and
if the structure is affected due to vandalism by occupier/ owner, then the Metropolitan commissioner
shall have right to acquire such heritage property and conserve its heritage value.

44.0 Mining or Quarrying Operations: With the prior approval of the Metropolitan Commissioner,
PMRDA, Mining or Quarrying operations may be permitted in Agriculture/No Development Zone
on following conditions:
i) In areas within the region such pits and holes created in the process of mining and quarrying should
be appropriately filled up and not left open.
ii) The site shall be restored so as to make it safe either by raising a garden or in addition by planting
fruit growing trees around it or by making it a water reservoir.
iii) Mining & quarrying operation should be in a controlled manner, such as starting operation initially
on a site away from crowded areas and later gradually extending it to the other
iv) Hill tops and hill slopes from which rain water flow should not be allowed to be used for mining and
quarrying.
v) The natural landscape and environment are not to be adversely affected.
vi) Quarrying shall be regulated in accordance with the method to be prescribed by the Metropolitan
Commissioner, PMRDA
vii) Regulations prescribed by the Revenue authorities regarding the resettlement and restoration of
environment shall be strictly followed.
viii) Quarrying shall not be permitted within 500m from the gaothan / village settlements and from the
rivers, forts, historical places and places of tourist interest.
ix) The conditions prescribed under Maharashtra Minor Mineral Extraction Rules and Regulations shall
be observed.

45.0 ERECTION OF MOBILE TOWERS:

Regulation for setting up of Telecommunication Cell Site(s)/Base Station(s) and installation of the
equipments for Telecommunication Network in PMR area shall be as per Appendix-O.

156
 PART – X
ACQUISITION / DEVELOPMENT OF RESERVED SITES IN REGIONAL
/ DEVELOPMENT PLAN

46.0 TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS ( TDR )

46.1 Transferable Development Rights (TDR) is compensation in the form of Floor Space Index (FSI) or
Development Rights which shall entitle the owner for construction of built-up area subject to provisions
in this regulation. This FSI credit shall be issued in a certificate which shall be called as Development
Right Certificate (DRC).
Development Rights Certificate (DRC) shall be issued by Metropolitan Commissioner under his
signature and endorse thereon in writing in figures and in words, the FSI credit in square meters of
the built-up area to which the owner or lessee is entitled, the place from where it is generated and the
rate of that plot as prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates issued by the Registration
Department for the concerned year.
46.2 CASES ELIGIBLE FOR TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS ( TDR ):-
Compensation in terms of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be permissible for:
i) lands under various reservations for public purposes, new roads, road widening etc. which are subjected
to acquisition, proposed in Draft or Final Regional/Development Plan, prepared under the provisions of
the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,1966;
ii) lands under any deemed reservations according to any regulations prepared as per the provisions of
Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966;
iii) lands under any new road or road widening proposed under the provisions of PMRDA;
iv) development or construction of the amenity on the reserved land;
v) unutilized FSI of any structure or precinct which is declared as Heritage structure or Precinct under the
provisions of Development Control and Promotion Regulations, due to restrictions imposed in that
regulation;
vi) in lieu of constructing housing for slum-dwellers according to regulations prepared under the
Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966;
vii) The purposes as may be notified by the Government from time to time, by way of, modification to, new
addition of, any of the provisions of sanctioned Development Control and Promotion Regulations.
46.3 CASES NOT ELIGIBLE FOR TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR):-
It shall not be permissible to grant Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in the following
circumstances: -
i) For earlier land acquisition or development for which compensation has been already paid partly or
fully by any means;
ii) where award of land has already been declared and which is valid under the Land Acquisition Act,
1894 or the Right to Fair Compensation & Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013 unless lands are withdrawn from the award by the Appropriate Authority
according to the provisions of the relevant Acts;
iii) in cases where layout has already been sanctioned and layout roads are incorporated as
Regional/Development Plan roads prior to these regulations;
iv) in cases where layout is submitted along with proposed Regional/Development Plan Road, in such
cases TDR shall not be permissible for the width of road that would be necessary according to the
length as per Development Control and Promotion Regulations;
v) if the compensation in the form of FSI / or by any means has already been granted to the owner;
vi) where lawful possession including by mutual agreement /or contract has been taken;
vii) for an existing user or retention user or any required compulsory open space or recreational open
space or recreational ground, in any layout;
viii) For any designation, allocation of the use or zone which is not subjected to acquisition.

157
 46.4 GENERATION OF THE TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR)
46.4.1 Transferable Development Rights (TDR) against surrender of land: -
a) For Surrender of the gross area of the land which is subjected to acquisition, free of cost and free
from all encumbrances, the owner shall be entitled for TDR or DR irrespective of the FSI
permissible or development potential of the very said land to be surrendered and also that of
land surrounding to such land at the rate as given below:-

Area Designated on DP Entitlement for TDR/DR

Non-congested Area 2 times the area of surrendered land.

Congested Area 3 times the area of surrendered land.

(Explanation: Above entitlement may also be applicable to the compensation paid in the form of FSI
to the owner to be utilised on unaffected part of same land parcel and in such cases the procedure of
DRC shall not be insisted.)
Provided that, if levelling of land and construction/erection of the compound wall / fencing as per
Clause No.46.4.1.b to the land under surrender is not permissible as per the prevailing Development
Control a n d P r o m o t i o n Regulations, the quantum of TDR shall be reduced to 1:1.85 and 1:2.85
in non-congested area and congested area respectively.
Provided also that Additional / incentive Transferable Development Rights (TDR) to the extent of 20
%, 15 % , 10 % and 5% of the surrendered land area shall also be allowed to the land owners who
submit the proposal for grant of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) within 1, 2 ,3 years and
5 years from the TDR notification respectively.
Provided that the quantum of generation of TDR as prescribed above, shall not be applicable for
TDR generated from construction of amenity or construction of reservation/roads, Slum TDR, and
Heritage TDR. Also the quantum of Transferable Development Rights (TDR)generated for
reservation in CRZ/BDP/HTHS areas or in areas which have some natural or legal constraint on
development shall be as decided by the Government separately.
b) DRC shall be issued only after the land is surrendered to the PMRDA, free of cost and free from
encumbrances and after levelling the land to the surrounding ground level and after constructing /
erecting a 1.5 m. high compound wall / fencing i.e. brick/stone wall up to 0.60 m. above
ground level and fencing above that up to remaining height with a gate, at the cost of the
owner and to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner. Provided that, if on certain lands
such construction / erection of compound wall / fencing is prohibited or restricted by any
regulation, then quantum of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) shall be reduced as
prescribed in proviso to Clause 46.4.1.a.
Provided further that, such construction / erection of compound wall/ fencing shall not be
necessary for area under Regional/Development Plan roads. In such cases TDR equivalent to
entitlement as mentioned in Regulation No. 46.4.1.a shall be granted without any reduction.
c) If any contiguous land of the same owner/developer, in addition to the land under surrender for
which Transferable Development Rights (TDR) is to be granted, remains unbuildable, the
Metropolitan Commissioner may grant Transferable Development Rights (TDR) for such
remaining unbuildable land also if the owner / developer hands it over free of cost and free from
all encumbrance and encroachment. If such land is from the proposed roads then such land shall
be utilised for road side parking, garden, open space or road side amenities including bus bays,
public toilets or any compatible user as the Commissioner may decide and if the such land is
from the proposed reservation then same shall be included in such proposed reservation and shall
be developed for the same purpose. The Metropolitan Commissioner shall quarterly report such
cases to Government.

158
 d) In case of lessee, the award of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be subject to lessee
paying the lessor or depositing with the Planning Authority for payment to the lessor, an amount
equivalent to the value of the lessors‗ interest to be determined by the Planning Authority on
the basis of Land Acquisition Act, 1894 or the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in
Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 against the area of land surrendered
free of cost and free from all encumbrances.

46.4.2 Transferable Development Rights (TDR) against Construction of Amenity-

When an owner or lessee with prior approval of Metropolitan Commissioner, may develop or construct
the amenity on the surrendered plot or on the land which is already vested in the Planning Authority,
at his own cost subject to such stipulations as may be prescribed and to the satisfaction of the
Metropolitan Commissioner and hands over the said developed/constructed amenity free of cost to the
Metropolitan Commissioner then he may be granted a Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) in the
form of FSI as per the following formula:-
Construction Amenity TDR in sq.m. = A/B * 1.25
Where,
A= cost of construction of amenity in rupees as per the rates of construction mentioned in Annual
Statement of Rates (ASR) prepared by the Inspector General of Registration for the year in which
construction of amenity is commenced.
B = land rate per sq.m. as per the Annual Statement of Rates (ASR) prepared by the Inspector
General of Registration for the year in which construction of amenity is commenced.

46.5 UTILISATION TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR):--

46.5.1 A holder of DRC who desires to use FSI credit therein on a particular plot of land shall attach valid
DRCs to the extent required with his application for development permission. Proposal for Transferable
Development Rights (TDR) utilisation shall be submitted alongwith the documents as may be
prescribed by the Commissioner or by the Government from time to time.

46.5.2 With an application for development permission, where an owner seeks utilisation of DRC, he shall
submit the DRC to the Metropolitan Commissioner who shall endorse thereon in writing in figures and
words, the quantum of the TDR proposed to be utilised, before granting development permission.
Before issuance of Occupation Certificate, the Commissioner shall endorse on the DRC, in writing in
figures and words, the quantum of TDR/DRs actually used and the balance remaining if any.
46.5.3 The Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) generated from any land use zone shall be utilised on
any receiving plot irrespective of the land use zone and anywhere in congested or non-congested area
earmarked on Regional/Development Plan. The equivalent quantum of Transferable Development
Rights (TDR ) to be permitted on receiving plot shall be governed by the formula given below:-

Formula: X = (Rg / Rr) x Y

Where, X = Permissible Utilisation of TDR/DR in sq.m. on receiving plot
Rg = Rate for land in Rs. per sq.m. as per ASR of generating plots in generating year
Rr = Rate for land in Rs. per sq.m. as per ASR of receiving plot in generating year
Y = TDR debited from DRC in sq.m.

Provided that, the areas or zones where the utilisation of TDR is permited shall be declared
subject to the availability of urban infrastructure by the Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA
from time to time with prior approval of the Government. The permissible TDR shall not
exceed 0.2 in any case. The additional TDR according to the road width as mentioned in
regulation 46.5.4 shall also be permissible with prior approval of Government after publication
of Development Plan of PMRDA along with the regulations.
159
46.5.4 Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) and Road Width Relation:-
1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any regulation, the total maximum permissible built-up
area and utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) on receiving plot shall be, subject
to the road width, as prescribed below:-

Sr. Plots Fronting on Road width Maximum permissible TDR Loading

No.
1 2 3

1 Below 9mt 0.00

2 9 mt and up to but less than 12mt 0.20

3 12mt and above but less than 15mt 0.30

4 15 mt and above but less than 24 mt 0.40
5 24 mt and above but less than 30 mt. 0.50
6 30 mt and above 0.60
Note:-
i) Column No.3 shows the maximum permissible TDR that can be utilised on any plot;
ii) Maximum Building potential mentioned in Table No. 4 and 7 Column No.6 shall includes
the basic FSI, allowable TDR, Additional FSI if any, Road widening FSI of the very said
plot if any. However, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall not grant any relaxation due to
such allowable loading potential unless he himself satisfied that there is constraint on
development;
iii) If a plot is situated on internal road having dead end within 60 mt. from the main road,
then such plot shall be treated as fronting on main road for the purpose of utilisation of
TDR.
2) Provided that, the restrictions of total maximum permissible built up area in terms of FSI with
respect to road width mentioned above shall not be applicable in cases where, the permissible FSI
is more than the basic FSI in various schemes, like Metro Influence Zone BRTs, TODs etc.
where specific provisions which are sanctioned by the Government shall apply.
3) Provided that, the additional FSI permissible in certain categories of buildings such as,
Educational building, Registered Charitable Institutional/ Medical / Hospital Building, Star
Category Hotel, Religious Building etc. as per prevailing Development Control and Promotion
Regulations, if any, can be availed either by full or part utilization of TDR or full or part
utilization of additional FSI at the option of owner. However, the restriction of road width
mentioned as above shall not be applicable when the owner exercises his option of availing
utilization of additional FSI and in such cases limitation of maximum building potential as
mentioned above shall not be applicable.
4) The utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be permissible by considering
Gross Plot Area excluding area affected by reservations or deemed reservation, if any.

5) Areas Restricted from Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) :-

Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) shall not be permitted in following
areas:-

160
 a) Agricultural / no development / Green belt/ Afforestation/ HTHS Zone in the Regional
Plan provided that lands developable as per Gaothan Expansion and Zone Change Policy
shall be eligible for utilization of TDR.
b) Area within the flood control line i.e. blue line (prohibitive zone) as specified by
Irrigation Department.
d) Where the permissible basic Zonal FSI is less than 0.75.
e) Area having developmental prohibition or restrictions imposed by any notification issued
under the provisions of any Central/State Act (Defence restriction areas etc.) or under
these regulations.

46.6 GENERAL STIPULATION:-

46.6.1 Development Rights (DRs) will be granted to an owner or lessee, only for reserved lands which are
retainable and not vested or handed over to the Government /Urban Local Bodies and not exempted
under section 20 or 21 of the then Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulations) Act, 1976 and undertaking
to that effect shall be obtained, before a Development Right is granted. In the case of schemes
sanctioned under section 20 or 21 of the said Act, the grant of Development Rights (DRs) shall be to
such extent and subject to the conditions mentioned in section-20 scheme and such conditions as the
Government may prescribed. In case of non-retainable land, the grant of Development Rights shall
be to such extent and subject to such conditions as the Government may specify. The provisions of this
Regulation shall be subject to the orders issued by the Government from time to time in this regard.
Provided that, in case of lands having tenure other than Class-I, like Inam lands, tribal lands etc., N.O.C.
from Competent Authority, mentioning
i) share of Government and land holder
ii) transfer of such land in the name of Planning / Appropriate Authority, shall be produced by
the land holder at the time of submission of application for grant of TDR.
46.6.2 DRC shall be issued by the Metropolitan Commissioner as a certificate printed on bond paper in an
appropriate form prescribed by him. Such a certificate shall be a ―transferable and negotiable
instrument‖ after the authentication by the Metropolitan Commissioner. The Metropolitan
Commissioner shall maintain a register in a form considered appropriate by him of all transactions, etc.
relating to grant of, or utilisation of, DRC.
46.6.3 The Metropolitan Commissioner shall issue DRC within 180 days from the date of application or reply
from the applicant in respect of any requisition made by him, whichever is later.
46.6.4 Transfer of DRC-
1) The Metropolitan Commissioner shall allow transfer of DRC in the following manner
i) In case of death of holder of DRC, the DRC shall be transferred only on production of the
documents as may be prescribed by him from time to time, after due verification and
satisfaction regarding title and legal successor;
ii) If a holder of DRC intends to transfer it to any other person, he shall submit the original
DRC to the Metropolitan Commissioner with an application alongwith relevant documents
as may be prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner and a registered agreement which
is duly signed by Transferor and Transferee, for seeking endorsement of the new holders
name, i.e., the transferee, on the said certificate. The transfer shall not be valid without
endorsement by the Metropolitan Commissioner and in such circumstances the
Certificate shall be available for use only to the holder / transferor.
2) The utilisation of TDR from certificate under transfer procedure shall not be permissible, during
transfer procedure.
46.6.5 The Metropolitan Commissioner may refrain the DRC holder from utilizing the DRC in the
following circumstances:-
i. Under direction from a competent Court.

161
 ii. Where the Metropolitan Commissioner has reason to believe that the DRC is obtained
a) by producing fraudulent documents;
b) by misrepresentation.
46.6.6 Any DRC may be utilised on one or more plots or lands whether vacant, or already developed fully
or partly by erection of additional storeys, or in any other manner consistent with the prevailing
Development Control and Promotion Regulations.

46.6.7 DRC may be used on plots/land having Regional/Development Plan reservations of buildable nature,
whether vacant or already developed for the same purpose, or on the lands under deemed reservations,
if any, as per prevailing Regulations.

46.6.8 Infrastructure Improvement Charges-

The utilizer shall pay to the PMRDA, an infrastructure improvement charges, for a proposed
quantum of TDR to be utilised, at the rate of 5% of construction cost as per the prevailing Annual
Statement of Rates.

47.0 VESTING OF LAND :-

47.1 The Metropolitan Commissioner, before issuing DRC, shall verify and satisfy himself that the
ownership and title of the land proposed for surrender is with the applicant, and get the Record of
Right to be corrected in the name of PMRDA.

PART XI
SUPPLEMENTARY AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

48.0 CLARIFICATION
If any question or dispute arises with regards to interpretation of any of these regulations, the
matter shall be referred to the Government, who after considering the matter and after giving
hearing to the parties, if necessary, shall give a decision on the interpretation of the provisions
of these Regulations. The decision of the Government, on the interpretation of these Regulations,
shall be final and binding on the concerned party or parties.

49.0 Power to delegate: The Metropolitan Commissioner, PMRDA may, by an order, delegate any of
the powers under these Regulations, exercisable by him, subject to such conditions, as he may
consider appropriate, to any officer of the PMRDA not below the rank of Town planner, PMRDA.

50.0 Appeals: Deleted.

162
\

APPENDICES, PROFORMAS
AND ANNEXURES

163
 APPENDIX A-1
FORM FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING OR LAYOUT OF BUILDING / GROUP
HOUSING
Application for permission for development under Section 44 / 58 of The Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966.
From
(Name of the owner)

To,

The Metropolitan
Commissioner, PMRDA

Sir,

I intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site/plot of land, on Plot No………
Town and Revenue S.No……….City Survey No…………..Mauje …………situated at Road / Street
………… Society ………….in accordance with Section 44 / 58 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966.
I forward herewith the following plans and statements (Item i to ix) wherever applicable, in
quadruplicate, signed by me (Name in block letters) …………..and the Architect / Licensed Engineer /
Structural Engineer / Supervisor, (License No………….), who has prepared the plans, designs and a copy
of other statements /documents as applicable

i) Key Plan (Location Plan), (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
ii) Site Plan showing the surrounding land and existing access to the land proposed to be developed; (to
be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
iii) A detailed building plan showing the plan, section and elevations of the proposed development work
along with existing structure to be retained/ to be demolished, if any;
iv) Particulars of development in Form enclosed (to be submitted for development other than individual
buildings);
v) Copy of sanctioned layout plan if any;
vi) An extract of record of rights, property register card (any other document showing ownership of land
to be specified) alongwith consent of co-owners where third party interest is created;
vii) Attested copy of receipt of payment of scrutiny fees;
viii) Latest property tax receipt;
ix) No Objection Certificate(s), wherever required.

I request that the proposed development/ construction may be approved and permission be accorded to me
to execute the work.
Signature of the Licensed / Signature of Owner
Surveyor/Architect Name of Owner
Name Address of Owner
License No. Contact No.
Contact No. Dated
Dated

164
 FORM GIVING PARTICULARS OF DEVELOPMENT
(Item iv of Appendix A-1)
1. (a) (i) Full Name of Applicant ----------------------------------------------------
(ii) Address of applicant ----------------------------------------------------
(iii) e-mail ID ----------------------------------------------------
(iv) Contact / Mobile No. ----------------------------------------------------
(b)(i) Name and address of Architect/ ----------------------------------------------------
licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer/ Supervisor employed.
(ii) No. and date of issue of License ----------------------------------------------------
2. (a) Is the plot of, a City Triangulation Survey
Number, Revenue Survey Number or Hissa
Number of a Survey Number or a Final Plot
Number of a Town Planning Scheme or a plot
of an approved layout?
(b)Please state Sanction Number and Date of
Sub-division / Layout
(c) Whether the land is situated in Core Area or
Outside Core Area?
3. (a) What is the total area of the plot ----------------------------------------------------
according to the ownership document and
measurement plan?
(b) Does it tally with The Revenue/CTS ----------------------------------------------------
Record
(c) What is the actual area available on site ----------------------------------------------------
measured by Architect/licensed
Engineer/Structural Engineer /
Supervisor?
(The permission shall be based on the
area whichever is minimum.)
(d) Is there any deduction in the original area ----------------------------------------------------
of the plot on account of D.P. Roads, or
reservation(s). If so, are they correctly
marked on the site plan? Please state the
total area of such deductions?
(e) Is there any water stream in the land?
State the area of such land.
(e) What is the area remained for ----------------------------------------------------
development after above deduction(s)?
(f) What is the area proposed for recreational
open space? (in case of land having original
holding more than 0.4 hector) Please
mention the area.
(g) Whether amenity space as required under
Regulation no.13.4 is left? Please mention
the area.
(f) What is the net plot area as per
Regulation no.13.8? (excluding (g)
above)
4. Are all plans as required under Regulation
no.6.2 enclosed?
5. (a) In what zone does the plot fall? ----------------------------------------------------
(b) For what purpose the building is proposed?
Is it permissible according to the land use

165
 classification?
6. (a) Is road available as an approach to the
land? What is the average existing width of the
road? (If the plot abuts on two or more roads,
the above information in respect of all roads
should be given)
(b) Is the land fronting on D.P. road? If so,
width of the D.P. road
(c) Is the land fronting on National or State
highway? If so, is the Building line / control
line maintained? Please state the distance.
(c) What is the height of the building above
the average ground level of the plot?
(d) Is it within permissible limit of height
specified in Regulation no. 15.9 i.e. 1.5 times
of the road width plus front margin?
(e)Does height exceed the limit specified in (d)
above? If so, is height approved by Director of
Fire Services, M.S.?
7. Is the land subject to restrictions of blue / red
flood line, airport, railway, electric line, land
fill sites, archaeology, etc.? Please state the
details along with ‗No objection certificate ‗if
any.
8. (a) If there are existing structures on the plot

(i) Are they correctly marked and numbered

on the site plan?
(ii) Are those proposed to be demolished
immediately and hatched in yellow colour?
(iii)What is the plinth area and total floor area
of all existing structures to be retained?
(Please give details confirming to the plan
submitted)
9. Is balcony area within the permissible limit of
15 %? State said balcony area and area counted
in FSI.
10. Are double height terrace within the limit of
20%? Are they of supported type? State said
double height terrace area and area counted in
FSI.
11. (a) Please state the total built up area,
(existing + proposed + extra balconies +
extra double height terraces.)
(b) What is the basic permissible F.S.I. of the
zone according to front road width?
(c) What is the premium FSI proposed to be
consumed?
(d) What is the area of TDR proposed to be
consumed?
(e) What is the additional FSI proposed to be
consumed?
(f) Please state the overall F.S.I. utilised in the
proposal?

166
 (g) Is built-up area of each flat / unit
mentioned on the plan?
12. Whether area for inclusive housing is required
as per Regulation no.13.7? Please state the
details.
13. (a) What is the width of the front marginal
distance (s)? If the building abuts two or more
roads, does the front marginal distance comply
with Regulation?
14. Permissible Proposed
(a) What is :
(i) the side marginal distance (s)?
(ii) the rear marginal distance (s)?
(iii) the distance between buildings?
15. (a) What are the dimensions of the inner or
outer chowk?
(b) Is / are room (s) dependent for its light and
ventilation on the chowk? If so, are the
dimensions of the chowk as required?
16. (a) Whether sizes of the rooms comply with
the dimensions mentioned in the
regulations?
(b) Whether use of every room / part
mentioned on the plan?
(c) Whether every room derives light and
ventilation required under the regulations?
17. If the height of the building is more than 15
meter above the average ground level, is
provision for lifts made?
(a) If so, give details of lift.
Passenger Capacity No. of Lifts

(b) Details of Fire Lift. Passenger Capacity No. of Lifts

18. (a) Does the building fall under purview of

Regulation no.6.2.6.1?
(b) If so, is fire escape staircase provided in
addition to regular staircase?
(c) Whether the ramps to the basement are
provided leaving 6 m marginal distance for
movement of fire fighting vehicle?
(d) If podiums are proposed, does it allow the
movement of fire fighting vehicle
properly?
19. (a) What are the requirements of parking Required Proposed
spaces under the Regulation no.20? How many Car
are proposed? Scooter
Cycle
(b) (i) Are loading-unloading spaces
necessary?
(ii) If so, what is the requirement?
(iii) How many are proposed?

167
20. Is the sanitary arrangement provided as per the
regulation?

21. Details of the source of water to be used in the

construction
22. Distance from the sewer.
23. Please explain in detail in what respect the
proposal does not comply with the
Development Control and Promotion
Regulations and the reasons there for,
attaching a separate sheet if necessary.
I hereby declare that I am the Architect/ licensed Engineer/ Structural Engineer/ Supervisor
employed for the proposed work and that the statements made in this form are true and correct to the
best of my knowledge.

Date : / / Signature of the Architect/ licensed Engineer/ Structural

Engineer/ Supervisor employed.

168
 FORM OF STATEMENT 1
(to be printed on plan)

[Sr. No. 8 (a) (iii)] Existing

Building to be retained
Existing Floor No. Plinth Area Total Floor Area of Use / Occupancy of
Building No. Existing Building Floors.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

FORM OF STATEMENT 2
(to be printed on plan)

[Sr. No. 11 (a) ]

Proposed Building
Building Floor Total Balcony Excess Double Excess Total FSI
No. No. Built-up area balcony area height Double (3+5+7)
Area of within counted in terrace area height
floor. 15% FSI. within 20% terrace area
counted in
FSI.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

FORM OF STATEMENT 2
(to be printed on plan) [Sr.
No. 11 (g) ]
Area details of Flat / unit
Building Floor Flat / Built up area of flat / Area of Area of Total area of
No. No. unit No. unit along with Share Balcony Double height flat / unit
of Common areas like attached to terraces (4 + 5 + 6)
staircase / passages flat / unit attached to flat
/ unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Note :
1) Built up area of all flats / units on the respective floor shall tally with the total built up of that floor.
2) Above statements may vary, wherever required.

169
 PROFORMA - I
(At Right Hand top Corner of Plans)
PROPOSED ----------------- COMPLEX ON C.T.S. NO./PLOT NO. / S.NO. / Drawing Sheet No.
F.P.NO.------- OF VILLAGE MAUJE -----
X/Y
Stamps of Approval of Plans:

A AREA STATEMENTS
1. Area of plot
(Minimum area of a, b, c to be considered)
a) As per ownership document (7/12, CTS extract)
b) as per measurement sheet
c) as per site
2. Deductions for
(a) Proposed D.P./ D.P. Road widening Area
(b)Any D.P.Reservation area

(Total a+b)
3. Gross Area of Plot (1-2)
4. Recreational Open space
(a) Required
(b) Proposed
5. Amenity Space -
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
6. Service road and Highway widening
7. Internal Road area
8. Net Area of Plot = [3 – 5(b)]

9. Built up area with reference to Basic F.S.I. as per front road width
(sr. no. 8 X 1.1)
10. Addition of area for F.S.I.
(a) In-situ area against D.P. road [1.85x sr. no. 2 (a)],if any
(b) In-situ area against Amenity Space [2.00 or1.85 x sr. no. 5 (b)],
(c) Premium FSI area(subject to maximum of 0.3 of sr. no. 8 )
(d) TDR area
(e) Additional FSI area under chapter VIII
(Total of a+b+c+d+e)
11. Total area available (9+10)
12. Maximum utilization of F.S.I. Permissible as per Road width (as per
Regulation no. 15.4 )
13. Total Built-up Area in proposal.(excluding area at Sr.No.15.b)
a) Existing Built-up Area.
b) Proposed Built-up Area
c) Excess Balcony area counted in F.S.I.
d) Excess Double Height terraces area counted in F.S.I.
Total (a+b+c+d)
14. F.S.I. Consumed (13/8) (should not be more than serial no.12 above.)
15. Area for Inclusive Housing, if any
a) Required (20% of sr.no.9)
b) Proposed

170
Certificate of Area:
Certified that the plot under reference was surveyed by me on and the dimensions of
sides etc. of plot stated on plan are as measured on site and the area so worked out tallies with the area
stated in document of Ownership/ T.P. Scheme Records/ Land Records Department/City Survey records.

Signature
(Name of Architect/Licensed Engineer/Supervisor.)
Owner’s declaration –
I/We undersigned hereby confirm that I/We would abide by plans sanctioned by PMRDA. I/We would
execute the structure as per sanctioned plans. Also I/We would execute the work under supervision of proper
technical person so as to ensure the quality and safety at the work site.

Owner (s) name and signature

Architect/ Licensed Engineer/ Supervisor name and signature

Job Drawing No. Scale Drawn by Checked by Registration / License no. of Arch./
No. Lic.Eng./ Supervisor

171
 APPENDIX A-2
FORM FOR SUB-DIVISION OF LAND AS PLOTTED LAYOUT
Application for permission for development under Section 44 / 58 of The Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966.

From …………..
(Name of the owner)

To,
The Metropolitan
Commissioner, PMRDA.

Sir,
I intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site/plot of land, bearing S.No./Gut No.
…………… City Survey No.……………………, Mouje …………………, situated at Road/ Street
……………………… in accordance with Section 44/58 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning
Act, 1966.
I forward herewith the following plans and statements (Item 1 to 6) wherever applicable, in
quadruplicate, signed by me (Name in block letters) …………………………… and the Architect /
Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor (License No……………………….), who has prepared
the plans, designs and a copy of other statements /documents as applicable (Items 7 to 10).
(1) Key Plan (Location Plan);(to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
(2) Site Plan showing the surrounding land and existing access to the land included in the layout;(to be
shown on first copy of the set of plans)
(3) A layout plan showing,
(i) sub-divisions of the land or plot with dimensions and area of each of the proposed sub-
divisions and its use according to prescribed regulations;
(ii) width of the proposed streets; and
(iii) dimensions and area of recreational open spaces provided in the layout.
(iv) dimensions and area of amenityspace provided in the layout.
(4) An extract of record of rights property register card (any other document
showing ownership of land to be specified) alongwith consent of co-
owners where third party interest is created.
(5) Particulars of development in Form enclosed.
(6) Attested copy of Receipt for payment of scrutiny fees.
(7) No Objection Certificate, wherever required.
I request that the proposed layout may please be approved and permission accorded to me to
execute the work.
Signature of the Licensed / Signature of Owner
Surveyor/Architect
Name of Owner
Name
Address of Owner
License No.
Contact No.
Contact No.
Dated
Dated

172
 FORM GIVING PARTICULARS OF DEVELOPMENT
(PART OF APPENDIX 1……..ITEM 5)
1. (a) (i) Full Name of Applicant
(ii) Address of applicant
(iii) e-mail ID
(iv) Mobile No.
(b) (i) Name and address of Architect/licensed
Engineer employed.
(ii) No. and date of issue of License
2. (a) Is the plot of, a City Triangulation Survey Number,
Revenue Survey Number or Hissa Number of a Survey
Number or a Final Plot Number of a Town Planning
Scheme?
(b)Whether the land is situated in Core Area or Outside
Core Area?
3. (a) What is the total area of the plot according to the
ownership document and measurement plan?
(b) Does it tally with the Revenue/CTS Record
(c) What is the actual area available on site measured
by Architect/ licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer / Supervisor?
(The permission shall be based on the area
whichever is minimum.)
(d) Is there any deduction in the original area of the
plot on account of D.P.Roads, or reservation(s). If so,
are they correctly marked on the site plan? Please
state the total area of such deductions?
(e) Is there any water stream in the land? State the area
of such land and state whether it is excluded?
(e) What is the area remained for development after
above deduction(s)?
(f) What is the area proposed for recreational open
space? (in case of land having original holding
more than 0.4 hector) Please mention the area.
(g) Whether amenity space as required under
Regulation no.13.4 is left? Please mention the area.
(f) What is the net plot area as per Regulation no.13.9?
(excluding (g) above)
5. Are all plans as required under Regulation no.6.2
enclosed?
6. (a) In what zone does the plot fall?
(b) For what purpose the layout is proposed? Is it
permissible according to the land use classification?
7. (a) Is road available as an approach to the land? What is
the average existing width of the road? (If the plot abuts
on two or more roads, the above information in respect
of all roads should be given)

173
 (b) Is the land fronting on D.P. road? If so, width of the
D.P. road
(c) Is the land fronting on National or State highway? If
so, is the Building line / control line maintained? Please
state the distance.
8. Is the land subject to restrictions of blue / red flood line,
airport, railway, electric line, land fill sites, archaeology,
etc.? Please state the details along with ‗No objection
certificate‗ if any.
9. Whether the internal roads proposed in the layout
conform to the Regulation no.12.
10 Whether roads in the layout are co-ordinated with the
roads in the surrounding layout?
11 Whether the area and dimensions of plots are proposed
as per prescribed regulations?
11. Whether area for inclusive housing is required as per
Regulation no. 13.7? Please state the details.

I hereby declare that I am the Architect/ licensed Engineer employed for the proposed work and
that the statements made in this form are true and correct to the best of my knowledge.

Date : / / Signature of the Architect/ licensed Engineer/

Structural Engineer/ Supervisor employed.

174
 PROFORMA - I
(At Right Hand top Corner of Plans)
PROPOSED -------------------------- LAYOUT ON C.T.S. NO./PLOT NO. / S.NO. / Drawing Sheet
F.P.NO.------- OF VILLAGE MAUJE ----- No.

X/Y
Stamps of Approval of Plans:

A AREA STATEMENTS
1. Area of land
(Minimum area of a, b, c to be considered)
a) As per ownership document (7/12, CTS extract)
b) as per measurement sheet
c) as per site
2. Deductions for
(a) Proposed D.P./ D.P. Road widening Area
(b) Any D.P. Reservation area
(Total a+b)
3. Gross Area of Plot (1-2)
4. Recreational Open space
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
5. Amenity Space
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
6. Service road and Highway widening
7. Internal Road area
8. Area under layout plots
9. Net area of plots for FSI Calculations = (3-5b)
10. Permissible FSI factor for layout plots = (9/8)
11. Area for inclusive housing
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
Certificate of Area:

Certified that the plot under reference was surveyed by me on and the dimensions of
sides etc. of plot stated on plan are as measured on site and the area so worked out tallies with the area stated
in document of Ownership/ T.P. Scheme Records/ Land Records Department/City Survey records.

Signature
(Name of Architect/License Engineer/Supervisor.)
Owner (s) name and signature

Architect/ Licensed Engineer/ Supervisor name and signature

175
 Statement of distribution of FSI on each plot
(to be printed at suitable place on plan)
Plot Plot area Rounding Remaining Built up area Front basic FSI Permissible
no. (sq.m. area of Plot area on pro-rata Road Built-up area
Road (b-c) basis i.e. width on Basic FSI
(if any) (sq.m.) (d x Pro-rata (m.) (e x g)
(sq.m.) FSI factor) (sq.m.)
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

APPENDIX 'B'

FORM FOR SUPERVISION

To,

The Metropolitan
CommissionerPMRDA.

Sir,

I hereby certify that the development/erection/re-erection/demolition or material alteration in/ or

Building No on / in Plot No. in Block No. situated at Road
/ street City Survey No. shall be carried out under my

supervision and I certify that all the materials (types and grade) and the workmanship of the work shall be
generally in accordance with the general specifications and that the work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans. I shall be responsible for the execution of the work in all respects.

Signature and name of the Architect or Licensed --------------------------------------------------

Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Supervisor

License No. --------------------------------------------------

Date :

176
 APPENDIX 'C'

QUALIFICATION, COMPETENCE, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES ETC. OF LICENSED

TECHNICAL PERSONNEL OR ARCHITECT FOR PREPARATION OF SCHEMES FOR
DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION AND SUPERVISION

C-1 General
C-1.1 The qualifications of the technical personnel and their competence to carry out different jobs for
building permit and supervision for the purpose of licensing by the Authority shall be as given in
Regulation no. C-2 to C-6. The procedure for licensing the technical personnel is given in Regulation
no.C-6.

C-2 ARCHITECT
C-2.1 Qualifications-The minimum qualifications for an architect shall be the qualifications as provided
for in the Architects Act, 1972for registration with the Council of Architecture. Such registered
Architects shall not be required to again register their names with the PMRDA. However, he shall
submit the registration certificate to the PMRDA.

C-2.2 Competence of Architect: To carry out work related to development permission as given below
and shall be entitled to submit -
(a) All plans and information connected with development permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations for building on plot upto 500 sq. m. and upto 3 storeys or 11
m. height and
(c) Certificate of supervision and completion for all buildings.

C-3 A )ENGINEER
C-3.1 Qualifications-

1) The qualifications for Licensing Engineer will be the corporate membership (Civil) of the
Institution of Engineers or such Degree or Diploma in Civil or Structural Engineering or
equivalent;
2) Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent, having experience of 10 years in the field of land and
building planning.

C-3.2 Competence- To carry out work related to development permission as given below and shall be
entitled to submit-
(a) All plans and related information connected with development permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations for building on plot upto 500 sq.m. and upto 3 storeys or 11
m.height, and
(c) Certificate of supervision and completion for all building.

C-4 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER

C-4.1
Qualifications- Qualifications for Licensing of structural engineers shall be as given below, with
minimum 3 years of experience of structural engineering practice in designing and field work;
(a) Graduate in Civil Engineering of recognised Indian or Foreign University and Chartered
Engineer or Associated Member in Civil Engineering Division of Institution of Engineers (India)

177
 or equivalent Overseas Institution; and
(b)Shall have post graduate degree in structural engineering. In the case of doctorate in structural
engineering the experience shall not be required.
C-4.2 Competence–he shall be entitled to submit the structural details and calculations for all buildings
and supervision.
C-4.2.1 Complicated buildings and sophisticated structures, as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner,
which are not within the horizontal areas and vertical limits under C-2.2 (b), C-3.2 (b), C-5.2 (a)
(i)& C-5.2 (b) (i) shall be designed only by Structural Engineer.

C-5 SUPERVISOR:
C-5.1 Qualification
(a)For Supervisor 1 :-
(i) Three years architectural assistantship or intermediate in architecture with two years‗
experience, or
(ii) Diploma in Civil engineering or equivalent qualifications with two years‗ experience.
(iii) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from ITI or equivalent qualifications with Ten years‗
experience out of which five year shall be under Architect/Engineer.
(b) For Supervisor - 2:-
(i) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from ITI or equivalent qualifications with five years‗
experience under Architect / Engineer.

C-5.2 Competence
(a) For Supervisor-1: he shall be entitled to submit -
(i) All plans and related information connected with development permission on plot upto 500
sq.m.; and
(ii) Certificate of supervision of buildings on plot upto 500 sq. m. and completion thereof.
(b) For Supervisor-2 : he shall be entitled to submit -
(i) All Plans and related information upto 200 sq. m. built up area, and
(ii) Certificate of supervision for limits at (i) above and completion thereof.

C-6. LICENSING-
C-6.1 Technical Personnel to be licensed:-
The Qualified technical personnel or group as given in regulations; No C-3, C-4, C-5 shall be
licensed with the authority and the license shall be valid for three calendar years ending
31stDecember after which it shall be renewed annually or every three years.

C-6.2 Fees for Licensing- The annual licensing fees shall be as follows:-

For Engineer and structural Engineer 1000 p.a.

For supervisor (1) 500 p. a.

For supervisor (2) 300 p. a

The Metropolitan Commissioner may revise above fees from time to time, if necessary.

178
C-6.3 Duties and Responsibilities of Architects / Licensed Technical Personnel:
The duties and responsibilities of architects / licensed technical personnel shall be as follows:-
(1) It will be incumbent on every architect / licensed technical personnel, in all matters in which
he may be professionally consulted or engaged, to assist and co-operate with the Metropolitan
Commissioner and other Officers in carrying out and enforcing the provisions of Maharashtra
Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 and of any regulations for the time being in force under the
same.
(2) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for due compliance with the
provisions of Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 and of any regulations for the time
being in force under the said Act. It shall be obligatory on him to satisfy himself that a qualified
and competent Mistry or Inspector of Works is constantly employed and present on the work
to supervise the execution of all work and to prevent the use of any defective material therein and
the improper execution of any such work.
(3)Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for carrying out work according
to sanctioned plan.
(4) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for correctness of the
calculations and dimensions mentioned on the plan and shall be liable for consequences arising
thereof.
(5) Architect / licensed technical personnel shall not involve himself in any unauthorised
development. He shall also make aware the client about legal provisions in respect of proposed
development and consequences thereof.
(6) When an architect / licensed technical personnel cease to be in the employment for the
development work, he shall report the fact forthwith to the Metropolitan Commissioner.

179
 APPENDIX 'D-1'
FORM FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING PERMISSION AND
COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE

To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------

Sir,
With reference to your application No _,dated for the

grant of sanction of Commencement Certificate under Section 44 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966 to carry out development work / Building on Plot No Revenue Survey
No , City Survey No ,
mauja situated at Road /Street _, Society the

Commencement Certificate/Building Permit is granted under Section 45 of the said Act, subject to the
following conditions:
1. The land vacated in consequence of the enforcement of the set-back rule shall form part of the public
street.
2. No new building or part thereof shall be occupied or allowed to be occupied or used or permitted to be
used by any person until occupancy permission has been granted.
3. You will have to handover the amenity space to the PMRDA before approval of final layout as per
Regulation no.13.4. (wherever applicable)
4. You will have to submit an undertaking in respect of recreational open spaces as stipulated in
Regulation.(wherever applicable)
5. The Commencement Certificate/ Building permit shall remain valid for a period of one year
commencing from the date of its issue unless the work is not commenced within the valid period.
6. This permission does not entitle you to develop the land which does not vest in you.
7. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No.
Office Stamp
Date :
Yours faithfully,

Metropolitan Commissioner,
Pune or an officer appointed by
him

180
 APPENDIX 'D-2'
FORM FOR TENTATIVE APPROVAL FOR DEMARCATION OF LAND / SUB-DIVISION
LAYOUT

To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,

With reference to your application No ,dated for the land sub-division approval,
under Section 44 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 to carry out development
work in respect of land bearing Revenue Survey No , City Survey No , mauje
situated at Road
/Street , Society , it is to inform you that, land sub-division layout is hereby
tentatively approved and recommended for demarcation, subject to the following conditions:
1. You will get the land sub-division layout demarcated on the site by the Land Records Department and
submit the certified copy to that effect for final approval.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to carry out all the development work including construction of
roads, sewer lines, water supply lines, culverts, bridges, street lighting, etc. and hand it over to the PMRDA
after developing them to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner.
3. If you wish that the PMRDA has to carry out these development works, then you will have to deposit the
estimated expenses to the PMRDA in advance, as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
4. You will have to handover the amenity space to the PMRDA before approval of final layout as per
Regulation no.13.4. (applicable in case where owner is not allowed to develop)
5. You will have to submit an undertaking in respect of recreational open spaces as stipulated in
Regulation.
6. This permission does not entitle you to develop the land which does not
vest in you.
7. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. -------------------------------------------------------
Office No.
Office Stamp
Yours faithfully,

Metropolitan Commissioner,
Pune or an officer appointed by
him

181
 APPENDIX 'D-3'
FORM FOR FINAL APPROVAL TO THE LAND SUB-DIVISION / LAYOUT
To,

Sir,

With reference to your application No. ,dated for the land

sub-division approval, under Section 44 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 to carry
out development work in respect of land bearing Revenue Survey No , City Survey No
, mauje situated at Road /Street , Society , the land sub-
division layout is finally approved as demarcated under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional & Town
Planning Act, 1966, subject to the
following conditions:
1. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to carry out all the development work including construction
of roads, sewer lines, water supply lines, culverts, bridges, street lighting, etc. and hand it over
to the PMRDA after developing them to the satisfaction of the Metropolitan Commissioner.

2. If you wish that the PMRDAshould carry out these development works, then you will have to deposit
the estimated expenses to the PMRDA in advance, as decided by the Metropolitan Commissioner.

3. As per the undertaking submitted by you in respect of recreational open space as stipulated in
Regulation no.13.3, the said open space admeasuring ------- sq.m. stand vested in the name of plot
holders of the layout or society of the plot holders and you have no right of ownership or interest in
the said recreational open space.
Since you have handed over the amenity space to the PMRDA, you shall be entitled for FSI
equivalent to TDR, on the remaining land. (wherever applicable)

4. This permission does not entitle you to develop the land which does not vest in you.
5. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No. ------------------------------------------------------Office Stamp
-------------------------------------------------------------------Date : ----------------

Yours faithfully, Metropolitan

Commissioner, Pune
or an officer appointed by him

182
 APPENDIX 'E-1'

FORM FOR REFUSAL OF BUILDING PERMIT / COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE

To,

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

Sir,

With reference to your application No. dated for the grant of sanction
for the development work / the erection of a building / execution of work on Plot No. , Revenue
Survey No. , City Survey No. , mauje , I regret to inform
you that the proposal has been refused under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966, on the following grounds.

1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Office Stamp

Yours faithfully,

Metropolitan Commissioner,
Pune or an officer appointed by
him

183
 APPENDIX 'E-2'

FORM FOR REFUSAL OF LAND SUB-DIVISION / LAYOUT

To,

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

Sir,

With reference to your application No. dated for the

grant of sanction for the development work bearing Revenue Survey No. , City Survey
No. _, mauje_ , I regret to inform you that the proposal has been refused
under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966, on the following grounds.

1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Office Stamp

Yours faithfully,

Metropolitan Commissioner,
Pune or an officer appointed by
him

184
 APPENDIX 'F'
FORM FOR INTIMATION OF COMPLETION OF WORK UPTO PLINTH LEVEL

To,
The Metropolitan
Commissioner, PMRDA

Sir,

The construction up to plinth / column up to plinth level has been completed in Building No
Plot No , Revenue Survey No. , City Survey
No. _, Village Sector No. Ward No. , situated at
Road/Street ,Society in accordance with your permission No dated
under my supervision and in accordance with the sanctioned plan.
Please check the completed work and permit me to proceed with the rest of the work.

Yours faithfully

Signature of Architect /Licensed Engineer/

Structural Engineer/Supervisor
Name :
(In Block Letters)
Address :

E-mail ID :
Mobile No.:
Date:

185
 APPENDIX 'G'
FORM OF APPROVAL / DISAPPROVAL OF DEVELOPMENT WORK UPTO PLINTH LEVEL

To,

Sir,
Please refer to your intimation No dated

regarding the completion of construction work upto plinth / column upto plinth level in Building No
Plot No , Revenue Survey No. , City Survey No. _,
Village SectorNo. WardNo. ,situated at Road/Street
_,Society You may proceed / are not allowed to proceed with the further
work as per sanctioned plans / as the construction upto plinth level does / does not confirm to the sanctioned
plans.
Yours faithfully,

Metropolitan Commissioner,
PMRDA

Office No
Office Stamp
Date :

186
 APPENDIX 'H'

FORM FOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

To,

The Metropolitan Commissioner,

PMRDA

Sir,

I hereby certify that the erection / re-erection or part/ full development work in / on building / part
building No Plot No , Revenue Survey No. _, City Survey

No. _, mauje_ , has been supervised by me and has been completed

on according to the plans sanctioned, vide office communication No
dated . The work has been completed to the best of my satisfaction. The workmanship and
all the materials (type and grade) have been strictly in accordance with general and detailed specifications. No
provisions of the Act or the building Regulations, no requisitions made, conditions prescribed or orders issued
there under have been transgressed in the course of the work. I am enclosing three copies of the completion
plans. The building is fit for occupancy for which it has been erected/ re-erected or altered, constructed and
enlarged.

I have to request you to arrange for the inspection & grant permission for the occupation of the
building.

Yours faithfully

Signature and name of Architect /Licensed Engineer/

Structural Engineer/Supervisor

Encl : As above.

Date :

(Signature of Owner)

Name of Owner (in Block Letters)

187
 APPENDIX 'I'

FORM FOR OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

To,

i) Owner:

ii) Architect, Licensed Engineer Structural Engineer / Supervisor

Sir,

The part / full development work / erection re-erection / or alteration in of building / part building No
Plot No , Revenue Survey No. , City Survey
No. _, mauje _, completed under the supervisionof
Architect, Licensed Engineer/ Structural Engineer /
Supervisor, / License No may be occupied on the following conditions-

1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A set of certified completion plans is returned herewith.

Encl : As above.

Yours faithfully,

Metropolitan Commissioner,
PMRDA or an officer appointed
by him

188
 APPENDIX 'J'

FORM FOR REFUSAL OF OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

To,

i) Owner:

ii) Architect, Licensed Engineer Structural Engineer / Supervisor

Sir,

The part / full development work / erection re-erection / or alteration in of building / part building No
Plot No , Revenue Survey No. , City Survey

No. _, mauje _, completed under the supervision of

Architect, Licensed Engineer/ Structural Engineer /
Supervisor, / License No is not allowed to be occupied because of the following reasons -

1. The construction carried out by you does not conform to the sanctioned plans.

2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A set of completion plan is retained with the PMRDA and remaining sets are regretfully returned
herewith.

Encl : As above.

Yours faithfully, Metropolitan

Commissioner, PMRDA
or an officer appointed by him

189
 APPENDIX 'K'

FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR PART OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

(On Stamp Paper)

(Of such value as decided by the Metropolitan

Commissioner.)

To,

Metropolitan Commissioner,

PMRDA.

Subject:-

Sir,

While thanking you for letting me occupy a portion of the above building before acceptance of the
Completion Certificate of the whole building for the plans approved in communication No
, dated_ I hereby indemnify the PMRDA against any risk,

damage and danger which may occur to occupants and users of the said portion of the building and also
undertake to take necessary security measures for their safety. This undertaking will be binding on me /us,
our heirs, administrators and our assignees.

Yours faithfully,

Signature and name of Owner

Witness:

Address:

Date:

190
 Appendix 'L'
SCHEDULE FOR SERVICE INDUSTRIES
Service Industry Class -A (Permitted in R2 and C)
Criteria for Classification and special conditions
Sr.
Category of Industry Maximum Permissible
No.
Power requirement Employment Floor area
Special Conditions if any
(in H.P.) (in persons) (in sq. m.)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
I. Food Product
1. Preservation of meat, canning preserving and - - - Not permissible
processing of fish crust aces and similar
foods
2. Manufacture of milk and dairy products such 10 9 50 -
as butter, ghee, etc.
3. Canning & preservation of Fruits & Vegetables - - - -
including production of Jam, Jelly, Sauce,
etc.
4. (a) Rice huller 10 9 50 -
(b) Groundnut decorticators 10 9 50
(c) Grain Mill for production of flour 10 9 50
(d Manufacture of supari and Masala 10 9 50
grindings.
(e) Baby oil expellers 10 9 50
5. Manufacture of bakery products with no 10 9 75 (i) Operation shall be permitted only between
Floor above 8.00 hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
(ii) Fuel used shall be electricity, gas or
smokeless coal.
6. Manufacture of cocoa, chocolate, Sugar - - - Not permissible
confectionary
7. Coffee, curing roasting and grinding 2 9 50 -
8. Cashew nut processing like drying, shelling, - - - Not permissible
roasting, salting etc.

191
9. Manufacture of Ice 45 20 250 -
10. Sugarcane crushing & Fruit Juice 2 9 25 -
II. BEVERAGES & TOBACCO
11. Manufacture of soft drinks and carbonated - - - Not permissible
water
12. Manufacture of bidi No Power to be used as permitted 250 May also be permitted in R-1 zone
III. TEXTILE & TEXTILEPRODUCTS
13. Handloom / power-loom of yarn for a 5 9 50 May also be permitted in R-1 zone in areas
maximum of 4 looms. designated by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
14. Printing dyeing & bleaching cotton, woollen - - - Not permissible
& silk textiles
15. Embroidery & making of crape laces & 5 9 50 -
fringes
16. Manufacture of all types of textile garments 3 9 50 -
including wearing apparel.
17. Manufacture of made up textiles goods such 3 9 50 -
as curtains, mosquito net, mattresses, bedding
material pillow cases, textile bags. etc.
IV. WOOD PRODUCTS AND FURNITURE
18. Manufacture of wooden & cane boxes & - - - Not permissible
packing cases.
19. Manufacture of structural wooden goods such - - - Not permissible
as beams, posts, doors and windows
20. Manufacture of wooden furniture and fixtures 1 9 50 i) Shall not be permitted adjoining a dwelling
unit.
ii) Operation shall be permitted only between
8.00 hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
21. Manufacture of bamboo and cane furniture 1 9 50
and fixtures
22. Manufacture of wooden products such as - - - Not permissible
utensils, toys, art wares etc

192
V. PAPER PRODUCTS AND PRINTING PUBLISHING
23. Manufacture of cartons and boxes from 5 9 50 Manufacture with paper pulp not permissible.
papers and paper board, paper pulp,
24. Printing & Publishing newspaper. 5 9 50 -
25. Printing & Publishing periodicals, books i) Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
journals, atlases, maps, envelope, printing hrs. and 20.00 hrs.
picture, post-card, embossing ii) No restrictions of power, number of
employees, area of hours of operation shall
apply if located in a building, in separate plot
not less than 500 sq. m. and if special
permission of the Metropolitan Commissioner
is obtained
26. Engraving etching block making etc. 10 9 120 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
27. Book binding 10 9 120 -
VI. LEATHER PRODUCTS
28. Manufacture of leather footwear - - - Not permissible
29. Manufacture of wearing apparel like coats, - - - Not permissible
gloves etc.
30. Manufacture of leather consumers goods such - - - Not permissible
as upholstery suitcases, pocket books,
cigarette and key cases, purses etc.
31. Repair of footwear and other leather 5 9 50
VII. RUBBER AND PLASTIC :
32. Re-treading and vulcanizing works 2 9 50
33. Manufacture of rubber balloons, hand gloves 2 9 50
and allied products
VIII NON-METALLIC MINERAL
PRODUCTS
34. Manufacture of structural stone goods, stone - - - Not permissible
dressing, stone crushing and polishing

193
35. Manufacture of earthen & plaster states and - - - Not permissible
images, toys and art wares.
36. Manufacture of cement concrete building - - - Not permissible
components, concrete jellies, septic tank,
plaster or paris work lime mortar etc.
IX. METAL PRODUCTS :
37. Manufacture of furniture and fixtures - - - Not permissible
primarily of metal.
38. Plating & Polishing and buffing of metal - - - Not permissible
products
39. Manufacture of metal building components 5 9 50
such as grills, gates. Doors and window
frames, water tanks, wire nets, etc.
40. Manufacture and repair of sundry ferrous - - - Not permissible
engineering products done by jobbing
concerns such as mechanical works, shops with
lathes, drills, grinders, welding equipment etc

41. Total sharpening and razor sharpening works 1 6 25 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
X ELECTRICAL GOODS :
42. Repairs of household electrical appliances such 3 9 50 (i) Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
as radio set. Television set, tape recorders, hrs. 20.00 hrs.
heaters, irons, shavers, vacuum cleaners, (ii) No spray painting permitted.
refrigerators, air-conditioners, washing
machines, electric cooking ranges, motor
rewinding works etc.
XI TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT
43. Manufacturing of push cart, hand cart, etc. 10 9 50
44. (a) Servicing and repairing of bicycle, 10 9 50 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
rickshaws, motor cycle and motor vehicles hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
(b) Battery charging and repairs. 5 6 25 No spray painting permitted

194
XII. OTHER MANUFACATURING AND REPAIR INDUSTRIES AND SERVICES
46. Manufacture of jewellery and related articles 3 9 50 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
47. Repair of watch, clock and jewellery 3 9 50 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
48. Manufacture of sports and athletic goods - - - Not permissible
49. Manufacture of Musical instruments and its 3 9 50 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
repair. hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
50 Mass manufacture of miscellaneous Products - - - Not permissible
such as costume, jewellery, costume
novelties, feather, plumes, artificial flowers,
brooms, brushes, lamp shades, tobacco,
pipes, cigarette holders, ivory goods,
bandages, wigs and similar articles.
51. (a)Repairs of locks, stoves, umbrellas, sewing 3 9 50 Operation shall be permitted only between 8.00
machines, gas burners, buckets & other hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
sundry household equipment.
(b) Optical glass grinding and repairs 3 9 50
52. Petrol filling stations/ CNG stations 10 9 (i) 30.5x16.75m. Plot size - without service bay
(ii) 36.5x30.5m Plot size - with service bay
53. Laundries, Laundry service and cleaning, 5 9 50 (i) Cleaning & dyeing fluid used shall not have
dyeing, bleaching and dry cleaning flash point lower than 1380 F.
(ii) Operation shall be permitted between 8.00
hrs. to 20.00 hrs.
(iii) Machinery having day load capacity of 20 kg
and above.
54. Photo processing laboratories. 5 9 50 Operation shall be permitted between 8.00 hrs. to
20.00 hrs.
55. Electronic Industry of assembly type (and not 10 20 250 In independent structure on independent plot with
of manufacturing type including heating special permission of the Metropolitan
load). Commissioner
56. Bio-technology Unit -- -- -- As per Regulation no.23.8
57. Information Technology Unit -- -- -- As per Regulation no.23.9

195
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements - Office Buildings
Sr. Fixtures Public Toilets Staff Toilets
No.
Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Executive Rooms and Conference Halls in Office Buildings Unit could be common for Male / For individual officer rooms
Toilet suite comprising one WC, one washbasin (with optional shower stall Female or separate depending on
if building is used round the clock at user‗s option) the number of user of each facility
Pantry optional as per user requirement
ii) Main Office Toilets for Staff and Visitors
a) Water-closet 1 per 25 1 per 15 1 per 25 1 per 15
b) Ablution tap with each water-closet 1 in each water-closet
c) Urinals Nil up to 6 - Nil up to 6 -
1 for 7-20 1 for 7-20
2 for 21-45 2 for 21-45
3 for 46-70 3 for 46-70
4 for 71-100 4 for 71-100
Add @ 3% for 101-200 101-200
Add @ 2.5 % Over 200 Over 200
d) Washbasins 1 per 25 1 per 25 1 per 25 1 per 25
e) Drinking water fountain 1 per 100 1 per 100 1 per 100 1 per 100
f) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per floor

196
 Appendix M
Sanitation Requirements
- – Factories
Sr. Fixtures Offices/Visitors Workers
No. Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Water-closets 1 for up to 25 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
(Workers & Staff) 2 for 16-35 2 for 16-25 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40 3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57 4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57
5 for 58-77 5 for 58-77
6 for 78-100 6 for 78-100
For persons 101-200 add 3% 5% 3% 5%
For persons over 200 add 2.5 % 4% 2.5 % 4%
ii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC
iii) Urinals Nil up to 6 - Nil up to 6 -
1 for 7-20 1 for 7-20
2 for 21-45 2 for 21-45
3 for 46-70 3 for 46-70
4 for 71-100 4 for 71-100
For persons 101-200 add 3% 3%
For persons over 200 add 2.5 % 2.5 %
iv) Washbasins 1 per 25 or part thereof 1 per 25 or part thereof 1 per 25 or part 1 per 25 or part thereof
Washbasins in rows or troughs and taps thereof
spaced 750 mm c/c
v) Drinking water fountain 1 per every 100 or part thereof with minimum one 1 per every 100 or part thereof with minimum one on
on each floor each floor
vi) Cleaner‗s sink 1 on each floor 1 on each floor 1 on each floor 1on each floor
vii) Showers/Bathing rooms As per trade requirements
viii) Emergency shower and eye wash fountain - - 1 per every shop floor per 500 persons
NOTE– For factories requiring workers to be engaged in dirty and dangerous operations or requiring them to being extremely clean and sanitized conditions additional
and separate (if required so) toilet facilities and if required by applicable Industrial and Safety Laws and the Factories Act must be provided in consultation with the
user.

197
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements - Cinema, Multiplex Cinema, Concerts and Convention Halls, Theatres
Sr. No. Fixtures Public Staff
Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Water-closets 1 per 100 up to 400 3 per 100 up to 200 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
Over 400, add at 1 per 250 or Over 200, add at 2 per 100 or 2 for 16 - 35 2 for 13 - 25
part thereof part thereof
ii) Ablution tap 1 in each water-closet 1 in each water-closet 1 in each water-closet 1 in each water-closet
iii) Urinals 1 per 25 or part thereof - Nil up to 6 -
1 for 7-20
2 for 21-45
iv) Washbasins 1per 200 or part thereof 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
v) Drinking water 1 per 100 persons or part thereof
fountain
vi) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per floor
vii) Showers/Bathing As per trade requirements
rooms

NOTES - 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired

2) Male population may be assumed as two-third and female population as one-third.

198
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements - Art Galleries, Libraries and Museums
Sr. Fixtures Public Staff
No. Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Water-closets 1 per 200 up to 400 1 per 100 up to 200 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12

Over 400 add at 1 per 250 Over 200 add at 1 per 150 or 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
or part thereof part thereof

ii) Ablution tap One in each water-closet One in each water-closet One in each water-closet One in each water-closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and
urinals
iii) Urinals 1 per 50 - Nil up to 6 -
1 per 7-20
2 per 21-45
iv) Washbasins 1 for every 200 or part 1 for every 200 or part thereof. 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
thereof. For over 400, add For over 200, add at 1 per 150 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
at 1per 250 persons or part persons or part thereof
thereof
v) Drinking water 1 per 100 persons or part thereof
fountain
vi) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per floor, Min
vii) Showers/Bathing As per trade requirements
rooms
NOTES - 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.
2) Male population may be assumed as two-third and female population as one-third.

199
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements - Hospitals with Indoor Patient Wards
Sr. Fixtures Patient Toilets Staff Toilets
No.
Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Toilet suite comprising one WC and Private room with up to 4 patients For individual doctor‗s / officer‗s rooms
one washbasin and shower stall
For General Wards, Hospital Staff and Visitors
ii) Water-closets 1 per 8 beds or 1 per 8 beds or part 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
part thereof thereof 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
iii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of
water-closets and urinals
iv) Urinals 1 per 30 beds - Nil up to 6 -
1 for 7 to 20
2 for 21-45
v) Washbasins 2 for every 30 beds or part thereof. Add 1 per 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
additional 30 beds or part thereof 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
vi) Drinking water fountain 1 per ward 1 per 100 persons or part thereof
vii) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per ward -
viii) Bed pan sink 1 per ward -
ix) Kitchen sink 1 per ward -

NOTES - 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.

2) Male population may be assumed as two-third and female population as one-third.
3) Provision for additional and special hospital fittings where required shall be made.

200
 Appendix M
Sanitation Requirements - -Hospitals - Outdoor Patient Department
Sr. Fixtures Patient Toilets Staff Toilets
No.
Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Toilet suite comprising one WC and one For up to 4 patients For individual doctor‗s/officer‗s rooms
washbasin (with optional shower stall if
building used for 24 h)
ii) Water-closets 1per 100 persons or part 2 per 100 persons or part 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
thereof thereof 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
iii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of
water-closets and urinals
iv) Urinals 1 per 50 persons or part - Nil up to 6 -
thereof 1 per 7 to 20
2 per 21-45
v) Washbasins 1per 100 persons or part 2per 100 persons or part 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
thereof thereof 2 for16-35 2 for13-25
vi) Drinking water fountain 1 per 500 persons or part thereof 1 per 100 persons or part thereof

notes - 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.

2) Male population may be assumed as two-third and female population as one-third.
3) Provision for additional and special hospital fittings where required shall be made.

201
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements - Hospitals‟ Administrative Buildings

Sr. No. Fixtures Staff Toilets

Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4)
i) Toilet suite comprising one WC and For individual doctor‗s/officer‗s rooms
one washbasin (with optional
shower stall if building used for 24
h)
ii) Water-closets 1per 25 persons or part thereof 1per 15 persons or part thereof
iii) Ablution tap One in each water-closet One in each water-closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of
water-closets and urinals
iv) Urinals Nil up to 6 -
1 per 7 to 20
2 per 21-45
v) Washbasins 1per 25 persons or part thereof 1per 25 persons or part thereof
vi) Drinking water fountain 1 per 100 persons or part thereof
vii) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per floor, Min
viii) Kitchen sink 1 per floor, Min

note - Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.

202
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements -Hospitals‟ Staff Quarters and Nurses Homes

Sr. No. Fixtures Staff Quarters Nurses Homes

Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Water-closets 1 per 4 persons or part thereof 1per 4 persons or part 1 per 4 persons or part thereof 1per 4 persons or part thereof
thereof 2 for 16-35 2 for 16-35
ii) Ablution tap One in each water-closet One in each water-closet One in each water-closet One in each water-closet
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and
urinals
iii) Washbasins 1 per 8 persons or part thereof 1 per 8 persons or part thereof

iv) Bath (Showers) 1 per 4 persons or part thereof 1 per 4 persons or part thereof

v) Drinking water 1 per 100 persons or part 1 per 100 persons or part thereof, minimum 1 per floor
fountain thereof, minimum 1 per floor
vi) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per Floor 1 per Floor

NOTES - 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.

2) For independent housing units fixtures shall be provided as for residences.

203
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements -Hotels

Sr. Fixtures Public Rooms Non-Residential Staff

No.
Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Toilet suite comprising Individual guest rooms with attached toilets -
one WC, washbasin with
shower or a bath tub

Guest Rooms with Common Facilities

ii) Water-closets 1 per 100 persons up to 400 2 per 100 persons up to 200 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
Over 400 add at 1 per 250 or Over 200 add at 1 per 100 or 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
part thereof part thereof 3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57
5 for 58-77
6 for 78-100

iii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and
urinals

iv) Urinals 1 per 50 persons or part Nil, upto 6 persons Nil up to 6 -

thereof 1 for 7-20 persons 1 for 7 to 20
2 for 21-45 persons 2 for 21-45
3 for 46-70 persons 3 for 46-70
4 for 71-100 persons 4 for 71-100

204
v) Washbasins 1 per WC/Urinal 1 per WC 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57

vi) Bath (Showers) 1 per 10 persons or part thereof - -

vii) Cleaner‗s sink 1 per 30 rooms, minimum 1 per floor

viii) Kitchen sink 1 per kitchen

NOTE 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired. 2) Male population may be assumed as two-third and female population as one-third. 3) Provision for
additional and special hospital fittings where required shall be made.

205
 Appendix M
Sanitation Requirements
- –Restaurants
Sr. Fixtures Public Rooms Non-Residential Staff
No.
Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
i) Water-closets 1 per 50 seats up to 200 2 per 50 seats up to 200 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12
Over 200 add at 1 per 100 or Over 200 add at 1 per 100 or 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
part thereof part thereof 3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57
5 for 58-77
6 for 78-100
ii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and
urinals.
iii) Urinals 1 per 50 persons or part ---- Nil up to 6 ----
thereof 1 for 7-20
2 for 21-45
3 for 46-70
4 for 71-100
iv) Washbasins 1 per WC 1 per WC 1 per WC 1 per WC
v) Cleaner‟s sink 1 per restaurant
vi) Kitchen sink 1 per kitchen
/Dish washer
NOTES: 1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.
2) Male population may be assumed as two-third and female population as one-third.
3) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.

206
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements –Schools and Educational Institutions

Sr. Fixtures Nursery School Non-Residential Residential

No.
Boys Girls Boys Girls
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
i) Water-closets 1 per 15 pupils or part 1 for 40 pupils or part 1 per 25 pupils or part 1 per 8 pupils or part 1 per 6 pupils or part
thereof thereof thereof thereof thereof
ii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and urinals.

iii) Urinals ---- 1 per 20 pupils or part ---- 1 per 25 pupils or part ----
thereof thereof
iv) Washbasins 1 per 15 pupils or part 1 per 60 pupils or part 1 per 40 pupils or part 1 per 8 pupils or part 1 per 6 pupils or part
thereof thereof thereof thereof thereof
v) Bath/Showers 1 per 40 pupils or part ---- ---- 1 per 8 pupils or part 1 per 6 pupils or part
thereof thereof thereof
vi) Drinking water 1 per 50 pupils or part 1 per 50 pupils or part 1 per 50 pupils or part 1 per 50 pupils or part 1 per 50 pupils or part
fountain or taps thereof thereof thereof thereof thereof
vi) Cleaner‟s Sink 1 per floor
NOTES:

1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired. 2) For teaching staff, the schedule of fixtures to be provided shall be the same as in case of office building.

207
 Appendix M
Sanitation- Requirements –Hostels
Sr. Fixtures Resident Non-Resident Visitor/Common Rooms
No.
Male Female Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
i) Water-closet 1 per 8 or part 1 per 6 or part 1 for upto 15 1 for upto 12 1 per 100 up to 400 1 per 200 up to 200
thereof thereof 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25 Over 400 Over 200
3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40 add at 1 per 250 add at 1 per 100
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57
5 for 58-77
6 for 78-100
ii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and urinals.

iii) Urinals 1 per 25 or part ---- Nil up to 6 ---- 1 per 50 or part ----
thereof 1 for 7-20 thereof
2 for 21-45
3 for 46-70
4 for 71-100
iv) Washbasins 1 per 8 persons or 1 per 6 persons or ---- ---- ---- ----
part thereof part thereof
v) Bath/Showers 1 per 8 persons or 1 per 6 persons or ---- ---- ---- ----
part thereof part thereof
vi) Cleaner‟s Sink 1 per floor

NOTE:Some WC‗s may be European style if desired.

208
 Appendix M
Sanitation Requirements – Mercantile Buildings,-Commercial Complexes, Shopping Malls, Fruit& Vegetable Markets
Sr. Fixtures Shop Owners Common Toilets in Market/ Mall Building Public Toilet for Floating Population
No. Male Female Male Female Male Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
i) Water-closets 1 per 8 persons or part thereof 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12 1 per 50 1 per 50 (Minimum 2)
2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25 (Minimum 2)
3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57
5 for 58-77
6 for 78-100
ii) Ablution tap 1in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC
1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided in receiving / sale area of each shop and for every 50 persons or part thereof in
the vicinity of water-closets and urinals.
iii) Urinals ---- ---- Nil up to 6 ---- 1 per 50 ----
1 for 7-20
2 for 21-45
3 for 46-70
4 for 71-100
iv) Washbasins 1 per 8 persons or part thereof 1 for up to 15 1 for up to 12 ---- ----
2 for 16-35 2 for 13-25
3 for 36-65 3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 4 for 41-57
v) Bath / Showers 1 per 8 persons or 1 per 6 persons ---- ---- 1 per 50 persons 1 per 50 persons
part thereof or part thereof

NOTES: 1) Toilet facilities for individual buildings in a market should be taken same as that for office buildings.
2) Common toilets in the market buildings provide facilities for persons working in shops and their regular visitors.

209
 Appendix M
-
Sanitation Requirements – Airports and Railway Stations

Sr. Fixtures Junction Stations, Intermediate Terminal Railway and Bus Stations Domestic and International Airports
No. Stations and Bus Stations

Male Female Male Female Male Female

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
i) Water-closet 3 for up to 1000 4 for up to 1000 4 for up to 1000 5 for up to 1000 Minimum 2 Minimum 2
Add 1 per Add 1 per Add 1 per Add 1 per additional for 200 2 For 200 2
additional 1000 additional 1000 or additional 1000 or 1000 or part thereof
For 400 9 For 400 9
or part thereof part thereof part thereof
For 600 12 For 600 12
For 800 16 For 800 16
For 1000 18 For 1000 18

ii) Ablution tap 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC 1 in each WC

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water-closets and
urinals.

iii) Urinals 4 for up to 1000 ---- 6 for up to 1000 ---- 1 per 40 or part ----
Add 1 per Add 1 per thereof
additional 1000 additional 1000

iv) Washbasins 1 per WC / 1 per WC 1 per WC / Urinal 1 per WC 1 per WC / Urinal 1 per WC
Urinal

v) Bath/Showers 2 per 1000 3 per 1000 4 per 1000

vi) Drinking water 2 per 1000 or part thereof 3 per 1000 or part thereof 4 per 1000 or part thereof
fountain or taps
(in common lobby

210
 for male/ female)

vii) Cleaner‟s sink 1 per toilet 1 per toilet 1 per toilet 1 per toilet 1 per toilet 1 per toilet
compartment compartment with 3 compartment with 3 compartment with 3 compartment with 3 compartment with 3
with 3 WC‗s WC‗s WC‗s WC‗s WC‗s WC‗s

viii) Toilet for Disabled 1 per 4000 1 per 4000 1 per 4000 1 per 4000 1 per 4000 1 per 4000
(Minimum 1) (Minimum 1)

NOTES:

1) Some WC‗s may be European style if desired. 2) Male population may be assumed as three-fifth and female population as two-fifth. 3) Separate provision shall be
made for staff and workers.

211
 APPENDIX 'N '
PROVISIONS FOR BARRIER FREE ACCESS

Provisions for Barrier Free access in buildings for differently abled persons shall be as given below
1 Definitions
1.1 Non-ambulatory Disabilities: – Impairments that, regardless of cause or manifestation, for all
practical purposes, confine individuals to wheelchairs.
1.2 Semi - ambulatory Disabilities: - Impairments that cause individuals to walk with difficulty
or insecurity, individuals using braces or crutches, amputees, arthritics, spastics, and those
with pulmonary and cardiac ills may be semi-ambulatory.
1.3 Hearing Disabilities:- Deafness or hearing handicaps that might make an individual insecure
in public areas because he is unable to communicate or hear warning signals.
1.4 Sight Disabilities: - Total blindness or impairments, which affect sight to the extent that the
individual, functioning in public areas, is insecure or exposed to danger.
1.5 Wheel Chair: - Chair used by disabled people for mobility. The standard size of wheel chair
shall be taken as 1050 mm x 750 mm.
2 Scope:-These regulations are applicable to all buildings and facilities used by the public such as
educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings constructed on plot
having an area of more than 2000 sq.m. It does not apply to private and public residences.
3 Site development:-Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan
along with specification of the materials.
3.1 Access Path / Walk Way: - Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building entrance
shall be minimum 1800 mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any, shall not
have gradient greater than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be made suitably to attract or to guide
visually impaired persons (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is
conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that emits different
sound to guide visually impaired persons; hereinafter referred to as ―guiding floor material‖).
Finishes shall have a non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Curbs wherever
provided should blend to a common level.

3.2 Parking: For parking of vehicles of differently abled people, the following provisions shall be
made-
i) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance, with maximum travel
distance of 30.0 m. from building entrance.
ii) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meter.
iii) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall be
conspicuously displayed.
iv) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually impaired persons
with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same purpose, shall be provided.

212
 4 Building requirements
The specified facilities for the buildings for differently abled persons shall be as follows:
i) Approach to plinth level
ii) Corridor connecting the entrance/exit for the differently abled.
iii) Stair-ways
iv) Lift
v) Toilet
vi) Drinking Water
4.1 Approach to plinth level - Every building should have at least one entrance accessible to the
differently abled and shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be approached
through a ramp together with the stepped entry.
4.1.1 Ramped Approach – Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the building. Minimum
width of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12. Length of ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meter
having 800mm high hand rail on both sides extending 300mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp.
Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the hand rail shall be 50mm.
4.1.2 Stepped Approach:- For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than 300mm and
maximum riser shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on both sides of the stepped
approach similar to the ramped approach.
4.1.3 Exit/Entrance Door:- Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be 900mm and it shall
not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheel chair user. Threshold shall not be
raised more than 12mm.
4.1.4 Entrance Landing:- Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the minimum
dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top end of a slope shall be
provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually impaired persons (limited to coloured
floor material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the surrounding
floor material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons hereinafter
referred to as ―guiding floor material‖). Finishes shall have a non-slip surface with a texture
traversable by a wheel chair. Curbs wherever provided should blend to a common level.
4.2 Corridor connecting the entrance / exit for the differently abled: The corridor connecting the
entrance / exit for differently abled, leading directly outdoors to a place where information concerning
the overall use of the specified building can be provided to visually impaired persons either by a
person or by signs, shall be provided as follows:
a) ‗Guiding floor materials‗ shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide visually
impaired persons.
b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of 1:12.
d) Hand rails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.
4.3 Stair-ways - One of the stair-ways near the entrance / exit for the differently abled shall have the

213
 following provisions:
a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.
b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread 300mm. The steps
shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.
c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
d) Hand rails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend300 mm on the top and bottom of
each flight of steps.
4.4 Lifts -Wherever lift is required as per regulations, provision of at least one lift shall be made for the
wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for passenger lift of 13
person capacity of Bureau of Indian Standards.
Clear internal width 1100 mm

Clear internal width 2000 mm

Entrance door width 900 mm

a) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed adjacent to
the control panel.
b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 1800 mm or more.
c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the closing speed
should not exceed 0.25 m/ sec.
d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the floor, the
cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit is either open or closed.
4.5 Toilets - One special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of differently abled with
essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for them.
a) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.
b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.
c) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50mm clearance from wall shall be
made in the toilet.
d) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.

4.6 Drinking Water:-Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the differently abled near
the special toilet provided for them.
4.7 Designing for Children - In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children, it will be
necessary to suitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures, etc.
Explanatory notes:
Guiding / Warning Floor Material:
The floor material to guide or to warn the visually impaired persons with a change of colour or
material with conspicuously different texture and easily distinguishable from the rest of the
surrounding floor materials is called guiding or warning floor material. The material with different
texture gives audible signals with sensory warning when a person moves on this surface with walking
stick. The guiding/warning floor material is meant to give the directional effect or warn a person at
critical places. This floor material shall be provided in the following areas:

214
a) The access path to the building and to the parking area.
b) The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircases and toilets.
c) Immediately at the beginning/end of walkway where there is a vehicular traffic.
d) At the location abruptly changing in level or beginning/end of a ramp.
e) Immediately in front of an entrance/exit and the landing.

Proper signage:
Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the differently abled persons
should be done with proper signals. Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such as
hearing and touch to compensate for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit those with
hearing disabilities.
Signs should be designed and located so that they are easily legible by using suitable letter size (not
less than 20 mm high). For visually impaired persons, information board in brail should be installed
on the wall at a suitable height and it should be possible to approach them closely. To ensure safe
walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates obstruction in walking. Public
Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.
The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated because people
with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours. International Symbol
Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas, etc., that have been
provided for the differently abled.

215
 Appendix 'O'
REGULATIONS FOR ERECTION OF MOBILE TOWERS

1.1 ERECTION OF MOBILE TOWERS:

Regulation for setting up of Telecommunication Cell Site(s)/Base Station(s) and installation of the
equipments for Telecommunication Network in PMR area.
1.2 Applicability:
This Regulation, shall apply to all existing and/or proposed Telecommunication Cell Sites/Base
Stations installed or to be installed in PMR area.

1.3 Control Over Development

No Telecommunication Cell Site/Base Station shall be setup or installed without the previous
permission in writing of the Metropolitan Commissioner. The permission shall be granted in the same
manner as prescribed under Sections 44 to 47 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966.
If the Metropolitan Commissioner does not dispose of the application within a period of 60 days from
the date of submission, the said application by the Telecom Service Provider/Infrastructure
Provider (TSP/IP) shall be deemed to have been approved as per the provisions under Section 45 of
the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966.
1.4 Procedure for Obtaining Development Permission
A All the applications for setting up or installation of any Telecommunication Cell Site/ Base Station
(TCS/BS) or erection of a part thereof, shall be made to the Metropolitan Commissioner by the
concerned Telecom Service Provider (TSP) or the concerned Infrastructure Provider (IP), in such
form and containing such particulars as may be prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
B The application to the Metropolitan Commissioner for obtaining the aforesaid development
permission shall be accompanied by the following documents-
(a) All the documents as otherwise required to be attached for any development permission under
the sanctioned Development Control Regulations for the area in which the site under application
is located.
(b) Plans showing Location Map, Key Plan, Site Plan, Block Plan and Plans of the proposed
work. In case of roof-top tower, the copy of Occupation Certificate or copy of sanctioned
building plans or copy of Commencement Certificate issued by the Metropolitan Commissioner
or any other valid proof, in respect of the building on which the erection of roof-top tower is
proposed, showing that such building is authorised.
(c) Notarised consent of the Owner of premises, which shall mean and include consent of the
owner of property or no-objection certificate of the concerned registered Co-op Housing Society
or notarised consent of 70% of the total number legal occupants in case of Apartments
or Condominium or no-objection certificate of the lessor in case of a lease -hold property.
(d) Copy of agreement between the TSP/IP and the Owner of premises.
(e) Copy of Access Service License/ Infrastructure Provider (IP) Registration Certificate, granted

216
 to the TSP/IP by the Department of Telecommunications (DoT), Government of India (GoI).
(f) Copy of clearance from the Standing Advisory Committee for Frequency Allocations
(SACFA) or copy of application made to SACFA for the said Location submitted to Wireless
Planning Commission (WPC) wing of the Department of Telecommunications (DoT), with
registration number as WPC Acknowledgement, along with an undertaking that in case of any
objection/ rejection, TSPs/IPs will take corrective actions or remove the TCS/BS.
(g) Acknowledgement receipt issued by Telecom Enforcement Resource and Monitoring (TERM)
Cells in respect of the self-certificate submitted by TSP/IP regarding mobile towers/Base
Transceiver Station (BTS) (Ground-based or Roof-Top or Pole/wall-mounted) in the format
as prescribed by Telecom Engineering Centre (TEC), DoT, establishing/certifying that all
General Public areas around the TCS/BS will be within safe Electro-Magnetic Radiation (EMR)
exposure limit as per peak traffic measurement after the antennae starts radiating.
(h) Copy of Structural Stability Certificate for any ground-based Base Transceiver Station (BTS).
OR
In case of any roof-top BTS tower, Structural Stability Certificate for the building, based on
written approval of any authorized Structural Engineer of the State/local Body/Central
Building Research Institute (CBRT), Roorkee/ IIT/ NIT or any other Agency, authorized by
the Metropolitan Commissioner.
Provided that such NOC shall not be required for the single pole antennae or cellular signal
boosters.
(i) Copy of the type test certificate issued by Automotive Research Association of India (ARAI)
to the manufacturers of the Diesel Generator (DG) Sets.
(j) Notarised undertaking from the Applicant/Owner of premises :-
(i) That the cabin will not be utilized for any purpose other than the Telecommunication Cell
Site/Base Station.
(ii) That if the said activity is discontinued by the Applicant, the said cabin will be
demolished forthwith by the Applicant /Owner of premises.
(k) No objection certificate from the Authority concerned under the Civil Aviation Ministry
(hereinafter referred to as the said Authority) in case of any building falling in any area where
such no objection certificate of the said Authority is required under the relevant rules or law.
(l) No objection certificate of the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board regarding compliance
with the norms prescribed for noise levels and smoke levels for the power generating sets having
capacity above 100 kw, to be provided for Base Transceiver Stations.
(m) No objection certificate of the Chief Fire Officer of the PMRDA only in case of
High Rise buildings having height of 15 mtr. or more measured from ground level.
(n) Copy of clearance from the State Environment Department as well as the Forest Department,
in case of forest, protected areas, if applicable.
(o) Data Sheet containing the information regarding –
(a) Name of Telecom Service Provider/ Infrastructure Provider,
(b) Location,
(c) Tower Reference-

217
 (i) Height and Weight of Tower,
(ii) Ground Based Tower/Roof Top Tower,
(iii) Number of Antennae planned on Tower,
(iv) Permissible maximum EMF Radiation Level,
(v) Proposed maximum EMF Radiation Level.
(p) Requisite fees, charges, as applicable.
C In case of a listed Heritage building/ Heritage precinct and/or in case of cessed buildings and/or in
case of area under Environmentally Sensitive Zone (ESZ), notified by the Ministry of Environment
and Forest (MoEF), Government of India (GoI), all the applications for installation of any TCS/BS
or erection of a part thereof, shall be made to the concerned Metropolitan Commissioner, which will
forward it to the Heritage Conservation Committee concerned and/or High Level Monitoring
Committee (HLMC) appointed/constituted by MoEF respectively.
D The erection of the Base Station including tower, shall be commenced within 90 days from the date
of receipt of permission from the Metropolitan Commissioner and report of erection shall be made
to the Metropolitan Commissioner.
1.5 Leviable charges
The Metropolitan Commissioner, while granting permission under sub regulation (3) hereinabove,
shall levy and collect the following charges:-
(a) Development Charge.-Development charge shall be levied and collected by the Metropolitan
Commissioner as per the provisions under section L24-B of The Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966. For the purpose of assessing the development charge, the setting up
of Base Station on land and on roof-tops shall be classified under commercial category,
calculated over the foot print area occupied by the Telecommunication Cell Site/Base Station.
(b) Administrative Fee.-Over and above the development charge as stipulated in clause 4 (a) above,
TSP/IP shall pay to the PMRDA, a onetime non-refundable Administrative fee of Rs.30000, or
as per the rates revised from time to time by the Government.
1.6 Planning Norms For Erection of TCS /BS
(a) Notwithstanding the land use provisions under these regulations, subject to the compliance of other
provisions of these Regulations, it shall be permissible to install TCB/BS, on
(i) all land uses as earmarked in Regional/Development Plan,
(ii) all lands which are designated for non-buildable reservations in Regional/Development Plan,
subject to the condition that the maximum permissible area for installation of such TCS/BS
shall not be more than 5% of the area of the reserved site or 100 sq.m., whichever is less, and
shall be located in one corner of the reserved site.
(iii) all lands which are designated as open spaces/recreational open spaces/recreational grounds
in a sanctioned layout, where such installation shall be permissible only with the no-objection
certificate of the concerned registered co-operative housing society or consent of 70% of the
total number of legal occupants/plot holders of such layout, subject to the condition that the
maximum permissible area for installation of such TCS/BS shall not be more than 5%of such
area or 100 sq.m, whichever is less, and the same shall be located in one corner of such area.

218
 (iv) all buildable reservations in Regional/Development Plan, except for buildings of uses
mentioned in Regulation no.36.5(f), where such installation shall be permissible on the roof top,
but only after development of the said reservation.
(v) all open lands in slum areas belonging to the Government/public Authority planning
Authority, where only ground-based TCS/BS shall be permissible and no Roof-Top Tower
shall be permissible, save as provided in Regulation no.36.5(a)(vi) herein below.
(vi) public buildings in slum areas, like public toilets, community centres etc., constructed by any
Public Authority or to be constructed by the TSP/IP, where construction of Roof Top Towers
shall be permissible, subject to maintenance and compliance of other terms and conditions
specified by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
(b) No permission for installation of TCS/BS shall be granted in ecologically important areas, without
ecological impact assessment and review of installation site. The Forest Department should be
consulted before installation of TCS/BS in and-around protected areas and Zoos.
(c) The TCS/BS must have clear access by means of an existing road having minimum width of 6 mtr.
for locations falling in Congested area as earmarked on DP and 9 mtr., for locations falling outside
such Congested area. However, in exceptional circumstances, the Metropolitan Commissioner may
relax such road width suitably, but in no case, shall it be less than 5 mtr.
(d) In case of both ground-based towers and roof-top towers, there shall be no nearby buildings right in
front of the antenna(e) of equivalent height, taking into account the tilt of the lowest antenna on
tower, as per the details in the Table No. 28 below:-
Table No. 28

Sr. No. Number of Antenna(e) Building/ Structure Safe Distance from the
Pointed in the Same Direction Antenna(e) at the Same Height (in mtr.)

(1) (2) (3)

1 1 20

2 2 35

3 4 45

4 6 55

Provided that the antennae at the same height only are to be counted, as the beam width of mobile
antennae, in the vertical direction, is very narrow.
(Explanation.-The distance figures in the above Table are based on empirical estimation
considering that all the antennae are emitting at their maximum RF power of 20 Watts and exactly
in the same direction with the same height.)
Provided further that above norms shall automatically stand revised as per the latest guidelines, issued
by the DoT from time to time.
(e) In case of Wall Mounted/Pole Mounted Antenna(e) :-
(i) Wherever the antennae are mounted on the wall of a building or pole or along the road, their
height should be at least 5 mtr., above ground level/road level. Provided that such installations
shall have to comply with the prescribed radiation limits.

219
 (ii) As far as safe distance of buildings from antenna(e) is concerned, guidelines as in Regulation
no.36.5 (d) above shall apply.
(f) Installation of Base Station antenna(e) shall not be permissible within the premises of schools,
colleges, and hospitals as well as on the adjoining land /building within 3 mtr., from the boundary
of premises of schools, colleges and hospitals. Also antenna(e) shall not be directed/ positioned
towards any school/college/ hospital building.

(g) The existing Base Station antenna(e) approved earlier on any school/college/ hospital, building
shall not be renewed further after the expiry of period of approval and the same shall be removed
immediately thereafter, subject to the provisions of Regulation no.36.7 (d).
(h) Access to Base Station Antenna site shall be prohibited for the general public, by putting in place
suitable measures such as wire-fencing, locking of the door to the roof, etc.
(i) The roof-top TCS, IBS towers shall be put only on buildings which are declared structurally strong
enough to bear the load of such installation. The base connection to the building should be got
designed from a qualified structural engineer. Structural safety certificate of the composite structure
[Building + Tower(s)] shall have to be obtained from any of the recognized Government Institutes.
(j) While according permission for installation of TCS/BS, permissible for erection of a cabin at
ground level may be granted. However, the same shall not be allowed in the prescribed marginal
distances. The area of such cabin shall not be more than 20 sq. mt. for each TSP/IP, subject to the
certificate of structural safety. Built-up area of such cabin(s) shall not be counted towards built-up
area or FSI.
(k) No permission for installation of TCS/BS shall be granted on buildings which are unauthorized and
structurally unsafe. If permission for installation of such structures is granted on a building, which
is declared as unauthorized at a later point of time, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall first take
recourse to the provisions of sections 52, 53, 54 and 55 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966 or other relevant laws, as the case may be, against such unauthorized building
and in case the Metropolitan Commissioner, after completing the due process of law, decides to
undertake any action of demolition against such unauthorised building then such decision shall also
be conveyed to the concerned TSP/IP with a direction to relocate the TCS/BS within a period of 90
days, after which the Metropolitan Commissioner shall not be under any obligation to send any
further intimation to the TSP/IP concerned before demolishing such unauthorised building, and it
shall not be liable to pay compensation for the loss of the Base Station as a consequence of the
demolition of the unauthorised building. The TSP/IP shall indemnify the Metropolitan Commissioner
to this effect, while seeking permission for installation of TCS/BS.
(l) Permission for installation of TCS/BS, once granted shall remain valid for next 5 years. The TSP/IP
shall apply for renewal of permission to the Metropolitan Commissioner. The Metropolitan
Commissioner, while considering renewal, shall insist upon submission of fresh structural stability
certificate for buildings more than 30 years of age. Administrative fee shall be levied and collected
as prescribed in Regulation no.36.4 (b) hereinabove, for every such renewal. If TSP/IP fails to
apply for renewal alongwith all necessary documents before the expiry of earlier permission, then
such TSP/IP shall be liable for action under the provisions of the Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966.
(m) In case of any existing TCS/BS on a slum structure, every effort shall be made to relocate such

220
 TCS/BS on a nearby suitable public building or any other authorised structure or open land in the
slum. If such relocation is not possible, then such TCS/BS may be allowed to be continued on such
slum structure subject to its structural suitability, till the TCS/BS is shifted to any other authorised
structure or till the redevelopment of the slum, whichever is earlier.
(n) While granting permission for TCS/BS, the Metropolitan Commissioner shall stipulate that TSP/IP
shall conduct regular audit in accordance with the directions/guidelines issued by TERM Cell or
DoT from time to time.
1.7 Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF) Radiation Norms
(a) Prior to installation of TCS/BS, the TSP/IP shall have to obtain Site clearance from the Standing
Advisory Committee on Frequency Allocation (SACFA) of the Department of Telecommunication
(DoT) for every site from the point of view of interference with other wireless users, aviation hazards
and obstruction to any other existing microwave links.
(b) The Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF) radiation from BTS towers shall be subject to the regulations
framed by the DoT from time to time. The TSP/IP shall periodically conduct audit and monitor
EMF radiation in Urban localities, hospitals and educational/industrial /residential / recreational
premises, especially around the Protected Areas (PAs) and ecologically sensitive areas, in accordance
with the guidelines issued by DoT in this regard. It shall be binding on TSP/ IP to follow the
mechanism prescribed by the DoT/TERM Cell at local level for ensuring control on the EMF
radiation and for notifying on continual basis the radiation level at critical location. For all the existing
as well as new BTSs/Towers, TSPs are required to submit self-certificates periodically in the format
prescribed by TEC, DoT, in order to ensure that normally all general public areas around the TCS/BS
site are within the safe EMR exposure limits. Audit of the self-certification furnished by the TSPs
shall be done by the TERM Cell periodically. TERM Cell shall carry out test audit of the BTS sites
on random basis as per the guidelines received from DoT and also in respect of al1 cases where there
is a public complaint. The TERM Cell shall have due regard to the instructions issued by DoT
regarding technical audit of TCS/BS, including radiation of towers within safe limits. These shall
include Roof Top/Ground Based./Pole Mounted/Wall Mounted Towers. The TERM Cell shall also
verify antenna orientation, safe distance from the Tower (exclusion zone) etc. For non-compliance of
EMF standards, Telecom Service Provider shall be liable for penal action by the TERM Cell and/or
Department of Telecommunication (DoT). Any violation noticed may attract heavy penalties on
TSPs and may also lead to shut down of TCS/ BS, in case the violation persists.
1.8 Miscellaneous Provisions
(a) Any complaint concerning illegal installation of TCS/BS on any building or any query of any
nature regarding the installation of telecommunication equipment, shall be addressed to the
Metropolitan Commissioner which shall intimate the concerned TSP/IP about the same with
a direction to resolve the issue under intimation to the Metropolitan Commissioner, within such
period as may be prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
(b) The TSP/IP, who has erected TCS/BS without due permission, shall apply to the concerned
Metropolitan Commissioner for regularization within 180 days from the date of coming into force of
this Regulation. In case such application is made within the prescribed period, then the offence, if
any, registered against the TSP/IP may be compounded by the Metropolitan Commissioner under
section 143 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966, subject to the provisions of
these regulations.

221
(c) The TSPs/IPs who have earlier erected TCS/BS with due permission, shall apply afresh, for
validation of the previous permission, to the Metropolitan Commissioner within a period of 90 days
from the date of commencement of this Regulation, in order to ensure due compliance of this
Regulation. However Administrative fee in such cases shall not be leviable if appropriate fee/
Development charge, not less than the amount prescribed under Regulation no.36.4 (b)above, has
already been paid. In case the amount paid is less than what is prescribed hereinabove, the
difference in amount shall be recovered from the TSP/IP.
(d) Any existing TCS/BS not conforming to any of the above provisions shall have to be removed
within one year from the date of commencement of this Regulation, unless the same is specifically
regularized by the Metropolitan Commissioner following due compliance by TSP/IP. However,
operation of such non-conforming Telecommunication Cell Site/Base station shall be discontinued
within a period of 30 days from the date of receipt of notice from the Metropolitan Commissioner to
that effect, which shall however be issued only after obtaining the consent of the TERM Cell of DoT.
(e) The Licensees shall try to share the tower for fixing their respective antennae provided the
prescribed conditions are duty fulfilled, so as to ensure curtailing of multiple towers and optimizing
the use of the existing ones.
(f) Sign boards and Warning signs ("Danger", "RF Radiation", "Restricted Area", "Don't Enter" etc.)
shall be provided at TCS/BS antenna sites which are clearly visible and identifiable.
(g) The TSP/IP shall display the details of the following on a board (minimum size 24" x 48")
separately or prominently on the cabin, for the perusal of general public in such a wayf that the
same shall be clearly visible and identifiable.
i. Name of TSP/IP :-
ii. Location :-
iii. Tower Reference :-
(a) Height, (b) Weight (c) Number of antennae planned on tower, (d) Permissible EMF
radiation level (e) Proposed EMF radiation level.
iv. Due date for next renewal.
v. Contact Person's name, address and Telephone Number
vi. Address of Complaint Redressing Authority with Telephone Numbers
vii. Police Control Room- 100
viii. Fire Control Room – 101
ix. Ambulance – 102
x. Other important information, if any.
Provided that in case of Telecommunication Cell Site/Base station on roof-top, the aforesaid
information shall be displayed on the ground floor of the building.

(h) The Metropolitan Commissioner shall display the list of authorized TCS/BS on their official web
site, along with the date of permission and due date for renewal of permission.
(i) TCS/BS Tower shall be inspected for distortion of members, torques of nuts and bolts at least once
in five years. However, in case of areas affected by any natural calamity, such as cyclone,

222
earthquake, flood, etc., such inspection shall be carried out immediately after such
incident suo motu or on being directed by the Metropolitan Commissioner. Such
inspection shall be carried out only by a qualified structural engineer and a certificate to
that effect shall be submitted to the Metropolitan Commissioner.

(j) TCS/BS Towers located in highly corrosive environment shall be painted

every year. Other towers shall be painted at least once in five years to give
additional protection.

(k) The Metropolitan Commissioner shall make efforts to provide Single Window
clearance to TSP/ IP for disposal of their applications in a time bound manner.

1.9 Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, all the Regulations/Bye-

Laws/ Memorandum /Directions /Guidelines in this regard, issued or to be issued
from time to time, by the Department of Telecommunications, Government of
India, shall prevail and be binding on TSP/IP and also on the PMRDA, in which
case, this Regulation shall stand modified to that extent.

1.10 Powers of Interpretation and Removal of Doubt.-

If any interpretation is required regarding the clauses of this Regulation, then the
matter shall be referred to the Urban Development Department, Government of
Maharashtra, whose decision shall be final.

223
 APPENDIX „P‟
SITE VISIT REPORT

Date of
Site visit
Site Visit
By
Proposed
Project:
Proposed Land use (Residential -R1 / R2,
Commercial / Industrial / Agriculture / No
Development / Afforestation Zone).

Site Details By Owner / By TP

PAH
a. Survey no / Gut No.
b. Village
c. Taluka
d. Plot area as per 7/12 extract
e. Location (Lat/Lon)
f. Land use zone.
g. NA Status
h. Environmental clearance

Details of Site Visit By Architect By TP

a. Existing approach road width
Type of existing road
(Tar/Wbm/Concrete)
b. Proposed approach road width
as per RP/DP
c. Classification of approach road
as per RP/DP
d. Existing nature of ground
contours gentle than 1 in 5 slope
contours steeper than 1 in5 slope
e. Any existing structure on the
site, if any, are they correctly
marked on the plan.
Plinth area of the existing
structure.
Existing structure (To be
demolished / Retained)
f. Existing water course (Y/N)
Minimum distance from the
Blue HFL line.
Minimum distance from the Red
HFL line.

224
g. Drainage system available
(Y/N)
h. Distance of site from electric
line (If adjacent or within the
site)
Type of electrical line (Low /
Medium /High / Extra High
Voltage line)
i. Distance of site from railway
property (if adjacent)
j. Insanitary conditions (free from
caucuses / exacter / Filth)
k. Whether site is affected by
Airport proximity zone as per
RP /DP.
l. Drinking Water Availability
m. Distance from adjacent
industrial plot
n. Checked demarcation map with
site conditions and validated
(Yes/No)
k. Whether site is affected by
airport proximity zone as per RP
/ DP
l. Drinking water availability
m. Abutting industrial Plot (Y / N)

225
 APPENDIX „Q‟
SITE VISIT CERTIFICATE

Ref: 1. Application no.—————————, dated ——————————.

2, Site Visit conducted on dated ————————————————.

This is to certify that, status of the site is as follows and is suitable for the proposed
land use.

Date of
Site visit
Site Visit
By
Proposed
Project:
Proposed Land use (Residential -R1 / R2,
Commercial / Industrial / Agriculture / No
Development / Afforestation Zone).
Site Details By Owner / By TP
PAH
a. Survey no / Gut No.
b. Village
c. Taluka
d. Plot area as per 7/12 extract
e. Location (Lat/Lon)
f. Land use zone.
g. NA Status
h. Environmental clearance
Details of Site Visit By Architect By TP
a. Existing approach road width
Type of existing road
(Tar/Wbm/Concrete)
b. Proposed approach road width
as per RP/DP
c. Classification of approach road
as per RP/DP
d. Existing nature of ground
contours gentle than 1 in 5 slope
contours steeper than 1 in5 slope
e. Any existing structure on the
site, if any, are they correctly
marked on the plan.
Plinth area of the existing
structure.
Existing structure (To be
demolished / Retained)

226
 f. Existing water course (Y/N)
Minimum distance from the
Blue HFL line.
Minimum distance from the Red
HFL line.
g. Drainage system available
(Y/N)
h. Distance of site from electric
line (If adjacent or within the
site)
Type of electrical line (Low /
Medium /High / Extra High
Voltage line)
i. Distance of site from railway
property (if adjacent)
j. Insanitary conditions (free from
caucuses / exacter / Filth)
k. Whether site is affected by
Airport proximity zone as per
RP /DP.
l. Drinking Water Availability
m. Distance from adjacent
industrial plot
n. Checked demarcation map with
site conditions and validated
(Yes/No)

(This certificate is valid for three months from the date of issue)

Certificate Issued by

Metropolitan Commissioner PMRDA

227
 APPENDIX - R
REGULATIONS FOR LONAVALA-KARLA-MALAVALI
PLANNING AREA OF SECTOR R OF RP OF PUNE
REGION

No plots in these zones shall be less than 500 sqm; provided that smaller plots in these
zones admeasuring not less than 300 sqm existing before the date of publication of regional
plan shall be recognized for the purpose of granting development permissions; provided
further that plots directly abutting on Mumbai-Pune road shall not admeasure less than 1000
sqm. Development in such 1000 sqm plot, shall be governed by development control rules
in Lonavala Regional/Development Plan, applicable to 10 are zone.

Built up areas, number of storeys, tenements, marginal open spaces and room sizes, the
maximum built up areas, the maximum number of storeys, the maximum number of
tenements, the minimum marginal open spaces and the minimum room sizes permissible
in these zones shall be as indicated in the statement ―AAA‖ annexed hereto. As regards
rules for layout plots and group housing schemes and buildings of various users other than
residential; other items of building construction, such as balcony, sanitation, height,
ventilation and parking etc shall be governed by development control regulations for these
items incorporated in Regional/Development Plan of Lonavala as amended from time to
time and subject to these regulations.

228
 State e t AAA

Plot Size Maxi Max.n Max. no Min.marginal open space Min Min. Min
group mum o. of of habita sizes sizes for
built storeys tenemen ble for shops &
up ts room kitch other
area sizes en rooms
for
commer
cial use
Road Side Rear
side
1. Between 25% Ground 2 3m 2.5m 3m 9.0 7.5 15 sqm
300 sqm plus sqm sqm with no
and less one with with side less
than 500 floor no no than 3m
sqm only side side
2. 500 sqm 25% Ground 4 4.5m 3m 4.5m less less
and plus than than
above one 3m 2.5m
upper

1) A ground floor on stilts or columns without enclosing walls (except retaining walls,
where such floor is constructed by cutting the sloping ground) intended to be used as
parking space shall not be counted as ground floor.
2) In case of classified roads, the minimum marginal open spaces to be observed from
roads, shall be as prescribed above or as prescribed by Government from time to
time under the ribbon development rules, whichever is more. However, on Mumbai-
Pune National highway, no construction of any sort shall be allowed within a
distance of 75m from the centre line of this road.
3) Sr.no. 1 is applicable to the plots existing on or before the date of publication of the
notification in the official gazette.

229
 APPENDIX –S
REGULATIONS FOR KUNE-PANGALOLI-KURWANDE
PLANNING AREA OF SECTOR R OF RP OF PUNE
REGION

Development in this area shall be governed by the regulations applicable to 10 Are zone in
the Lonavala Regional/Development Plan. The maximum built up areas, the maximum
number of storeys, the maximum number of tenements, the minimum marginal open spaces
and the minimum room sizes permissible in these zones shall be as indicated in the
statement ―BBB‖ annexed hereto. As regards rules for layout plots and group housing
schemes and buildings of various users other than residential; other items of building
construction, such as balcony, sanitation, height, ventilation and parking etc shall be
governed by development control regulations for these items incorporated in
Regional/Development Plan of Lonavala as amended from time to time and subject to these
regulations.

230
 State e t BBB

Plot Size Maximum Max.no Max. Min.marginal open space Min Min. sizes for kitchen
Sr. group built up . of no of habitable
no area storeys tene room sizes
. ment
s

Road Side Rear

side
1. Between 25% Ground 2 4.5m 3m 4.5m 9.0 sqm 7.5 sqm with no side less
500 sqm plus with no than 2.5m
and less one side less
than floor than 3m
1000 only
sqm
2. 1000 25% Ground 4 4.5m 3m 4.5m 11 sqm
sqm and plus with no
above one side less
upper than 3m

1) A ground floor on stilts or columns without enclosing walls (except retaining walls, where
such a floor is constructed by cutting the sloping ground) intended to be used as parking space
shall not be counted as ground floor.
2) In case of classified roads, the minimum marginal open spaces to be observed from roads, shall
be as prescribed above or as prescribed by Government from time to time under the ribbon
development rules, whichever is more. However, on Mumbai-Pune National highway, no
construction of any sort shall be allowed within a distance of 75m from the centre line of this
road.
3) Sr.no. 1 is applicable to the plots existing on or before the date of publication of the notification
in the official gazette.

231
 APPENDIX –T

REGULATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY SERVICES

UNDER COMMUNITY NATURE CONSERVANCY AROUND WILD LIFE
SANCTUARIES AND NATIONAL PARKS OF RP OF PUNE REGION.
.

Applicability: These regulations shall apply to the privately owned (not applicable to forest land)
lands falling in Agriculture I No Development Zone situated within 5 km distance from the
boundaries of wildlife sanctuaries and national parks in the PMRDA area . The provisions of
existing Regional Plans I Development Plans with prevail over these regulation.s, wherever lands
are earmarked for urbanisable zones in such plans.

Regulation:- For the lands situated within 5 km distance (or up to limit of notified eco - sensitive
zone whichever is more) from the boundaries of wildlife sanctuaries and national parks, if the land
owner applies for development permission, for development of eco-tourism, nature tourism.
adventure tourism, same may be allowed; provided the land under consideration has minimum
area of one hectare in contiguous manner.

Permissible users and built up area:-

The users permissible in Agricultural Zone/No Development Zone shall be as follows:-

a) Agriculture, Farming, development of wild animal shelters, plantation and allied uses.
b)Tourist homes, resorts, hotels etc. with rooms/suites, support areas for reception, kitchen, utility
services etc. alongwith ancillary structures like covered parking, watchman‘s quarter, guard cabin,
landscape element, and only one observation tower per tourist resort upto the height 15 mt. with
platform area upto 10 sq.mt. in permanent/semi -permanent structural components.

The norms for building will be as follows:-

i) The construction activities shall be as per Zonal Master Plan of concerned protected
area.
ii) The maximum permissible total built up area shall not exceed 10% of gross area
with only G+1 structure having height not more than 9m. and it should blend with
the surrounding.
iii) The fencing/fortification may be permissible for only 10 % of total land area around
built up structure in the form of chain link without masonry walls thereby keeping
the remaining area free for movement of wild life.
iv) Tourism infrastructure must confirm to environment friendly, low height, aesthetic
architecture, natural cross-ventilation: no use of asbestos, no air pollution, minimum
outdoor lighting and merging with the surrounding landscape. They should generate
at least 50% of their total energy and fuel requirement from nonconventional energy
sources like solar and biogas etc.
v) The owner shall establish effective sewage disposal and recycling system during the
construction and operational phase of the development. Not 1 ltr. of sewage shall go
into the natural stream;
If in cases, where lack of compliance is observed, the PMRDA shall issue a
notice to the resort owner/operator for corrective action within 15 days, failing
to do so or having not been satisfy with the action taken or reply/justification
received, any decision to shut down the unit may be taken by the PMRDA.
vi) The owner shall establish effective systems for collection, segregation, composting

232
 and/or reuse of different types of solid waste collected during the construction and
operational phase of the development.
vii) The plastic components used within the area shall be recycled; failing which the
resort shall be closed down within 48 hours.
viii) Natural streams/slopes/terrain shall be kept as it is, except for the built up area.
ix) On the area other than 10% area, only local trees shall be planted and only natural
vegetation shall be allowed.
x) For the development such type already taken place, condition no (iii) above shall be
applicable retrospectively to the extent of restricting the fencing and keeping the
remaining area free for movement of wild life.
xi) While allowing such development, principles given in the National Tiger
Conservation Authority New Delhi Notification No. 15-31/2012-NTCA, dated
15/10/2012 published in the gazette of India Ext. pt. III S-4 dated 08/11/2012 and
Government of Maharashtra as amended from time to time shall be used as
guidelines.
xii) All regulation prescribed in Eco- Sensitive Zone Notification of concerned National
Park/ Wild Life Sanctuary should be strictly followed and all clearances required
should be taken.

233
 APPENDIX –U

Approvals of Building Permission on Fast Track based on

Risk Based categorization
Notwithstanding Anything Contains in DCPR of the PMRDA, the Regulations Regarding
Approval Of Building Permission by the Architect /L.S./Engineer at the Stage of
Commencement , Plinth Checking and Completion cum Occupancy shall be as per Risk Based
Classification of Building given in Table below:-

Sr. Parameters to be Risk Category

No. consider for Risk Low Risk Category Moderate Risk Category
Base.
1 Plot Area Buildings on a Plot Area Buildings on a Plot Area
considered for Risk upto 150 sq.mt. between 151 Sq mtr and upto
Based Assessment. 200 sq.mt.
2 Permissibility In Residential Zone, Residential Zone,
Development Plan Commercial zone and Commercial zone and Public-
Zone Public-Semi-public Zone Semi-public Zone
3 Plot status The plot should be vacant . The plot should be vacant . The
The Plot Status ,Plot criteria Plot Status ,Plot criteria and
and permissibility in above permissibility in above land use
land use zone shall be as per zone shall be as per respective
respective DCPR. DCPR.
4 Type of building Residential and other Residential and other buildings
buildings as per as per DCPR
DCPR
5 Proposed Structure G.F. / P+1 G.F.+1 / P+2
of Building/Storey RCC./Load Bearing RCC./Load Bearing
6 Front and side open As per the provisions of As per the provisions of
spaces, Provision of DCPR. DCPR.
Basement, Parking
requirement and
other requirements.
7 Tree cutting/ Tree Not permitted. Not permitted
replantation.
8 Experience Criteria As per Appendix-C of the As per Appendix-C of the
for Architect respective DCPR regarding respective DCPR regarding
/L.S./Engineer for licensing and qualifications licensing and qualifications of
self-certification and of the technical person. the technical person.
all approval
mentioned in this
regulation.
9 NOCs and Wherever required as per Wherever required as per the
Documents the respective DCPR respective DCPR

10 Site inspection and No site inspection is Site inspection at Plinth level is

Computer based necessary by the PMRDA necessary by the PMRDA.
allocation of at any stage. Approval Approval Procedure is to be
inspector for site Procedure is to be followed followed as mentioned in Point
inspection. as mentioned in Point No.11 including point no 11
No.11 excluding point no (c).
11 (c).

234
 11. Procedure for Building Permission

Architect/ Licence Surveyor (L.S.)/Engineer (Architect registered with Council of Architecture

& License Surveyor &Engineer registered with the PMRDA ) are empowered to grant
provisional approval with self-certification to the building proposal plans categorised as Low
Risk & Moderate Risk in Table given above, subject to the following:-
Building Permission/Commencement Certificate:-

a) Submission of Proposal:-The proposal shall comprise of application u/s 44/69 of MR&TP Act,
1966, in format prescribed by the Metropolitan Commissioner, along with documents and
undertakings required for the proposal as per regulation & required by the Metropolitan
Commissioner from time to time. All the required documents shall be certified and signed by the
Architect /L.S./Engineer confirming with the original documents. The documents required shall be
as per the DCPR of the PMRDA.

b) Commencement Certificate ( CC ) :- After receipt of the application, the Demand Note

regarding payment of Scrutiny Fee, Development Charges and other Charges based on the
proposed Plans / Drawing submitted shall be given by the concern Engineer of the authority
within 10 days. The owner / Architect /L.S./Engineer shall deposit the Charges as demanded.
Upon deposit of such Charges with the PMRDA, the concerned Architect/ Licence Surveyor
(L.S.)/Engineer are empowered to grant provisional approval in the form of self- certification
certifying that the plan / entire building proposal is strictly in conformity with the DCPR. This self-
certification shall be treated as Commencement for the construction work.
The owner/concern Architect/ Licence Surveyor (L.S.)/Engineer shall submit the said self-certified
plan to the PMRDA within 10 days. Upon such submission, the concerned Officer, authorized
by the Metropolitan Commissioner shall countersign the plans without any scrutiny and issue
Commencement Certificate Under Section-45 of Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act,
1966 within 10 days from the receipt of such plan. The Scrutiny at the PMRDA level need not
be necessary. Concern Architect /L.S./Engineer is empowered/Authorised to issue the copies of
such approved plans & Certificates with his signature.
c) Plinth Checking For Moderate Risk building proposal:- The concern Architect
/L.S./Engineer shall apply for certificate of plinth checking in prescribed application for Moderate
Risk building proposal only. The inspection shall be done by the concerned Officer of the
PMRDA. The inspection report shall be prepared and uploaded within 48 hours. The Plinth
checking certificate shall be grant within the period of 7 days from the receipt of the application,
if found as per the sanctioned plan.
d) Building completion certificate:- On completion of work, the concern
Architect/L.S./Engineer shall issue the Building completion certificate and Occupation certificate,
as required as per the provision of DCPR to the completed building/structure and submit two set of
completion plan along with the required certificate and all site inspection report to the authority.
The concerned Officer authorised by the Metropolitan Commissioner shall countersign the said
Completion Plan along with Occupancy Certificate within 10 days without any scrutiny and site
inspection.

12. Responsibility of the Architect/L.S./Engineer

a) The work shall be supervised by the concerned Architect/L.S./Engineer who will ensure that the
same is carried out strictly as per the approval. Confirmation of ownership of land / plot area and
land boundaries in the name of applicant shall be jointly responsibility of concerned
Architect/L.S./Engineer and the owner.
b) It will be the responsibility of the concern Architect /L.S/Engineer, Site Supervisor & Structural
Engineer appointed for the proposed development, jointly or severally to ensure that all plans
shall be in consonance with provisions of the DCPR. All the requirements of the DCPR shall
have to be complied with due care and the work is carried out as per the approval only. Any
deviation required during the construction shall be approved by Architect/L.S./Engineer before
execution. The concerned Architect /L.S./Engineer shall be empowered for any amendments in
the plan in process of construction within the purview of DCPR.

235
 c) Frequency of Inspection By the Architect/L.S./Engineer:- The Architect/L.S./Engineer shall
inspect and submit the site inspection report along with photographs/video clips, at stages while
submitting the building proposal, after completion of plinth work, and finally at the time of
Building completion certificate to the authority. Such inspection reports shall be submitted and
uploaded within 48 hours from the date of inspection.

d) After submitting the application or during the construction of building if the

Architect/L.S./Engineer are changed, he shall intimate the PMRDA immediately that he is no
longer responsible for the project from the date of intimation. The construction work shall have
to be suspended until the new Architect/L.S./Engineer as the case may be appointed by the
owner. Owner‘s intimation regarding change of licensee shall be considered to be final. After
intimation of the new appointed licensee shall then undertakes and start the project.
13. Authorisation to PMRDA :-
a) In case of any deviations/irregularities noticed in the process or after completion, the PMRDA may
immediately issue notice to the owner and or to the concerned licensee to suspend the further
work and rectify the deviations/irregularities. Only after satisfaction of rectification made by the
owner or concerned licensee, the PMRDA may issue intimation to start the work. In major
violations, the PMRDA shall authorise to take appropriate action against Architect/L.S./Engineer as
the case may be, as per the DCPR or as per respective Acts and Laws.
b) The Metropolitan Commissioner, as the case may be, of the PMRDA is authorised to prepare
common application forms, proformas, affidavit etc. wherever required for the smooth
implementation of this regulation.
c) The above procedure shall be integrated with the Online Building Permission Management
System (BPMS) by the PMRDA.

14. Exceptions from this Procedure:-The above Procedure for Building Permission shall not bar
the owner/ Architect/L.S./Engineer to obtain development permission as per Regular
provisions of the DCPR.

236
 ANNEXURE I
TYPICAL ROAD CROSS-SECTIONS

237
238